[gtk+] docs: use Returns: consistently
- From: William Jon McCann <mccann src gnome org>
- To: commits-list gnome org
- Cc:
- Subject: [gtk+] docs: use Returns: consistently
- Date: Thu, 20 Feb 2014 00:09:10 +0000 (UTC)
commit 469d333aa27c67f7d9b2f3923d62fef8519ff2ba
Author: William Jon McCann <william jon mccann gmail com>
Date: Wed Feb 19 18:49:43 2014 -0500
docs: use Returns: consistently
Instead of Return value:
gdk/gdk.c | 14 +-
gdk/gdkcolor.c | 10 +-
gdk/gdkcursor.c | 8 +-
gdk/gdkdeprecated.c | 4 +-
gdk/gdkdevice.c | 12 +-
gdk/gdkdisplay.c | 20 ++--
gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c | 4 +-
gdk/gdkdnd.c | 16 +-
gdk/gdkevents.c | 42 +++---
gdk/gdkframeclock.c | 6 +-
gdk/gdkkeys.c | 8 +-
gdk/gdkkeyuni.c | 4 +-
gdk/gdkpango.c | 8 +-
gdk/gdkpixbuf-drawable.c | 4 +-
gdk/gdkrgba.c | 4 +-
gdk/gdkscreen.c | 28 ++--
gdk/gdkselection.c | 6 +-
gdk/gdkvisual.c | 28 ++--
gdk/gdkwindow.c | 78 ++++++------
gdk/quartz/gdkeventloop-quartz.c | 4 +-
gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c | 2 +-
gdk/x11/gdkcursor-x11.c | 4 +-
gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c | 6 +-
gdk/x11/gdkmain-x11.c | 6 +-
gdk/x11/gdkproperty-x11.c | 16 +-
gdk/x11/gdkscreen-x11.c | 4 +-
gdk/x11/gdkselection-x11.c | 2 +-
gdk/x11/gdkvisual-x11.c | 2 +-
gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c | 6 +-
gdk/x11/gdkxid.c | 2 +-
gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c | 16 +-
gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c | 4 +-
gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c | 18 ++--
gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c | 36 +++---
gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c | 8 +-
gtk/deprecated/gtkhscale.c | 2 +-
gtk/deprecated/gtkhsv.c | 4 +-
gtk/deprecated/gtkiconfactory.c | 50 ++++----
gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c | 2 +-
gtk/deprecated/gtkradioaction.c | 4 +-
gtk/deprecated/gtkrc.c | 14 +-
gtk/deprecated/gtkrecentaction.c | 6 +-
gtk/deprecated/gtkstock.c | 6 +-
gtk/deprecated/gtkstyle.c | 12 +-
gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c | 10 +-
gtk/deprecated/gtktoggleaction.c | 2 +-
gtk/deprecated/gtkuimanager.c | 24 ++--
gtk/deprecated/gtkvscale.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c | 28 ++--
gtk/gtkaccelmap.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkactionbar.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkadjustment.c | 12 +-
gtk/gtkassistant.c | 24 ++--
gtk/gtkbbox.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkbin.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkbindings.c | 12 +-
gtk/gtkbox.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkbuilder.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkbutton.c | 14 +-
gtk/gtkcalendar.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkcalendar.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkcellarea.c | 38 +++---
gtk/gtkcellarea.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkcellareabox.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkcelllayout.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkcellview.c | 16 +-
gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkclipboard.c | 34 +++---
gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkcombobox.c | 36 +++---
gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkcontainer.c | 16 +-
gtk/gtkdialog.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkdnd.c | 16 +-
gtk/gtkeditable.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkentry.c | 50 ++++----
gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c | 26 ++--
gtk/gtkeventbox.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkexpander.c | 20 ++--
gtk/gtkfilechooser.c | 84 ++++++------
gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkfilefilter.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkflowbox.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkfontbutton.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkfontchooser.c | 14 +-
gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkframe.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkheaderbar.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkiconcachevalidator.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkicontheme.c | 72 +++++-----
gtk/gtkiconview.c | 52 ++++----
gtk/gtkimage.c | 26 ++--
gtk/gtkimcontext.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkimmodule.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkinvisible.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkkeyhash.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtklabel.c | 38 +++---
gtk/gtklayout.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtklevelbar.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtklinkbutton.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtklistbox.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkliststore.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkmain.c | 18 ++--
gtk/gtkmenu.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkmenubar.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkmenubutton.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkmenuitem.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkmodules.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtknotebook.c | 48 ++++----
gtk/gtkoffscreenwindow.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkorientable.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkpagesetup.c | 34 +++---
gtk/gtkpaned.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkpapersize.c | 34 +++---
gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c | 14 +-
gtk/gtkplug.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkpopover.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkprintbackend.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkprintcontext.c | 20 ++--
gtk/gtkprinter.c | 42 +++---
gtk/gtkprinteroptionset.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkprintjob.c | 14 +-
gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkprintoperation.c | 14 +-
gtk/gtkprintsettings.c | 84 ++++++------
gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkprivate.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkprogressbar.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkradiobutton.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkrange.c | 26 ++--
gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c | 34 +++---
gtk/gtkrecentchooserdialog.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkrecentchooserutils.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkrecentchooserwidget.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkrecentfilter.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c | 68 +++++-----
gtk/gtkrevealer.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtkscale.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkscalebutton.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkscrollable.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkscrollbar.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtksearchbar.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtksearchentry.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkselection.c | 52 ++++----
gtk/gtkseparator.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtksettings.c | 14 +-
gtk/gtksizegroup.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtksocket.c | 8 +-
gtk/gtkspinbutton.c | 16 +-
gtk/gtkspinner.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkstack.c | 12 +-
gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtkstatusicon.c | 44 +++---
gtk/gtkswitch.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtktextattributes.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtktextbtree.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtktextbuffer.c | 46 +++---
gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c | 18 ++--
gtk/gtktextchild.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtktextiter.c | 160 +++++++++++-----------
gtk/gtktextlayout.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtktextmark.c | 12 +-
gtk/gtktexttag.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtktexttagtable.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtktextview.c | 60 ++++----
gtk/gtktogglebutton.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtktoolbar.c | 22 ++--
gtk/gtktoolbutton.c | 14 +-
gtk/gtktoolitem.c | 36 +++---
gtk/gtktoolshell.c | 16 +-
gtk/gtktrashmonitor.c | 6 +-
gtk/gtktreednd.c | 14 +-
gtk/gtktreemenu.c | 22 ++--
gtk/gtktreemenu.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtktreemodel.c | 74 +++++-----
gtk/gtktreemodel.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c | 12 +-
gtk/gtktreeselection.c | 22 ++--
gtk/gtktreesortable.c | 4 +-
gtk/gtktreestore.c | 12 +-
gtk/gtktreeview.c | 88 ++++++------
gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c | 50 ++++----
gtk/gtkversion.h.in | 2 +-
gtk/gtkviewport.c | 10 +-
gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c | 2 +-
gtk/gtkwidget.c | 140 ++++++++++----------
gtk/gtkwindow.c | 74 +++++-----
gtk/gtkxembed.c | 2 +-
modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c | 2 +-
modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c | 2 +-
modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c | 2 +-
modules/printbackends/lpr/gtkprintbackendlpr.c | 2 +-
modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprintbackendpapi.c | 2 +-
modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprinterpapi.c | 2 +-
modules/printbackends/test/gtkprintbackendtest.c | 2 +-
219 files changed, 1612 insertions(+), 1612 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/gdk/gdk.c b/gdk/gdk.c
index 98144c6..99ad126 100644
--- a/gdk/gdk.c
+++ b/gdk/gdk.c
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ gdk_get_display_arg_name (void)
* display has previously been set, simply returns that. An internal
* function that should not be used by applications.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the default display, if it could be
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the default display, if it could be
* opened, otherwise %NULL.
**/
GdkDisplay *
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ gdk_threads_dispatch_free (gpointer data)
* }
* ]|
*
- * Return value: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
+ * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ gdk_threads_add_idle_full (gint priority,
*
* See gdk_threads_add_idle_full().
*
- * Return value: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
+ * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ gdk_threads_add_idle (GSourceFunc function,
* }
* ]|
*
- * Return value: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
+ * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ gdk_threads_add_timeout_full (gint priority,
*
* See gdk_threads_add_timeout_full().
*
- * Return value: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
+ * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ gdk_threads_add_timeout (guint interval,
* See g_timeout_add_seconds_full() for a discussion of why it is
* a good idea to use this function if you don’t need finer granularity.
*
- * Return value: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
+ * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ gdk_threads_add_timeout_seconds_full (gint priority,
*
* For details, see gdk_threads_add_timeout_full().
*
- * Return value: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
+ * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
diff --git a/gdk/gdkcolor.c b/gdk/gdkcolor.c
index c121593..92c88f5 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkcolor.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkcolor.c
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
*
* The result must be freed using gdk_color_free().
*
- * Return value: a copy of @color
+ * Returns: a copy of @color
*/
GdkColor*
gdk_color_copy (const GdkColor *color)
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ gdk_color_free (GdkColor *color)
* A hash function suitable for using for a hash
* table that stores #GdkColors.
*
- * Return value: The hash function applied to @color
+ * Returns: The hash function applied to @color
*/
guint
gdk_color_hash (const GdkColor *color)
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ gdk_color_hash (const GdkColor *color)
*
* Compares two colors.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the two colors compare equal
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the two colors compare equal
*/
gboolean
gdk_color_equal (const GdkColor *colora,
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GdkColor, gdk_color,
* (White in the four forms is “\#fff”, “\#ffffff”, “\#fffffffff”
* and “\#ffffffffffff”).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the parsing succeeded
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the parsing succeeded
*/
gboolean
gdk_color_parse (const gchar *spec,
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ gdk_color_parse (const gchar *spec,
*
* The returned string can be parsed by gdk_color_parse().
*
- * Return value: a newly-allocated text string
+ * Returns: a newly-allocated text string
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
diff --git a/gdk/gdkcursor.c b/gdk/gdkcursor.c
index 2157bcf..914d2fb 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkcursor.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkcursor.c
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ gdk_cursor_init (GdkCursor *cursor)
*
* Adds a reference to @cursor.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): Same @cursor that was passed in
+ * Returns: (transfer full): Same @cursor that was passed in
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use g_object_ref() instead
*/
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ gdk_cursor_unref (GdkCursor *cursor)
*
* To make the cursor invisible, use %GDK_BLANK_CURSOR.
*
- * Return value: a new #GdkCursor
+ * Returns: a new #GdkCursor
*/
GdkCursor*
gdk_cursor_new (GdkCursorType cursor_type)
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ gdk_cursor_new (GdkCursorType cursor_type)
*
* Returns the cursor type for this cursor.
*
- * Return value: a #GdkCursorType
+ * Returns: a #GdkCursorType
*
* Since: 2.22
**/
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ gdk_cursor_get_cursor_type (GdkCursor *cursor)
* -  #GDK_SB_V_DOUBLE_ARROW (move horizontal splitter)
* - #GDK_BLANK_CURSOR (Blank cursor). Since 2.16
*
- * Return value: a new #GdkCursor
+ * Returns: a new #GdkCursor
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdeprecated.c b/gdk/gdkdeprecated.c
index 56a9ddc..02a40fb 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdeprecated.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkdeprecated.c
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ gdk_pointer_ungrab (guint32 time)
* Note that this does not take the inmplicit pointer grab on button
* presses into account.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the pointer is currently grabbed by this application.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the pointer is currently grabbed by this application.
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_display_device_is_grabbed() instead.
**/
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ gdk_keyboard_ungrab (guint32 time)
* NOTE: For multihead-aware widgets or applications use
* gdk_display_get_window_at_pointer() instead.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): window under the mouse pointer
+ * Returns: (transfer none): window under the mouse pointer
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_get_window_at_position() instead.
**/
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdevice.c b/gdk/gdkdevice.c
index 653a0aa..9508a7b 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdevice.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkdevice.c
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ gdk_device_get_window_at_position (GdkDevice *device,
* more motion events delivered directly, independent of the windowing
* system.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the windowing system supports motion history and
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the windowing system supports motion history and
* at least one event was found.
**/
gboolean
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ gdk_device_free_history (GdkTimeCoord **events,
*
* Determines the name of the device.
*
- * Return value: a name
+ * Returns: a name
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ gdk_device_get_name (GdkDevice *device)
*
* Determines whether the pointer follows device motion.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the pointer follows device motion
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the pointer follows device motion
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ gdk_device_get_has_cursor (GdkDevice *device)
*
* Determines the type of the device.
*
- * Return value: a #GdkInputSource
+ * Returns: a #GdkInputSource
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ gdk_device_get_source (GdkDevice *device)
*
* Determines the mode of the device.
*
- * Return value: a #GdkInputSource
+ * Returns: a #GdkInputSource
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
@@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ gdk_device_get_axis_value (GdkDevice *device,
* Interprets an array of double as axis values for a given device,
* and locates the value in the array for a given axis use.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the given axis use was found, otherwise %FALSE
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the given axis use was found, otherwise %FALSE
**/
gboolean
gdk_device_get_axis (GdkDevice *device,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdisplay.c b/gdk/gdkdisplay.c
index 6896197..37ac390 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdisplay.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkdisplay.c
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ gdk_display_is_closed (GdkDisplay *display)
* Gets the next #GdkEvent to be processed for @display, fetching events from the
* windowing system if necessary.
*
- * Return value: the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or %NULL if no events
+ * Returns: the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or %NULL if no events
* are pending. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free().
*
* Since: 2.2
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ gdk_display_get_event (GdkDisplay *display)
* not get more events from the windowing system. It only checks the events
* that have already been moved to the GDK event queue.)
*
- * Return value: a copy of the first #GdkEvent on the event queue, or %NULL
+ * Returns: a copy of the first #GdkEvent on the event queue, or %NULL
* if no events are in the queue. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
* gdk_event_free().
*
@@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@ _gdk_display_pointer_info_foreach (GdkDisplay *display,
* Determines information about the current keyboard grab.
* This is not public API and must not be used by applications.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if this application currently has the
+ * Returns: %TRUE if this application currently has the
* keyboard grabbed.
**/
gboolean
@@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ gdk_display_flush (GdkDisplay *display)
* on @display. This window is implicitly created by GDK.
* See gdk_window_set_group().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The default group leader window
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The default group leader window
* for @display
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ gdk_display_get_default_group (GdkDisplay *display)
* Returns whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will be
* sent when the owner of a selection changes.
*
- * Return value: whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will
+ * Returns: whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will
* be sent.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ gdk_display_supports_selection_notification (GdkDisplay *display)
* Request #GdkEventOwnerChange events for ownership changes
* of the selection named by the given atom.
*
- * Return value: whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will
+ * Returns: whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will
* be sent.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ gdk_display_supports_composite (GdkDisplay *display)
* Returns the list of available input devices attached to @display.
* The list is statically allocated and should not be freed.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none) (element-type GdkDevice):
+ * Returns: (transfer none) (element-type GdkDevice):
* a list of #GdkDevice
*
* Since: 2.2
@@ -1780,7 +1780,7 @@ gdk_display_get_app_launch_context (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* Opens a display.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL
* if the display could not be opened
*
* Since: 2.2
@@ -2069,7 +2069,7 @@ _gdk_display_create_window (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* Returns the #GdkKeymap attached to @display.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkKeymap attached to @display.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkKeymap attached to @display.
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
@@ -2215,7 +2215,7 @@ gdk_error_trap_pop_ignored (void)
* sync for you, so you had to gdk_flush() if your last
* call to Xlib was not a blocking round trip.
*
- * Return value: X error code or 0 on success
+ * Returns: X error code or 0 on success
*/
gint
gdk_error_trap_pop (void)
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c b/gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c
index 6b28b0a..6163006 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (GdkDisplayManager *manager,
*
* List all currently open displays.
*
- * Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GdkDisplay): a newly
+ * Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkDisplay): a newly
* allocated #GSList of #GdkDisplay objects. Free with g_slist_free()
* when you are done with it.
*
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ gdk_display_manager_list_displays (GdkDisplayManager *manager)
*
* Opens a display.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL
* if the display could not be opened
*
* Since: 3.0
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdnd.c b/gdk/gdkdnd.c
index 0a7636d..d57c8f7 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdnd.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkdnd.c
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
*
* Retrieves the list of targets of the context.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none) (element-type GdkAtom): a #GList of targets
+ * Returns: (transfer none) (element-type GdkAtom): a #GList of targets
*
* Since: 2.22
**/
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ gdk_drag_context_list_targets (GdkDragContext *context)
* Determines the bitmask of actions proposed by the source if
* gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action() returns GDK_ACTION_ASK.
*
- * Return value: the #GdkDragAction flags
+ * Returns: the #GdkDragAction flags
*
* Since: 2.22
**/
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ gdk_drag_context_get_actions (GdkDragContext *context)
*
* Determines the suggested drag action of the context.
*
- * Return value: a #GdkDragAction value
+ * Returns: a #GdkDragAction value
*
* Since: 2.22
**/
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action (GdkDragContext *context)
*
* Determines the action chosen by the drag destination.
*
- * Return value: a #GdkDragAction value
+ * Returns: a #GdkDragAction value
*
* Since: 2.22
**/
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action (GdkDragContext *context)
*
* Returns the #GdkWindow where the DND operation started.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
*
* Since: 2.22
**/
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ gdk_drag_context_get_source_window (GdkDragContext *context)
*
* Returns the destination windw for the DND operation.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ gdk_drop_finish (GdkDragContext *context,
* handling a %GDK_DROP_FINISHED event, its return value is
* meaningless at other times.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the drop was successful.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the drop was successful.
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ gdk_drag_drop_succeeded (GdkDragContext *context)
*
* Returns the selection atom for the current source window.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the selection atom, or %GDK_NONE
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the selection atom, or %GDK_NONE
*/
GdkAtom
gdk_drag_get_selection (GdkDragContext *context)
diff --git a/gdk/gdkevents.c b/gdk/gdkevents.c
index 1f5bcb2..7562e71 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkevents.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkevents.c
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ _gdk_event_emit (GdkEvent *event)
* Find the first event on the queue that is not still
* being filled in.
*
- * Return value: Pointer to the list node for that event, or NULL.
+ * Returns: Pointer to the list node for that event, or NULL.
**/
GList*
_gdk_event_queue_find_first (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ _gdk_event_queue_remove_link (GdkDisplay *display,
* Removes and returns the first event from the event
* queue that is not still being filled in.
*
- * Return value: the event, or %NULL. Ownership is transferred
+ * Returns: the event, or %NULL. Ownership is transferred
* to the caller.
**/
GdkEvent*
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ gdk_event_handler_set (GdkEventFunc func,
*
* Checks if any events are ready to be processed for any display.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if any events are pending.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if any events are pending.
*/
gboolean
gdk_events_pending (void)
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ gdk_events_pending (void)
* on, fetching events from the windowing system if necessary.
* See gdk_display_get_event().
*
- * Return value: the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or %NULL if no events
+ * Returns: the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or %NULL if no events
* are pending. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free().
**/
GdkEvent*
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ gdk_event_get (void)
* If there is an event waiting in the event queue of some open
* display, returns a copy of it. See gdk_display_peek_event().
*
- * Return value: a copy of the first #GdkEvent on some event queue, or %NULL if no
+ * Returns: a copy of the first #GdkEvent on some event queue, or %NULL if no
* events are in any queues. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
* gdk_event_free().
**/
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ static GHashTable *event_hash = NULL;
*
* Creates a new event of the given type. All fields are set to 0.
*
- * Return value: a newly-allocated #GdkEvent. The returned #GdkEvent
+ * Returns: a newly-allocated #GdkEvent. The returned #GdkEvent
* should be freed with gdk_event_free().
*
* Since: 2.2
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ _gdk_event_get_pointer_emulated (GdkEvent *event)
* Copies a #GdkEvent, copying or incrementing the reference count of the
* resources associated with it (e.g. #GdkWindow’s and strings).
*
- * Return value: a copy of @event. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
+ * Returns: a copy of @event. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
* gdk_event_free().
**/
GdkEvent*
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ gdk_event_free (GdkEvent *event)
*
* Extracts the #GdkWindow associated with an event.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The #GdkWindow associated with the event
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The #GdkWindow associated with the event
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
@@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ gdk_event_get_window (const GdkEvent *event)
* Returns the time stamp from @event, if there is one; otherwise
* returns #GDK_CURRENT_TIME. If @event is %NULL, returns #GDK_CURRENT_TIME.
*
- * Return value: time stamp field from @event
+ * Returns: time stamp field from @event
**/
guint32
gdk_event_get_time (const GdkEvent *event)
@@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ gdk_event_get_time (const GdkEvent *event)
* in the event. @event may be %NULL, in which case it’s treated
* as if the event had no state field.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if there was a state field in the event
+ * Returns: %TRUE if there was a state field in the event
**/
gboolean
gdk_event_get_state (const GdkEvent *event,
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ gdk_event_get_state (const GdkEvent *event,
*
* Extract the event window relative x/y coordinates from an event.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the event delivered event window coordinates
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered event window coordinates
**/
gboolean
gdk_event_get_coords (const GdkEvent *event,
@@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ gdk_event_get_coords (const GdkEvent *event,
*
* Extract the root window relative x/y coordinates from an event.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the event delivered root window coordinates
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered root window coordinates
**/
gboolean
gdk_event_get_root_coords (const GdkEvent *event,
@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ gdk_event_get_root_coords (const GdkEvent *event,
*
* Extract the button number from an event.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the event delivered a button number
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered a button number
*
* Since: 3.2
**/
@@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ gdk_event_get_button (const GdkEvent *event,
*
* Extracts the click count from an event.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the event delivered a click count
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered a click count
*
* Since: 3.2
*/
@@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ gdk_event_get_click_count (const GdkEvent *event,
*
* Extracts the keyval from an event.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the event delivered a key symbol
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered a key symbol
*
* Since: 3.2
*/
@@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ gdk_event_get_keyval (const GdkEvent *event,
*
* Extracts the hardware keycode from an event.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the event delivered a hardware keycode
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered a hardware keycode
*
* Since: 3.2
*/
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ gdk_event_get_keycode (const GdkEvent *event,
*
* Extracts the scroll direction from an event.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the event delivered a scroll direction
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered a scroll direction
*
* Since: 3.2
*/
@@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ gdk_event_get_scroll_deltas (const GdkEvent *event,
* Extract the axis value for a particular axis use from
* an event structure.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the specified axis was found, otherwise %FALSE
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the specified axis was found, otherwise %FALSE
**/
gboolean
gdk_event_get_axis (const GdkEvent *event,
@@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@ gdk_event_set_screen (GdkEvent *event,
* to which `event->motion.x_root` and
* `event->motion.y_root` are relative.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the screen for the event
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the screen for the event
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -1992,7 +1992,7 @@ gdk_set_show_events (gboolean show_events)
*
* Gets whether event debugging output is enabled.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if event debugging output is enabled.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if event debugging output is enabled.
**/
gboolean
gdk_get_show_events (void)
@@ -2225,7 +2225,7 @@ gdk_setting_get (const gchar *name,
*
* Retrieves the type of the event.
*
- * Return value: a #GdkEventType
+ * Returns: a #GdkEventType
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
diff --git a/gdk/gdkframeclock.c b/gdk/gdkframeclock.c
index 6a76cfa..3a7bb24 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkframeclock.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkframeclock.c
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ gdk_frame_clock_init (GdkFrameClock *clock)
* time.
*
* Since: 3.8
- * Return value: a timestamp in microseconds, in the timescale of
+ * Returns: a timestamp in microseconds, in the timescale of
* of g_get_monotonic_time().
*/
gint64
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_counter (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock)
* gdk_frame_clock_get_history_start() and
* gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_counter(), inclusive.
*
- * Return value: the frame counter value for the oldest frame
+ * Returns: the frame counter value for the oldest frame
* that is available in the internal frame history of the
* #GdkFrameClock.
* Since: 3.8
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ _gdk_frame_clock_begin_frame (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock)
* for the current frame or a recent frame. The #GdkFrameTimings
* object may not yet be complete: see gdk_frame_timings_get_complete().
*
- * Return value: the #GdkFrameTimings object for the specified
+ * Returns: the #GdkFrameTimings object for the specified
* frame, or %NULL if it is not available. See
* gdk_frame_clock_get_history_start().
* Since: 3.8
diff --git a/gdk/gdkkeys.c b/gdk/gdkkeys.c
index 89d6142..85c900d 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkkeys.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkkeys.c
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ gdk_keymap_get_modifier_state (GdkKeymap *keymap)
* The returned array should be freed
* with g_free().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if keys were found and returned
+ * Returns: %TRUE if keys were found and returned
**/
gboolean
gdk_keymap_get_entries_for_keyval (GdkKeymap *keymap,
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ gdk_keymap_get_entries_for_keycode (GdkKeymap *keymap,
* this function, since the effective group/level may not be
* the same as the current keyboard state.
*
- * Return value: a keyval, or 0 if none was mapped to the given @key
+ * Returns: a keyval, or 0 if none was mapped to the given @key
**/
guint
gdk_keymap_lookup_key (GdkKeymap *keymap,
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ gdk_keymap_lookup_key (GdkKeymap *keymap,
* you store accelerators, you should always store them with consumed
* modifiers removed. Store `<Control>plus`, not `<Control><Shift>plus`,
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if there was a keyval bound to the keycode/state/group
+ * Returns: %TRUE if there was a keyval bound to the keycode/state/group
**/
gboolean
gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state (GdkKeymap *keymap,
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask (GdkKeymap *keymap,
* `gdk/gdkkeysyms.h` header file
* but without the leading “GDK_KEY_”.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a string containing the name of the key,
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a string containing the name of the key,
* or %NULL if @keyval is not a valid key. The string should not be
* modified.
*/
diff --git a/gdk/gdkkeyuni.c b/gdk/gdkkeyuni.c
index a8c1c34..d770737 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkkeyuni.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkkeyuni.c
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ static const struct {
* Convert from a GDK key symbol to the corresponding ISO10646 (Unicode)
* character.
*
- * Return value: the corresponding unicode character, or 0 if there
+ * Returns: the corresponding unicode character, or 0 if there
* is no corresponding character.
**/
guint32
@@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@ static const struct {
*
* Convert from a ISO10646 character to a key symbol.
*
- * Return value: the corresponding GDK key symbol, if one exists.
+ * Returns: the corresponding GDK key symbol, if one exists.
* or, if there is no corresponding symbol,
* wc | 0x01000000
**/
diff --git a/gdk/gdkpango.c b/gdk/gdkpango.c
index 8d9dcdf..e3fb0c6 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkpango.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkpango.c
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ layout_iter_get_line_clip_region (PangoLayoutIter *iter,
* the clip region. The clip region is mainly useful for highlightling parts
* of text, such as when text is selected.
*
- * Return value: a clip region containing the given ranges
+ * Returns: a clip region containing the given ranges
**/
cairo_region_t*
gdk_pango_layout_line_get_clip_region (PangoLayoutLine *line,
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ gdk_pango_layout_line_get_clip_region (PangoLayoutLine *line,
* the clip region. The clip region is mainly useful for highlightling parts
* of text, such as when text is selected.
*
- * Return value: a clip region containing the given ranges
+ * Returns: a clip region containing the given ranges
**/
cairo_region_t*
gdk_pango_layout_get_clip_region (PangoLayout *layout,
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ gdk_pango_layout_get_clip_region (PangoLayout *layout,
* is more convenient if you want to keep a context around and track
* changes to the screen’s font rendering settings.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a new #PangoContext for the default display
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a new #PangoContext for the default display
**/
PangoContext *
gdk_pango_context_get (void)
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ gdk_pango_context_get (void)
* is more convenient if you want to keep a context around and track
* changes to the screen’s font rendering settings.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a new #PangoContext for @screen
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a new #PangoContext for @screen
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
diff --git a/gdk/gdkpixbuf-drawable.c b/gdk/gdkpixbuf-drawable.c
index 640fd2d..7ad1d27 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkpixbuf-drawable.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkpixbuf-drawable.c
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
* (In short, there are several ways this function can fail, and if it fails
* it returns %NULL; so check the return value.)
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): A newly-created pixbuf with a reference
+ * Returns: (transfer full): A newly-created pixbuf with a reference
* count of 1, or %NULL on error
*/
GdkPixbuf *
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ convert_no_alpha (guchar *dest_data,
* This function will create an RGB pixbuf with 8 bits per channel.
* The pixbuf will contain an alpha channel if the @surface contains one.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): A newly-created pixbuf with a reference
+ * Returns: (transfer full): A newly-created pixbuf with a reference
* count of 1, or %NULL on error
*/
GdkPixbuf *
diff --git a/gdk/gdkrgba.c b/gdk/gdkrgba.c
index 5f65d15..66d0bd4 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkrgba.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkrgba.c
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ gdk_rgba_parse (GdkRGBA *rgba,
* A hash function suitable for using for a hash
* table that stores #GdkRGBAs.
*
- * Return value: The hash value for @p
+ * Returns: The hash value for @p
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ gdk_rgba_hash (gconstpointer p)
*
* Compares two RGBA colors.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the two colors compare equal
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the two colors compare equal
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
diff --git a/gdk/gdkscreen.c b/gdk/gdkscreen.c
index d6ea6ca..1ae58fa 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkscreen.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkscreen.c
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ gdk_screen_get_monitor_at_window (GdkScreen *screen,
*
* Returns the width of the default screen in pixels.
*
- * Return value: the width of the default screen in pixels.
+ * Returns: the width of the default screen in pixels.
**/
gint
gdk_screen_width (void)
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ gdk_screen_width (void)
*
* Returns the height of the default screen in pixels.
*
- * Return value: the height of the default screen in pixels.
+ * Returns: the height of the default screen in pixels.
**/
gint
gdk_screen_height (void)
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ gdk_screen_height (void)
* Returns the width of the default screen in millimeters.
* Note that on many X servers this value will not be correct.
*
- * Return value: the width of the default screen in millimeters,
+ * Returns: the width of the default screen in millimeters,
* though it is not always correct.
**/
gint
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ gdk_screen_width_mm (void)
* Returns the height of the default screen in millimeters.
* Note that on many X servers this value will not be correct.
*
- * Return value: the height of the default screen in millimeters,
+ * Returns: the height of the default screen in millimeters,
* though it is not always correct.
**/
gint
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ gdk_screen_set_font_options (GdkScreen *screen,
*
* Gets any options previously set with gdk_screen_set_font_options().
*
- * Return value: the current font options, or %NULL if no default
+ * Returns: the current font options, or %NULL if no default
* font options have been set.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ gdk_screen_set_resolution (GdkScreen *screen,
* Gets the resolution for font handling on the screen; see
* gdk_screen_set_resolution() for full details.
*
- * Return value: the current resolution, or -1 if no resolution
+ * Returns: the current resolution, or -1 if no resolution
* has been set.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ gdk_screen_get_monitor_workarea (GdkScreen *screen,
*
* Call g_list_free() on the return value when you’re finished with it.
*
- * Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GdkVisual):
+ * Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkVisual):
* a list of visuals; the list must be freed, but not its contents
*
* Since: 2.2
@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ gdk_screen_list_visuals (GdkScreen *screen)
* This is the visual for the root window of the display.
* The return value should not be freed.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the system visual
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the system visual
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ gdk_screen_get_system_visual (GdkScreen * screen)
* For setting an overall opacity for a top-level window, see
* gdk_window_set_opacity().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a visual to use for windows with an
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a visual to use for windows with an
* alpha channel or %NULL if the capability is not available.
*
* Since: 2.8
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ gdk_screen_get_rgba_visual (GdkScreen *screen)
* On X11 this function returns whether a compositing manager is
* compositing @screen.
*
- * Return value: Whether windows with RGBA visuals can reasonably be
+ * Returns: Whether windows with RGBA visuals can reasonably be
* expected to have their alpha channels drawn correctly on the screen.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ gdk_screen_is_composited (GdkScreen *screen)
* Determines the name to pass to gdk_display_open() to get
* a #GdkDisplay with this screen as the default screen.
*
- * Return value: a newly allocated string, free with g_free()
+ * Returns: a newly allocated string, free with g_free()
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ gdk_screen_make_display_name (GdkScreen *screen)
* The returned window should be unrefed using g_object_unref() when
* no longer needed.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the currently active window, or %NULL.
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the currently active window, or %NULL.
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ gdk_screen_get_active_window (GdkScreen *screen)
* windows it contains, so it should be freed using g_list_free() and
* its windows unrefed using g_object_unref() when no longer needed.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full) (element-type GdkWindow):
+ * Returns: (transfer full) (element-type GdkWindow):
* a list of #GdkWindows for the current window stack,
* or %NULL.
*
@@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ gdk_screen_get_setting (GdkScreen *screen,
* where it is better to use gdk_window_get_scale_factor() instead.
*
* Since: 3.10
- * Return value: the scale factor
+ * Returns: the scale factor
*/
gint
gdk_screen_get_monitor_scale_factor (GdkScreen *screen,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkselection.c b/gdk/gdkselection.c
index 1d7c2b6..eab6193 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkselection.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkselection.c
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ gdk_selection_send_notify_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
* will not be used by applications, who should use the #GtkClipboard
* API instead.
*
- * Return value: the length of the retrieved data.
+ * Returns: the length of the retrieved data.
*/
gint
gdk_selection_property_get (GdkWindow *requestor,
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ gdk_selection_convert (GdkWindow *requestor,
* Converts a text property in the given encoding to
* a list of UTF-8 strings.
*
- * Return value: the number of strings in the resulting list
+ * Returns: the number of strings in the resulting list
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ gdk_text_property_to_utf8_list_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
* is not specified; it may be as pseudo-escape sequences
* \x{ABCD}, or it may be in some other form of approximation.
*
- * Return value: the newly-allocated string, or %NULL if the
+ * Returns: the newly-allocated string, or %NULL if the
* conversion failed. (It should not fail for
* any properly formed UTF-8 string unless system
* limits like memory or file descriptors are exceeded.)
diff --git a/gdk/gdkvisual.c b/gdk/gdkvisual.c
index 77a14fe..9c27bc0 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkvisual.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkvisual.c
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ gdk_visual_class_init (GdkVisualClass *visual_class)
*
* Call g_list_free() on the return value when you’re finished with it.
*
- * Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GdkVisual):
+ * Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkVisual):
* a list of visuals; the list must be freed, but not its contents
*/
GList*
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ gdk_list_visuals (void)
* This is the visual for the root window of the display.
* The return value should not be freed.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): system visual
+ * Returns: (transfer none): system visual
*/
GdkVisual*
gdk_visual_get_system (void)
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_system (void)
* means “largest,” i.e. 32 preferred over 24 preferred over 8 bits
* per pixel.
*
- * Return value: best available depth
+ * Returns: best available depth
*/
gint
gdk_visual_get_best_depth (void)
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_best_depth (void)
*
* Return the best available visual type for the default GDK screen.
*
- * Return value: best visual type
+ * Returns: best visual type
*/
GdkVisualType
gdk_visual_get_best_type (void)
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_best_type (void)
* Get the visual with the most available colors for the default
* GDK screen. The return value should not be freed.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): best visual
+ * Returns: (transfer none): best visual
*/
GdkVisual*
gdk_visual_get_best (void)
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_best (void)
* over grayscale or fixed-colormap visuals. The return value should
* not be freed. %NULL may be returned if no visual supports @depth.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): best visual for the given depth
+ * Returns: (transfer none): best visual for the given depth
*/
GdkVisual*
gdk_visual_get_best_with_depth (gint depth)
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_best_with_depth (gint depth)
* should not be freed. %NULL may be returned if no visual has type
* @visual_type.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): best visual of the given type
+ * Returns: (transfer none): best visual of the given type
*/
GdkVisual*
gdk_visual_get_best_with_type (GdkVisualType visual_type)
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_best_with_type (GdkVisualType visual_type)
* Combines gdk_visual_get_best_with_depth() and
* gdk_visual_get_best_with_type().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): best visual with both @depth and
+ * Returns: (transfer none): best visual with both @depth and
* @visual_type, or %NULL if none
*/
GdkVisual*
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ gdk_query_visual_types (GdkVisualType **visual_types,
*
* Returns the type of visual this is (PseudoColor, TrueColor, etc).
*
- * Return value: A #GdkVisualType stating the type of @visual.
+ * Returns: A #GdkVisualType stating the type of @visual.
*
* Since: 2.22
*/
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_visual_type (GdkVisual *visual)
*
* Returns the bit depth of this visual.
*
- * Return value: The bit depth of this visual.
+ * Returns: The bit depth of this visual.
*
* Since: 2.22
*/
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_depth (GdkVisual *visual)
*
* Returns the byte order of this visual.
*
- * Return value: A #GdkByteOrder stating the byte order of @visual.
+ * Returns: A #GdkByteOrder stating the byte order of @visual.
*
* Since: 2.22
*/
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_byte_order (GdkVisual *visual)
*
* Returns the size of a colormap for this visual.
*
- * Return value: The size of a colormap that is suitable for @visual.
+ * Returns: The size of a colormap that is suitable for @visual.
*
* Since: 2.22
*/
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_colormap_size (GdkVisual *visual)
*
* Returns the number of significant bits per red, green and blue value.
*
- * Return value: The number of significant bits per color value for @visual.
+ * Returns: The number of significant bits per color value for @visual.
*
* Since: 2.22
*/
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ gdk_visual_get_blue_pixel_details (GdkVisual *visual,
*
* Gets the screen to which this visual belongs
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the screen to which this visual belongs.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the screen to which this visual belongs.
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
diff --git a/gdk/gdkwindow.c b/gdk/gdkwindow.c
index 51fc8ba..606c45c 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkwindow.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkwindow.c
@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ sync_native_window_stack_position (GdkWindow *window)
* more details. Note: to use this on displays other than the default
* display, @parent must be specified.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the new #GdkWindow
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the new #GdkWindow
**/
GdkWindow*
gdk_window_new (GdkWindow *parent,
@@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@ gdk_window_get_user_data (GdkWindow *window,
*
* Gets the type of the window. See #GdkWindowType.
*
- * Return value: type of window
+ * Returns: type of window
**/
GdkWindowType
gdk_window_get_window_type (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ gdk_window_get_window_type (GdkWindow *window)
*
* Gets the #GdkVisual describing the pixel format of @window.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkVisual
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkVisual
*
* Since: 2.24
**/
@@ -2139,7 +2139,7 @@ gdk_window_get_visual (GdkWindow *window)
*
* Gets the #GdkScreen associated with a #GdkWindow.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen associated with @window
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen associated with @window
*
* Since: 2.24
**/
@@ -2157,7 +2157,7 @@ gdk_window_get_screen (GdkWindow *window)
*
* Gets the #GdkDisplay associated with a #GdkWindow.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay associated with @window
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay associated with @window
*
* Since: 2.24
**/
@@ -2174,7 +2174,7 @@ gdk_window_get_display (GdkWindow *window)
*
* Check to see if a window is destroyed..
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the window is destroyed
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the window is destroyed
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -2271,7 +2271,7 @@ gdk_window_get_position (GdkWindow *window,
* gdk_window_get_parent() will most likely not do what you expect if
* there are offscreen windows in the hierarchy.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): parent of @window
+ * Returns: (transfer none): parent of @window
**/
GdkWindow*
gdk_window_get_parent (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ gdk_window_get_parent (GdkWindow *window)
*
* See also: gdk_offscreen_window_get_embedder()
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): effective parent of @window
+ * Returns: (transfer none): effective parent of @window
*
* Since: 2.22
**/
@@ -2321,7 +2321,7 @@ gdk_window_get_effective_parent (GdkWindow *window)
* gdk_window_get_toplevel() will most likely not do what you expect
* if there are offscreen windows in the hierarchy.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the toplevel window containing @window
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the toplevel window containing @window
**/
GdkWindow *
gdk_window_get_toplevel (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -2349,7 +2349,7 @@ gdk_window_get_toplevel (GdkWindow *window)
*
* See also: gdk_offscreen_window_get_embedder()
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the effective toplevel window containing @window
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the effective toplevel window containing @window
*
* Since: 2.22
**/
@@ -2379,7 +2379,7 @@ gdk_window_get_effective_toplevel (GdkWindow *window)
* The returned list must be freed, but the elements in the
* list need not be.
*
- * Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GdkWindow):
+ * Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkWindow):
* list of child windows inside @window
**/
GList*
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ gdk_window_get_children (GdkWindow *window)
* Like gdk_window_get_children(), but does not copy the list of
* children, so the list does not need to be freed.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none) (element-type GdkWindow):
+ * Returns: (transfer none) (element-type GdkWindow):
* a reference to the list of child windows in @window
**/
GList *
@@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ gdk_window_peek_children (GdkWindow *window)
* The list is returned in (relative) stacking order, i.e. the
* lowest window is first.
*
- * Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GdkWindow):
+ * Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkWindow):
* list of child windows inside @window
*
* Since: 3.10
@@ -2571,7 +2571,7 @@ gdk_window_remove_filter (GdkWindow *window,
* The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), but
* its elements need not be freed.
*
- * Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GdkWindow):
+ * Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkWindow):
* list of toplevel windows, free with g_list_free()
*
* Since: 2.2
@@ -2607,7 +2607,7 @@ gdk_screen_get_toplevel_windows (GdkScreen *screen)
* Checks whether the window has been mapped (with gdk_window_show() or
* gdk_window_show_unraised()).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the window is mapped
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the window is mapped
**/
gboolean
gdk_window_is_visible (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -2626,7 +2626,7 @@ gdk_window_is_visible (GdkWindow *window)
* we only check as far as we have GDK window parents, not to the root
* window.)
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the window is viewable
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the window is viewable
**/
gboolean
gdk_window_is_viewable (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -2646,7 +2646,7 @@ gdk_window_is_viewable (GdkWindow *window)
* Gets the bitwise OR of the currently active window state flags,
* from the #GdkWindowState enumeration.
*
- * Return value: window state bitfield
+ * Returns: window state bitfield
**/
GdkWindowState
gdk_window_get_state (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -3155,7 +3155,7 @@ _gdk_window_ref_cairo_surface (GdkWindow *window)
* Note that calling cairo_reset_clip() on the resulting #cairo_t will
* produce undefined results, so avoid it at all costs.
*
- * Return value: A newly created Cairo context. Free with
+ * Returns: A newly created Cairo context. Free with
* cairo_destroy() when you are done drawing.
*
* Since: 2.8
@@ -4070,7 +4070,7 @@ _gdk_window_invalidate_for_expose (GdkWindow *window,
* gdk_window_get_update_area() returns %NULL. You are responsible for
* calling cairo_region_destroy() on the returned region if it’s non-%NULL.
*
- * Return value: the update area for @window
+ * Returns: the update area for @window
**/
cairo_region_t *
gdk_window_get_update_area (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -4412,7 +4412,7 @@ gdk_window_constrain_size (GdkGeometry *geometry,
* The position is given in coordinates relative to the upper left
* corner of @window.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the window containing the pointer (as with
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the window containing the pointer (as with
* gdk_window_at_pointer()), or %NULL if the window containing the
* pointer isn’t known to GDK
*
@@ -4445,7 +4445,7 @@ gdk_window_get_pointer (GdkWindow *window,
* The position is given in coordinates relative to the upper left
* corner of @window.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The window underneath @device (as with
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The window underneath @device (as with
* gdk_device_get_window_at_position()), or %NULL if the window is not known to GDK.
*
* Since: 3.10
@@ -4501,7 +4501,7 @@ gdk_window_get_device_position_double (GdkWindow *window,
*
* Use gdk_window_get_device_position_double() if you need subpixel precision.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The window underneath @device (as with
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The window underneath @device (as with
* gdk_device_get_window_at_position()), or %NULL if the window is not known to GDK.
*
* Since: 3.0
@@ -4531,7 +4531,7 @@ gdk_window_get_device_position (GdkWindow *window,
* Obtains the root window (parent all other windows are inside)
* for the default display and screen.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the default root window
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the default root window
**/
GdkWindow *
gdk_get_default_root_window (void)
@@ -5257,7 +5257,7 @@ gdk_window_set_events (GdkWindow *window,
* Gets the event mask for @window for all master input devices. See
* gdk_window_set_events().
*
- * Return value: event mask for @window
+ * Returns: event mask for @window
**/
GdkEventMask
gdk_window_get_events (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -5860,7 +5860,7 @@ gdk_window_set_cursor_internal (GdkWindow *window,
* there is no custom cursor set on the specified window, and it is
* using the cursor for its parent window.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkCursor, or %NULL. The returned
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkCursor, or %NULL. The returned
* object is owned by the #GdkWindow and should not be unreferenced
* directly. Use gdk_window_set_cursor() to unset the cursor of the
* window
@@ -6128,7 +6128,7 @@ gdk_window_get_height (GdkWindow *window)
* gdk_window_get_geometry() which return the position of a window
* relative to its parent window.)
*
- * Return value: not meaningful, ignore
+ * Returns: not meaningful, ignore
*/
gint
gdk_window_get_origin (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -6603,7 +6603,7 @@ gdk_window_merge_child_input_shapes (GdkWindow *window)
* implementing scary features that involve deep knowledge of the
* windowing system. Don’t worry about it unless you have to.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the server supports static gravity
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the server supports static gravity
*/
gboolean
gdk_window_set_static_gravities (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -6717,7 +6717,7 @@ gdk_window_set_composited (GdkWindow *window,
* Determines whether or not the window manager is hinted that @window
* has modal behaviour.
*
- * Return value: whether or not the window has the modal hint set.
+ * Returns: whether or not the window has the modal hint set.
*
* Since: 2.22
*/
@@ -6736,7 +6736,7 @@ gdk_window_get_modal_hint (GdkWindow *window)
* Determines whether or not the desktop environment shuld be hinted that
* the window does not want to receive input focus.
*
- * Return value: whether or not the window should receive input focus.
+ * Returns: whether or not the window should receive input focus.
*
* Since: 2.22
*/
@@ -6755,7 +6755,7 @@ gdk_window_get_accept_focus (GdkWindow *window)
* Determines whether or not the desktop environment should be hinted that the
* window does not want to receive input focus when it is mapped.
*
- * Return value: whether or not the window wants to receive input focus when
+ * Returns: whether or not the window wants to receive input focus when
* it is mapped.
*
* Since: 2.22
@@ -6774,7 +6774,7 @@ gdk_window_get_focus_on_map (GdkWindow *window)
*
* Determines whether or not the window is an input only window.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @window is input only
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @window is input only
*
* Since: 2.22
*/
@@ -6792,7 +6792,7 @@ gdk_window_is_input_only (GdkWindow *window)
*
* Determines whether or not the window is shaped.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @window is shaped
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @window is shaped
*
* Since: 2.22
*/
@@ -9413,7 +9413,7 @@ gdk_window_set_type_hint (GdkWindow *window,
*
* This function returns the type hint set for a window.
*
- * Return value: The type hint set for @window
+ * Returns: The type hint set for @window
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -9755,7 +9755,7 @@ gdk_window_set_event_compression (GdkWindow *window,
*
* Get the current event compression setting for this window.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if motion events will be compressed
+ * Returns: %TRUE if motion events will be compressed
*
* Since: 3.12
**/
@@ -10090,7 +10090,7 @@ gdk_window_set_keep_below (GdkWindow *window, gboolean setting)
*
* Returns the group leader window for @window. See gdk_window_set_group().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the group leader window for @window
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the group leader window for @window
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -10444,7 +10444,7 @@ gdk_window_get_drag_protocol (GdkWindow *window,
*
* This function is called by the drag source.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a newly created #GdkDragContext
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GdkDragContext
*/
GdkDragContext *
gdk_drag_begin (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -10470,7 +10470,7 @@ gdk_drag_begin (GdkWindow *window,
*
* This function is called by the drag source.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a newly created #GdkDragContext
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GdkDragContext
*/
GdkDragContext *
gdk_drag_begin_for_device (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -10789,7 +10789,7 @@ gdk_window_set_frame_clock (GdkWindow *window,
* window.
*
* Since: 3.8
- * Return value: (transfer none): the frame clock
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the frame clock
*/
GdkFrameClock*
gdk_window_get_frame_clock (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -10821,7 +10821,7 @@ gdk_window_get_frame_clock (GdkWindow *window)
* a configure event will be sent to the toplevel window.
*
* Since: 3.10
- * Return value: the scale factor
+ * Returns: the scale factor
*/
gint
gdk_window_get_scale_factor (GdkWindow *window)
diff --git a/gdk/quartz/gdkeventloop-quartz.c b/gdk/quartz/gdkeventloop-quartz.c
index 7ef4f2a..89d9e1e 100644
--- a/gdk/quartz/gdkeventloop-quartz.c
+++ b/gdk/quartz/gdkeventloop-quartz.c
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ pollfds_equal (GPollFD *old_pollfds,
* timeout is used only to tell if the polling operation is blocking
* or non-blocking.
*
- * Return value:
+ * Returns:
* -1: No file descriptors ready, began asynchronous poll
* 0: No file descriptors ready, asynchronous poll not needed
* > 0: Number of file descriptors ready
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ select_thread_start_poll (GPollFD *ufds,
*
* The results of the poll are written into the GPollFD array passed in.
*
- * Return Value: number of file descriptors ready
+ * Returns: number of file descriptors ready
*/
static int
select_thread_collect_poll (GPollFD *ufds, guint nfds)
diff --git a/gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c b/gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c
index bf32dbe..18e35cd 100644
--- a/gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c
+++ b/gdk/win32/gdkwindow-win32.c
@@ -3320,7 +3320,7 @@ gdk_win32_window_is_win32 (GdkWindow *window)
*
* Gets a DC with the given drawable selected into it.
*
- * Return value: The DC, on success. Otherwise
+ * Returns: The DC, on success. Otherwise
* %NULL. If this function succeeded
* _gdk_win32_impl_release_dc() must be called
* release the DC when you are done using it.
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkcursor-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkcursor-x11.c
index b12a80d..43ae9fc 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkcursor-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkcursor-x11.c
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ _gdk_x11_display_get_cursor_for_type (GdkDisplay *display,
*
* Returns the display of a #GdkCursor.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): an Xlib Display*.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): an Xlib Display*.
**/
Display *
gdk_x11_cursor_get_xdisplay (GdkCursor *cursor)
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ gdk_x11_cursor_get_xdisplay (GdkCursor *cursor)
*
* Returns the X cursor belonging to a #GdkCursor.
*
- * Return value: an Xlib Cursor.
+ * Returns: an Xlib Cursor.
**/
Cursor
gdk_x11_cursor_get_xcursor (GdkCursor *cursor)
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c
index 1465930..0953fcf 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c
@@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ gdk_x11_display_finalize (GObject *object)
*
* Find the #GdkDisplay corresponding to @xdisplay, if any exists.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none) (type GdkX11Display): the #GdkDisplay, if found, otherwise %NULL.
+ * Returns: (transfer none) (type GdkX11Display): the #GdkDisplay, if found, otherwise %NULL.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@ gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (Display *xdisplay)
* Given the root window ID of one of the screen’s of a #GdkDisplay,
* finds the screen.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen corresponding to
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen corresponding to
* @xrootwin, or %NULL.
**/
GdkScreen *
@@ -2751,7 +2751,7 @@ gdk_x11_display_set_window_scale (GdkDisplay *display,
*
* Since: 3.0
*
- * Return value: X error code or 0 on success
+ * Returns: X error code or 0 on success
*/
gint
gdk_x11_display_error_trap_pop (GdkDisplay *display)
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkmain-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkmain-x11.c
index 9d28b16..22c7b95 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkmain-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkmain-x11.c
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ gdk_x11_ungrab_server (void)
*
* Gets the default GTK+ screen number.
*
- * Return value: returns the screen number specified by
+ * Returns: returns the screen number specified by
* the --display command line option or the DISPLAY environment
* variable when gdk_init() calls XOpenDisplay().
**/
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ gdk_x11_get_default_screen (void)
* Gets the root window of the default screen
* (see gdk_x11_get_default_screen()).
*
- * Return value: an Xlib Window.
+ * Returns: an Xlib Window.
**/
Window
gdk_x11_get_default_root_xwindow (void)
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ gdk_x11_get_default_root_xwindow (void)
*
* Gets the default GTK+ display.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the Xlib Display* for
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the Xlib Display* for
* the display specified in the `--display` command
* line option or the `DISPLAY` environment variable.
**/
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkproperty-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkproperty-x11.c
index 01f9e3b..00bf098 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkproperty-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkproperty-x11.c
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ lookup_cached_xatom (GdkDisplay *display,
* with the same string value. The special value %GDK_NONE
* is converted to %None.
*
- * Return value: the X atom corresponding to @atom, or %None
+ * Returns: the X atom corresponding to @atom, or %None
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ _gdk_x11_precache_atoms (GdkDisplay *display,
* Converts from a #GdkAtom to the X atom for the default GDK display
* with the same string value.
*
- * Return value: the X atom corresponding to @atom.
+ * Returns: the X atom corresponding to @atom.
**/
Atom
gdk_x11_atom_to_xatom (GdkAtom atom)
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ gdk_x11_atom_to_xatom (GdkAtom atom)
* Convert from an X atom for a #GdkDisplay to the corresponding
* #GdkAtom.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the corresponding #GdkAtom.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the corresponding #GdkAtom.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ gdk_x11_xatom_to_atom_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
* Convert from an X atom for the default display to the corresponding
* #GdkAtom.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the corresponding G#dkAtom.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the corresponding G#dkAtom.
**/
GdkAtom
gdk_x11_xatom_to_atom (Atom xatom)
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ gdk_x11_xatom_to_atom (Atom xatom)
* This function caches the result, so if called repeatedly it is much
* faster than XInternAtom(), which is a round trip to the server each time.
*
- * Return value: a X atom for a #GdkDisplay
+ * Returns: a X atom for a #GdkDisplay
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ _gdk_x11_get_xatom_for_display_printf (GdkDisplay *display,
* This function caches the result, so if called repeatedly it is much
* faster than XInternAtom(), which is a round trip to the server each time.
*
- * Return value: a X atom for GDK’s default display.
+ * Returns: a X atom for GDK’s default display.
**/
Atom
gdk_x11_get_xatom_by_name (const gchar *atom_name)
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ gdk_x11_get_xatom_by_name (const gchar *atom_name)
* XAtomName() and gdk_atom_name(), the result doesn’t need to
* be freed.
*
- * Return value: name of the X atom; this string is owned by GDK,
+ * Returns: name of the X atom; this string is owned by GDK,
* so it shouldn’t be modifed or freed.
*
* Since: 2.2
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ gdk_x11_get_xatom_name_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
* doesn’t need to be freed. Also, this function will never return %NULL,
* even if @xatom is invalid.
*
- * Return value: name of the X atom; this string is owned by GTK+,
+ * Returns: name of the X atom; this string is owned by GTK+,
* so it shouldn’t be modifed or freed.
**/
const gchar *
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkscreen-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkscreen-x11.c
index 3bab765..c9c2d81 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkscreen-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkscreen-x11.c
@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ fetch_net_wm_check_window (GdkScreen *screen)
* You can monitor the window_manager_changed signal on #GdkScreen to detect
* a window manager change.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the window manager supports @property
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the window manager supports @property
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -1635,7 +1635,7 @@ gdk_x11_screen_supports_net_wm_hint (GdkScreen *screen,
*
* Returns the name of the window manager for @screen.
*
- * Return value: the name of the window manager screen @screen, or
+ * Returns: the name of the window manager screen @screen, or
* "unknown" if the window manager is unknown. The string is owned by GDK
* and should not be freed.
*
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkselection-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkselection-x11.c
index b8a682e..b84be26 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkselection-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkselection-x11.c
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ _gdk_x11_display_utf8_to_string_target (GdkDisplay *display,
*
* Converts from UTF-8 to compound text.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the conversion succeeded,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the conversion succeeded,
* otherwise %FALSE
*
* Since: 2.24
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkvisual-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkvisual-x11.c
index 865f67c..a88882f 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkvisual-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkvisual-x11.c
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ _gdk_visual_get_x11_colormap (GdkVisual *visual)
*
* Returns the X visual belonging to a #GdkVisual.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): an Xlib Visual*.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): an Xlib Visual*.
**/
Visual *
gdk_x11_visual_get_xvisual (GdkVisual *visual)
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c
index 796c082..c932813 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c
@@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@ x_event_mask_to_gdk_event_mask (long mask)
* was already known to GDK, a new reference to the existing
* #GdkWindow is returned.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #GdkWindow wrapper for the native
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkWindow wrapper for the native
* window, or %NULL if the window has been destroyed. The wrapper
* will be newly created, if one doesn’t exist already.
*
@@ -5485,7 +5485,7 @@ timestamp_predicate (Display *display,
*
* Routine to get the current X server time stamp.
*
- * Return value: the time stamp.
+ * Returns: the time stamp.
**/
guint32
gdk_x11_get_server_time (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -5521,7 +5521,7 @@ gdk_x11_get_server_time (GdkWindow *window)
*
* Returns the X resource (window) belonging to a #GdkWindow.
*
- * Return value: the ID of @drawable’s X resource.
+ * Returns: the ID of @drawable’s X resource.
**/
XID
gdk_x11_window_get_xid (GdkWindow *window)
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkxid.c b/gdk/x11/gdkxid.c
index d3029e4..8302e74 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkxid.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkxid.c
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ _gdk_x11_display_remove_window (GdkDisplay *display,
*
* Looks up the #GdkWindow that wraps the given native window handle.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none) (type GdkX11Window): the #GdkWindow wrapper for the native
+ * Returns: (transfer none) (type GdkX11Window): the #GdkWindow wrapper for the native
* window, or %NULL if there is none.
*
* Since: 2.24
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c
index 859f29a..44e7f3c 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ gtk_action_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
* See the [UI Definition section][XML-UI] for information on allowed action
* names.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkAction
+ * Returns: a new #GtkAction
*
* Since: 2.4
*
@@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ _gtk_action_remove_from_proxy_list (GtkAction *action,
* Returns the proxy widgets for an action.
* See also gtk_activatable_get_related_action().
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer none): a #GSList of proxy widgets. The list is owned by
GTK+
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer none): a #GSList of proxy widgets. The list is owned by GTK+
* and must not be modified.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ gtk_action_get_proxies (GtkAction *action)
*
* Returns the name of the action.
*
- * Return value: the name of the action. The string belongs to GTK+ and should not
+ * Returns: the name of the action. The string belongs to GTK+ and should not
* be freed.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ gtk_action_get_name (GtkAction *action)
*
* Returns whether the action is effectively sensitive.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the action and its associated action group
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the action and its associated action group
* are both sensitive.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@ gtk_action_is_sensitive (GtkAction *action)
* necessarily mean effective sensitivity. See gtk_action_is_sensitive()
* for that.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the action itself is sensitive.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the action itself is sensitive.
*
* Since: 2.4
*
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ gtk_action_set_sensitive (GtkAction *action,
*
* Returns whether the action is effectively visible.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the action and its associated action group
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the action and its associated action group
* are both visible.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@ gtk_action_is_visible (GtkAction *action)
* necessarily mean effective visibility. See gtk_action_is_sensitive()
* for that.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the action itself is visible.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the action itself is visible.
*
* Since: 2.4
*
@@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@ gtk_action_disconnect_accelerator (GtkAction *action)
* item or the toolbar item it creates, this function returns an
* instance of that menu.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the menu item provided by the
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the menu item provided by the
* action, or %NULL.
*
* Since: 2.12
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c
index 44bc6d5..113b3ee 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ gtk_action_group_get_name (GtkActionGroup *action_group)
* they are sensitive (see gtk_action_get_sensitive()) and their group
* is sensitive.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the group is sensitive.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the group is sensitive.
*
* Since: 2.4
*
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ gtk_action_group_set_sensitive (GtkActionGroup *action_group,
* they are visible (see gtk_action_get_visible()) and their group
* is visible.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the group is visible.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the group is visible.
*
* Since: 2.4
*
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c
index 7a02068..b07211c 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c
@@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@ default_change_palette_func (GdkScreen *screen,
*
* Creates a new GtkColorSelection.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkColorSelection
+ * Returns: a new #GtkColorSelection
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_color_selection_new (void)
@@ -2404,7 +2404,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_new (void)
*
* Determines whether the colorsel has an opacity control.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the @colorsel has an opacity control,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the @colorsel has an opacity control,
* %FALSE if it does't
*/
gboolean
@@ -2464,7 +2464,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_set_has_opacity_control (GtkColorSelection *colorsel,
*
* Determines whether the color selector has a color palette.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the selector has a palette, %FALSE if it hasn't
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the selector has a palette, %FALSE if it hasn't
*/
gboolean
gtk_color_selection_get_has_palette (GtkColorSelection *colorsel)
@@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_get_current_color (GtkColorSelection *colorsel,
*
* Returns the current alpha value.
*
- * Return value: an integer between 0 and 65535
+ * Returns: an integer between 0 and 65535
*/
guint16
gtk_color_selection_get_current_alpha (GtkColorSelection *colorsel)
@@ -2721,7 +2721,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_get_previous_color (GtkColorSelection *colorsel,
*
* Returns the previous alpha value.
*
- * Return value: an integer between 0 and 65535
+ * Returns: an integer between 0 and 65535
*/
guint16
gtk_color_selection_get_previous_alpha (GtkColorSelection *colorsel)
@@ -2911,7 +2911,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_set_palette_color (GtkColorSelection *colorsel,
*
* Gets the current state of the @colorsel.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the user is currently dragging
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the user is currently dragging
* a color around, and %FALSE if the selection has stopped
*/
gboolean
@@ -2937,7 +2937,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_is_adjusting (GtkColorSelection *colorsel)
* Parses a color palette string; the string is a colon-separated
* list of color names readable by gdk_color_parse().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if a palette was successfully parsed
+ * Returns: %TRUE if a palette was successfully parsed
*/
gboolean
gtk_color_selection_palette_from_string (const gchar *str,
@@ -3021,7 +3021,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_palette_from_string (const gchar *str,
*
* Encodes a palette as a string, useful for persistent storage.
*
- * Return value: allocated string encoding the palette
+ * Returns: allocated string encoding the palette
*/
gchar*
gtk_color_selection_palette_to_string (const GdkColor *colors,
@@ -3072,7 +3072,7 @@ gtk_color_selection_palette_to_string (const GdkColor *colors,
* the #GtkSettings:gtk-color-palette GtkSettings property so all
* GtkColorSelection widgets will be modified.
*
- * Return value: the previous change palette hook (that was replaced)
+ * Returns: the previous change palette hook (that was replaced)
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c
index 83e520c..d7b5154 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_init (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
*
* Creates a new #GtkFontSelection.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkFontSelection
+ * Returns: a new #GtkFontSelection
*
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use #GtkFontChooserWidget instead
*/
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_update_preview (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
* This returns the #GtkTreeView that lists font families, for
* example, “Sans”, “Serif”, etc.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
*
* Since: 2.14
*
@@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_family_list (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
* This returns the #GtkTreeView which lists all styles available for
* the selected font. For example, “Regular”, “Bold”, etc.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
*
* Since: 2.14
*
@@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_face_list (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
* This returns the #GtkEntry used to allow the user to edit the font
* number manually instead of selecting it from the list of font sizes.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
*
* Since: 2.14
*
@@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_size_entry (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
*
* This returns the #GtkTreeView used to list font sizes.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
*
* Since: 2.14
*
@@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_size_list (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
*
* This returns the #GtkEntry used to display the font as a preview.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkWidget that is part of @fontsel
*
* Since: 2.14
*
@@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_preview_entry (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
*
* Gets the #PangoFontFamily representing the selected font family.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFamily representing the
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFamily representing the
* selected font family. Font families are a collection of font
* faces. The returned object is owned by @fontsel and must not
* be modified or freed.
@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_family (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
* Gets the #PangoFontFace representing the selected font group
* details (i.e. family, slant, weight, width, etc).
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFace representing the
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFace representing the
* selected font group details. The returned object is owned by
* @fontsel and must not be modified or freed.
*
@@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_face (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
*
* The selected font size.
*
- * Return value: A n integer representing the selected font size,
+ * Returns: A n integer representing the selected font size,
* or -1 if no font size is selected.
*
* Since: 2.14
@@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_get_size (GtkFontSelection *fontsel)
* “Helvetica Bold Italic 12”. Use pango_font_description_equal()
* if you want to compare two font descriptions.
*
- * Return value: A string with the name of the current font, or %NULL if
+ * Returns: A string with the name of the current font, or %NULL if
* no font is selected. You must free this string with g_free().
*
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use #GtkFontChooser
@@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_select_font_desc (GtkFontSelection *fontsel,
* for this to work; this can be guaranteed by simply making sure that the
* @fontsel is inserted in a toplevel window before you call this function.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the font could be set successfully; %FALSE if no
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the font could be set successfully; %FALSE if no
* such font exists or if the @fontsel doesn’t belong to a particular
* screen yet.
*
@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_set_font_name (GtkFontSelection *fontsel,
*
* Gets the text displayed in the preview area.
*
- * Return value: the text displayed in the preview area.
+ * Returns: the text displayed in the preview area.
* This string is owned by the widget and should not be
* modified or freed
*
@@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_dialog_init (GtkFontSelectionDialog *fontseldiag)
*
* Creates a new #GtkFontSelectionDialog.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkFontSelectionDialog
+ * Returns: a new #GtkFontSelectionDialog
*
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use #GtkFontChooserDialog
*/
@@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_selection (GtkFontSelectionDialog *fsd)
*
* Gets the “OK” button.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkWidget used in the dialog
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkWidget used in the dialog
* for the “OK” button.
*
* Since: 2.14
@@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_ok_button (GtkFontSelectionDialog *fsd)
*
* Gets the “Cancel” button.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkWidget used in the dialog
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkWidget used in the dialog
* for the “Cancel” button.
*
* Since: 2.14
@@ -1838,7 +1838,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_dialog_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* to “Helvetica Bold Italic 12”. Use pango_font_description_equal()
* if you want to compare two font descriptions.
*
- * Return value: A string with the name of the current font, or %NULL if no
+ * Returns: A string with the name of the current font, or %NULL if no
* font is selected. You must free this string with g_free().
*
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use #GtkFontChooserDialog
@@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_name (GtkFontSelectionDialog *fsd)
*
* Sets the currently selected font.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the font selected in @fsd is now the
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the font selected in @fsd is now the
* @fontname specified, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use #GtkFontChooserDialog
@@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name (GtkFontSelectionDialog *fsd,
*
* Gets the text displayed in the preview area.
*
- * Return value: the text displayed in the preview area.
+ * Returns: the text displayed in the preview area.
* This string is owned by the widget and should not be
* modified or freed
*
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c
index 3987c19..3fb37c3 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ gtk_handle_box_set_shadow_type (GtkHandleBox *handle_box,
* Gets the type of shadow drawn around the handle box. See
* gtk_handle_box_set_shadow_type().
*
- * Return value: the type of shadow currently drawn around the handle box.
+ * Returns: the type of shadow currently drawn around the handle box.
*
* Deprecated: 3.4: #GtkHandleBox has been deprecated.
**/
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ gtk_handle_box_set_handle_position (GtkHandleBox *handle_box,
* Gets the handle position of the handle box. See
* gtk_handle_box_set_handle_position().
*
- * Return value: the current handle position.
+ * Returns: the current handle position.
*
* Deprecated: 3.4: #GtkHandleBox has been deprecated.
**/
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ gtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge (GtkHandleBox *handle_box,
* Gets the edge used for determining reattachment of the handle box.
* See gtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge().
*
- * Return value: the edge used for determining reattachment, or
+ * Returns: the edge used for determining reattachment, or
* (GtkPositionType)-1 if this is determined (as per default)
* from the handle position.
*
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ gtk_handle_box_get_snap_edge (GtkHandleBox *handle_box)
*
* Whether the handlebox’s child is currently detached.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the child is currently detached, otherwise %FALSE
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the child is currently detached, otherwise %FALSE
*
* Since: 2.14
*
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkhscale.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkhscale.c
index 58aa6e8..5572874 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkhscale.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkhscale.c
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ gtk_hscale_new (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
* is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your
* needs, use gtk_scale_set_digits() to correct it.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkHScale
+ * Returns: a new #GtkHScale
*
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use gtk_scale_new_with_range() with %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL instead
**/
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkhsv.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkhsv.c
index fa5a9b7..eb7de5f 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkhsv.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkhsv.c
@@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ gtk_hsv_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Creates a new HSV color selector.
*
- * Return value: A newly-created HSV color selector.
+ * Returns: A newly-created HSV color selector.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
@@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@ gtk_hsv_get_metrics (GtkHSV *hsv,
* adjusting the value with the mouse. This function queries whether
* the HSV color selector is being adjusted or not.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if clients can ignore changes to the color value,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if clients can ignore changes to the color value,
* since they may be transitory, or %FALSE if they should consider
* the color value status to be final.
*
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkiconfactory.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkiconfactory.c
index 4ee94c7..0bb8d4d 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkiconfactory.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkiconfactory.c
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ gtk_icon_factory_finalize (GObject *object)
* add a default icon factory with their icons, which will allow
* themes to override the icons for the application.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkIconFactory
+ * Returns: a new #GtkIconFactory
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ gtk_icon_factory_add (GtkIconFactory *factory,
* widget that will display the icon, instead of using this
* function directly, so that themes are taken into account.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): icon set of @stock_id.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): icon set of @stock_id.
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ _gtk_icon_factory_get_default_icons (void)
* using this function directly, so that themes are taken into
* account.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GtkIconSet, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkIconSet, or %NULL
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ icon_size_lookup_intern (GtkIconSize size,
* are free to render the pixbuf however they like, including changing
* the usual size.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @size was a valid size
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @size was a valid size
*
* Since: 2.2
*
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ gtk_icon_size_lookup_for_settings (GtkSettings *settings,
* are free to render the pixbuf however they like, including changing
* the usual size.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @size was a valid size
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @size was a valid size
*/
gboolean
gtk_icon_size_lookup (GtkIconSize size,
@@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ gtk_icon_size_register_alias (const gchar *alias,
*
* Looks up the icon size associated with @name.
*
- * Return value: (type int): the icon size
+ * Returns: (type int): the icon size
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ static guint cache_serial = 0;
* #GtkIconSet is to create application-specific icon sets to place in
* a #GtkIconFactory.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkIconSet
+ * Returns: a new #GtkIconSet
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ gtk_icon_set_new (void)
* using scaling, pixelation, etc. as required to adjust the icon size
* or make the icon look insensitive/prelighted.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkIconSet
+ * Returns: a new #GtkIconSet
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ gtk_icon_set_new_from_pixbuf (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf)
*
* Increments the reference count on @icon_set.
*
- * Return value: @icon_set.
+ * Returns: @icon_set.
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkIconSet, gtk_icon_set,
*
* Copies @icon_set by value.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkIconSet identical to the first.
+ * Returns: a new #GtkIconSet identical to the first.
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
**/
@@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS;
* (perhaps because an image file fails to load), a default "missing
* image" icon will be returned instead.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf to be displayed
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf to be displayed
*
* Since: 3.0
*
@@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ gtk_icon_set_render_icon_pixbuf (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
* (perhaps because an image file fails to load), a default "missing
* image" icon will be returned instead.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #cairo_surface_t to be displayed
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #cairo_surface_t to be displayed
*
* Since: 3.10
*
@@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ gtk_icon_set_render_icon_surface (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
* (perhaps because an image file fails to load), a default "missing
* image" icon will be returned instead.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf to be displayed
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf to be displayed
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_icon_set_render_icon_pixbuf() instead
*/
@@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ gtk_icon_set_get_sizes (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
* the icon source will be used as the base icon for any desired text
* direction, widget state, or icon size.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkIconSource
+ * Returns: a new #GtkIconSource
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -1913,7 +1913,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_new (void)
*
* Creates a copy of @source; mostly useful for language bindings.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkIconSource
+ * Returns: a new #GtkIconSource
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -2101,7 +2101,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_set_pixbuf (GtkIconSource *source,
* filename is not a copy, and should not be modified or expected to
* persist beyond the lifetime of the icon source.
*
- * Return value: (type filename): image filename. This string must not
+ * Returns: (type filename): image filename. This string must not
* be modified or freed.
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
@@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_get_filename (const GtkIconSource *source)
* icon_name is not a copy, and should not be modified or expected to
* persist beyond the lifetime of the icon source.
*
- * Return value: icon name. This string must not be modified or freed.
+ * Returns: icon name. This string must not be modified or freed.
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -2153,7 +2153,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_get_icon_name (const GtkIconSource *source)
* virtual function. The reference count on the pixbuf is
* not incremented.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): source pixbuf
+ * Returns: (transfer none): source pixbuf
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcarded (GtkIconSource *source,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcarded().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any icon size variant
+ * Returns: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any icon size variant
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_get_size_wildcarded (const GtkIconSource *source)
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_state_wildcarded().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any widget state variant
+ * Returns: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any widget state variant
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -2298,7 +2298,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_get_state_wildcarded (const GtkIconSource *source)
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_direction_wildcarded().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any text direction variant
+ * Returns: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any text direction variant
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_set_size (GtkIconSource *source,
* value is only useful/meaningful if the text direction is not
* wildcarded.
*
- * Return value: text direction this source matches
+ * Returns: text direction this source matches
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -2410,7 +2410,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_get_direction (const GtkIconSource *source)
* value is only useful/meaningful if the widget state is not
* wildcarded.
*
- * Return value: widget state this source matches
+ * Returns: widget state this source matches
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ gtk_icon_source_get_state (const GtkIconSource *source)
* Obtains the icon size this source applies to. The return value
* is only useful/meaningful if the icon size is not wildcarded.
*
- * Return value: (type int): icon size this source matches.
+ * Returns: (type int): icon size this source matches.
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
@@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ _gtk_icon_set_invalidate_caches (void)
* The strings in the returned list aren’t copied.
* The list itself should be freed.
*
- * Return value: List of ids in icon factories
+ * Returns: List of ids in icon factories
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use #GtkIconTheme instead.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c
index 0254507..73debc9 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c
@@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GtkImageMenuItem *image_menu_item,
* Gets the widget that is currently set as the image of @image_menu_item.
* See gtk_image_menu_item_set_image().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the widget set as image of @image_menu_item
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the widget set as image of @image_menu_item
*
* Deprecated: 3.10
**/
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkradioaction.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkradioaction.c
index b82a5c3..b4c724e 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkradioaction.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkradioaction.c
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ gtk_radio_action_init (GtkRadioAction *action)
* a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action,
* call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkRadioAction
+ * Returns: a new #GtkRadioAction
*
* Since: 2.4
*
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ gtk_radio_action_join_group (GtkRadioAction *action,
* Obtains the value property of the currently active member of
* the group to which @action belongs.
*
- * Return value: The value of the currently active group member
+ * Returns: The value of the currently active group member
*
* Since: 2.4
*
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkrc.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkrc.c
index 4e7a0b7..7239527 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkrc.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkrc.c
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ gtk_rc_set_default_files (gchar **filenames)
* Retrieves the current list of RC files that will be parsed
* at the end of gtk_init().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none) (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type filename):
+ * Returns: (transfer none) (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type filename):
* A %NULL-terminated array of filenames. This memory is owned
* by GTK+ and must not be freed by the application. If you want
* to store this information, you should make a copy.
@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ gtk_rc_style_new (void)
* will correctly copy an RC style that is a member of a class
* derived from #GtkRcStyle.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the resulting #GtkRcStyle
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the resulting #GtkRcStyle
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
**/
@@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ gtk_rc_reset_styles (GtkSettings *settings)
* for the given #GtkSettings has changed, discard all style information
* and then reread all previously read RC files.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the files were reread.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the files were reread.
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
**/
@@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ gtk_rc_reparse_all_for_settings (GtkSettings *settings,
* default #GtkSettings has changed, discard all style information
* and then reread all previously read RC files.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the files were reread.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the files were reread.
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
**/
@@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ gtk_rc_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
* G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
* ]|
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A style created by matching with the
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A style created by matching with the
* supplied paths, or %NULL if nothing matching was specified and the
* default style should be used. The returned value is owned by GTK+
* as part of an internal cache, so you must call g_object_ref() on
@@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ lookup_color (GtkRcStyle *style,
* If the file is not found, it outputs a warning message using
* g_warning() and returns %NULL.
*
- * Return value: (type filename): the filename.
+ * Returns: (type filename): the filename.
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
**/
@@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ gtk_rc_find_pixmap_in_path (GtkSettings *settings,
* Searches for a theme engine in the GTK+ search path. This function
* is not useful for applications and should not be used.
*
- * Return value: (type filename): The filename, if found (must be
+ * Returns: (type filename): The filename, if found (must be
* freed with g_free()), otherwise %NULL.
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkrecentaction.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkrecentaction.c
index d021e34..309140c 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkrecentaction.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkrecentaction.c
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ gtk_recent_action_init (GtkRecentAction *action)
* a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action,
* call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().
*
- * Return value: the newly created #GtkRecentAction.
+ * Returns: the newly created #GtkRecentAction.
*
* Since: 2.12
*
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ gtk_recent_action_new (const gchar *name,
* a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action,
* call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().
*
- * Return value: the newly created #GtkRecentAction
+ * Returns: the newly created #GtkRecentAction
*
* Since: 2.12
*
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ gtk_recent_action_new_for_manager (const gchar *name,
*
* Returns the value set by gtk_recent_chooser_menu_set_show_numbers().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if numbers should be shown.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if numbers should be shown.
*
* Since: 2.12
*
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkstock.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkstock.c
index 874dbc7..3415f6e 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkstock.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkstock.c
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ gtk_stock_add_static (const GtkStockItem *items,
* Fills @item with the registered values for @stock_id, returning %TRUE
* if @stock_id was known.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @item was initialized
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @item was initialized
*
* Deprecated: 3.10
**/
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ gtk_stock_lookup (const gchar *stock_id,
* or registered with gtk_stock_add(). The list must be freed with g_slist_free(),
* and each string in the list must be freed with g_free().
*
- * Return value: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a list of known stock IDs
+ * Returns: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a list of known stock IDs
*
* Deprecated: 3.10
**/
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ gtk_stock_list_ids (void)
*
* Copies a stock item, mostly useful for language bindings and not in applications.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkStockItem
+ * Returns: a new #GtkStockItem
*
* Deprecated: 3.10
**/
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkstyle.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkstyle.c
index ab9464f..6b759de 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkstyle.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkstyle.c
@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ gtk_style_detach (GtkStyle *style)
* and the default icon factory, returning an icon set if found,
* otherwise %NULL.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): icon set of @stock_id
+ * Returns: (transfer none): icon set of @stock_id
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_style_context_lookup_icon_set() instead
*/
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ gtk_style_lookup_icon_set (GtkStyle *style,
* it depends on the #GtkStyle and might change when a theme
* switch occurs.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the mapping was found.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the mapping was found.
*
* Since: 2.10
*
@@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ gtk_style_real_set_background (GtkStyle *style,
* according to the given parameters and returns the result in a
* pixbuf.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a newly-created #GdkPixbuf
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a newly-created #GdkPixbuf
* containing the rendered icon
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_render_icon_pixbuf() instead
@@ -4160,7 +4160,7 @@ gtk_widget_ensure_style (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Simply an accessor function that returns @widget->style.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the widget’s #GtkStyle
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the widget’s #GtkStyle
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
*/
@@ -4239,7 +4239,7 @@ gtk_widget_modify_style (GtkWidget *widget,
* thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference
* to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the modifier style for the widget.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the modifier style for the widget.
* This rc style is owned by the widget. If you want to keep a
* pointer to value this around, you must add a refcount using
* g_object_ref().
@@ -4749,7 +4749,7 @@ gtk_widget_class_path (GtkWidget *widget,
* the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be
* freed after use with g_object_unref().
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
* stock ID wasn’t known
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf() instead.
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c
index 23b98bd..94fa5ba 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ gtk_table_set_row_spacing (GtkTable *table,
* Gets the amount of space between row @row, and
* row @row + 1. See gtk_table_set_row_spacing().
*
- * Return value: the row spacing
+ * Returns: the row spacing
*
* Deprecated: 3.4: #GtkGrid does not offer a replacement for this
* functionality.
@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ gtk_table_set_col_spacing (GtkTable *table,
* Gets the amount of space between column @col, and
* column @col + 1. See gtk_table_set_col_spacing().
*
- * Return value: the column spacing
+ * Returns: the column spacing
*
* Deprecated: 3.4: #GtkGrid does not offer a replacement for this
* functionality.
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ gtk_table_set_row_spacings (GtkTable *table,
* the spacing that will be used for newly added rows.
* (See gtk_table_set_row_spacings())
*
- * Return value: the default row spacing
+ * Returns: the default row spacing
*
* Deprecated: 3.4: Use gtk_grid_get_row_spacing() with #GtkGrid.
**/
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ gtk_table_set_col_spacings (GtkTable *table,
* the spacing that will be used for newly added columns.
* (See gtk_table_set_col_spacings())
*
- * Return value: the default column spacing
+ * Returns: the default column spacing
*
* Deprecated: 3.4: Use gtk_grid_get_column_spacing() with #GtkGrid.
**/
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ gtk_table_set_homogeneous (GtkTable *table,
* Returns whether the table cells are all constrained to the same
* width and height. (See gtk_table_set_homogeneous ())
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the cells are all constrained to the same size
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the cells are all constrained to the same size
*
* Deprecated: 3.4: Use gtk_grid_get_row_homogeneous() and
* gtk_grid_get_column_homogeneous() with #GtkGrid.
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtktoggleaction.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtktoggleaction.c
index 82ebc91..71bb036 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtktoggleaction.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtktoggleaction.c
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ gtk_toggle_action_init (GtkToggleAction *action)
* a #GtkActionGroup and set the accelerator for the action,
* call gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel().
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkToggleAction
+ * Returns: a new #GtkToggleAction
*
* Since: 2.4
*
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkuimanager.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkuimanager.c
index 9ae6c78..35da0db 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkuimanager.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkuimanager.c
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_real_get_action (GtkUIManager *manager,
*
* Creates a new ui manager object.
*
- * Return value: a new ui manager object.
+ * Returns: a new ui manager object.
*
* Since: 2.4
*
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_new (void)
* Returns whether menus generated by this #GtkUIManager
* will have tearoff menu items.
*
- * Return value: whether tearoff menu items are added
+ * Returns: whether tearoff menu items are added
*
* Since: 2.4
*
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_remove_action_group (GtkUIManager *manager,
*
* Returns the list of action groups associated with @manager.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkActionGroup) (transfer none): a #GList of
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkActionGroup) (transfer none): a #GList of
* action groups. The list is owned by GTK+
* and should not be modified.
*
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_get_action_groups (GtkUIManager *manager)
*
* Returns the #GtkAccelGroup associated with @manager.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkAccelGroup.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkAccelGroup.
*
* Since: 2.4
*
@@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_get_accel_group (GtkUIManager *manager)
* function to some container or explicitly ref them, they will survive the
* destruction of the ui manager.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the widget found by following the path,
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the widget found by following the path,
* or %NULL if no widget was found
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ collect_toplevels (GNode *node,
*
* Obtains a list of all toplevel widgets of the requested types.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): a newly-allocated #GSList of
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): a newly-allocated #GSList of
* all toplevel widgets of the requested types. Free the returned list with g_slist_free().
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_get_toplevels (GtkUIManager *manager,
* Looks up an action by following a path. See gtk_ui_manager_get_widget()
* for more information about paths.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the action whose proxy widget is found by following the path,
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the action whose proxy widget is found by following the path,
* or %NULL if no widget was found.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ free_node (GNode *node)
* Returns an unused merge id, suitable for use with
* gtk_ui_manager_add_ui().
*
- * Return value: an unused merge id.
+ * Returns: an unused merge id.
*
* Since: 2.4
*
@@ -1937,7 +1937,7 @@ add_ui_from_string (GtkUIManager *manager,
* the current contents of @manager. An enclosing <ui> element is added if
* it is missing.
*
- * Return value: The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be used
+ * Returns: The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be used
* to unmerge the UI with gtk_ui_manager_remove_ui(). If an error occurred,
* the return value is 0.
*
@@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_string (GtkUIManager *manager,
* Parses a file containing a [UI definition][XML-UI] and
* merges it with the current contents of @manager.
*
- * Return value: The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be used
+ * Returns: The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be used
* to unmerge the UI with gtk_ui_manager_remove_ui(). If an error occurred,
* the return value is 0.
*
@@ -2018,7 +2018,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_file (GtkUIManager *manager,
* Parses a resource file containing a [UI definition][XML-UI] and
* merges it with the current contents of @manager.
*
- * Return value: The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be used
+ * Returns: The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be used
* to unmerge the UI with gtk_ui_manager_remove_ui(). If an error occurred,
* the return value is 0.
*
@@ -3343,7 +3343,7 @@ gtk_ui_manager_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
*
* Creates a [UI definition][XML-UI] of the merged UI.
*
- * Return value: A newly allocated string containing an XML representation of
+ * Returns: A newly allocated string containing an XML representation of
* the merged UI.
*
* Since: 2.4
diff --git a/gtk/deprecated/gtkvscale.c b/gtk/deprecated/gtkvscale.c
index 3944383..4cbcf5e 100644
--- a/gtk/deprecated/gtkvscale.c
+++ b/gtk/deprecated/gtkvscale.c
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ gtk_vscale_new (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
* is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your
* needs, use gtk_scale_set_digits() to correct it.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkVScale
+ * Returns: a new #GtkVScale
*
* Deprecated: 3.2: Use gtk_scale_new_with_range() with %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL instead
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c b/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c
index 82f7214..13f37aa 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c
@@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_show (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Returns the program name displayed in the about dialog.
*
- * Return value: The program name. The string is owned by the about
+ * Returns: The program name. The string is owned by the about
* dialog and must not be modified.
*
* Since: 2.12
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_program_name (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Returns the version string.
*
- * Return value: The version string. The string is owned by the about
+ * Returns: The version string. The string is owned by the about
* dialog and must not be modified.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_version (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Returns the copyright string.
*
- * Return value: The copyright string. The string is owned by the about
+ * Returns: The copyright string. The string is owned by the about
* dialog and must not be modified.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_copyright (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Returns the comments string.
*
- * Return value: The comments. The string is owned by the about
+ * Returns: The comments. The string is owned by the about
* dialog and must not be modified.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_comments (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Returns the license information.
*
- * Return value: The license information. The string is owned by the about
+ * Returns: The license information. The string is owned by the about
* dialog and must not be modified.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_wrap_license (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Returns the website URL.
*
- * Return value: The website URL. The string is owned by the about
+ * Returns: The website URL. The string is owned by the about
* dialog and must not be modified.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_website (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Returns the label used for the website link.
*
- * Return value: The label used for the website link. The string is
+ * Returns: The label used for the website link. The string is
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_website_label (GtkAboutDialog *about,
* Returns the string which are displayed in the authors tab
* of the secondary credits dialog.
*
- * Return value: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A
+ * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A
* %NULL-terminated string array containing the authors. The array is
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
*
@@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_authors (GtkAboutDialog *about,
* Returns the string which are displayed in the documenters
* tab of the secondary credits dialog.
*
- * Return value: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A
+ * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A
* %NULL-terminated string array containing the documenters. The
* array is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
*
@@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_documenters (GtkAboutDialog *about,
* Returns the string which are displayed in the artists tab
* of the secondary credits dialog.
*
- * Return value: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A
+ * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A
* %NULL-terminated string array containing the artists. The array is
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
*
@@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_artists (GtkAboutDialog *about,
* Returns the translator credits string which is displayed
* in the translators tab of the secondary credits dialog.
*
- * Return value: The translator credits string. The string is
+ * Returns: The translator credits string. The string is
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Returns the pixbuf displayed as logo in the about dialog.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the pixbuf displayed as logo. The
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the pixbuf displayed as logo. The
* pixbuf is owned by the about dialog. If you want to keep a
* reference to it, you have to call g_object_ref() on it.
*
@@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_logo (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Returns the icon name displayed as logo in the about dialog.
*
- * Return value: the icon name displayed as logo. The string is
+ * Returns: the icon name displayed as logo. The string is
* owned by the dialog. If you want to keep a reference
* to it, you have to call g_strdup() on it.
*
@@ -2512,7 +2512,7 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_license_type (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Retrieves the license set using gtk_about_dialog_set_license_type()
*
- * Return value: a #GtkLicense value
+ * Returns: a #GtkLicense value
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccelmap.c b/gtk/gtkaccelmap.c
index 0cfef38..791a593 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkaccelmap.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkaccelmap.c
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ gtk_accel_map_init (GtkAccelMap *accel_map)
* map via the ::changed signal; it isn’t a parameter to the
* other accelerator map functions.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the global #GtkAccelMap object
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the global #GtkAccelMap object
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkactionbar.c b/gtk/gtkactionbar.c
index 994a078..b951b37 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkactionbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkactionbar.c
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ gtk_action_bar_set_center_widget (GtkActionBar *action_bar,
*
* Retrieves the center bar widget of the bar.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the center #GtkWidget.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the center #GtkWidget.
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkadjustment.c b/gtk/gtkadjustment.c
index f550500..9a5087d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkadjustment.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkadjustment.c
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ gtk_adjustment_new (gdouble value,
* Gets the current value of the adjustment. See
* gtk_adjustment_set_value ().
*
- * Return value: The current value of the adjustment.
+ * Returns: The current value of the adjustment.
**/
gdouble
gtk_adjustment_get_value (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_value (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
*
* Retrieves the minimum value of the adjustment.
*
- * Return value: The current minimum value of the adjustment.
+ * Returns: The current minimum value of the adjustment.
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_lower (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
*
* Retrieves the maximum value of the adjustment.
*
- * Return value: The current maximum value of the adjustment.
+ * Returns: The current maximum value of the adjustment.
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_upper (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
*
* Retrieves the step increment of the adjustment.
*
- * Return value: The current step increment of the adjustment.
+ * Returns: The current step increment of the adjustment.
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_step_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
*
* Retrieves the page increment of the adjustment.
*
- * Return value: The current page increment of the adjustment.
+ * Returns: The current page increment of the adjustment.
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_page_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
*
* Retrieves the page size of the adjustment.
*
- * Return value: The current page size of the adjustment.
+ * Returns: The current page size of the adjustment.
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkassistant.c b/gtk/gtkassistant.c
index 5a2c9b7..8b997c2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkassistant.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkassistant.c
@@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ gtk_assistant_remove (GtkContainer *container,
*
* Creates a new #GtkAssistant.
*
- * Return value: a newly created #GtkAssistant
+ * Returns: a newly created #GtkAssistant
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ gtk_assistant_new (void)
*
* Returns the page number of the current page.
*
- * Return value: The index (starting from 0) of the current
+ * Returns: The index (starting from 0) of the current
* page in the @assistant, or -1 if the @assistant has no pages,
* or no current page.
*
@@ -1622,7 +1622,7 @@ gtk_assistant_previous_page (GtkAssistant *assistant)
*
* Returns the number of pages in the @assistant
*
- * Return value: the number of pages in the @assistant
+ * Returns: the number of pages in the @assistant
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@ gtk_assistant_get_n_pages (GtkAssistant *assistant)
*
* Returns the child widget contained in page number @page_num.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the child widget, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the child widget, or %NULL
* if @page_num is out of bounds
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ gtk_assistant_get_nth_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
*
* Prepends a page to the @assistant.
*
- * Return value: the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page
+ * Returns: the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ gtk_assistant_prepend_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
*
* Appends a page to the @assistant.
*
- * Return value: the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page
+ * Returns: the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ gtk_assistant_append_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
*
* Inserts a page in the @assistant at a given position.
*
- * Return value: the index (starting from 0) of the inserted page
+ * Returns: the index (starting from 0) of the inserted page
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ gtk_assistant_set_page_title (GtkAssistant *assistant,
*
* Gets the title for @page.
*
- * Return value: the title for @page
+ * Returns: the title for @page
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ gtk_assistant_set_page_type (GtkAssistant *assistant,
*
* Gets the page type of @page.
*
- * Return value: the page type of @page
+ * Returns: the page type of @page
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -2163,7 +2163,7 @@ gtk_assistant_do_set_page_header_image (GtkAssistant *assistant,
*
* Gets the header image for @page.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the header image for @page,
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the header image for @page,
* or %NULL if there’s no header image for the page
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -2254,7 +2254,7 @@ gtk_assistant_do_set_page_side_image (GtkAssistant *assistant,
*
* Gets the side image for @page.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the side image for @page,
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the side image for @page,
* or %NULL if there’s no side image for the page
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@ gtk_assistant_set_page_complete (GtkAssistant *assistant,
*
* Gets whether @page is complete.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @page is complete.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @page is complete.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbbox.c b/gtk/gtkbbox.c
index fafcea7..02d0b0e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbbox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbbox.c
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ gtk_button_box_get_layout (GtkButtonBox *widget)
*
* Returns whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children.
*
- * Return value: whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children.
+ * Returns: whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ gtk_button_box_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Creates a new #GtkButtonBox.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkButtonBox.
+ * Returns: a new #GtkButtonBox.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbin.c b/gtk/gtkbin.c
index 86d1742..9d7a050 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbin.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbin.c
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ gtk_bin_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
* no child widget. The returned widget does not have a reference
* added, so you do not need to unref it.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): pointer to child of the #GtkBin
+ * Returns: (transfer none): pointer to child of the #GtkBin
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_bin_get_child (GtkBin *bin)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbindings.c b/gtk/gtkbindings.c
index 1741bc1..11ce5d3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbindings.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbindings.c
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ gtk_binding_entry_activate (GtkBindingEntry *entry,
* GTK+ maintains a global list of binding sets. Each binding set has
* a unique name which needs to be specified upon creation.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): new binding set
+ * Returns: (transfer full): new binding set
*/
GtkBindingSet*
gtk_binding_set_new (const gchar *set_name)
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ gtk_binding_set_new (const gchar *set_name)
* the passed in class structure. New binding sets are created on
* demand by this function.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the binding set corresponding to
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the binding set corresponding to
* @object_class
*/
GtkBindingSet*
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ gtk_binding_set_find_interned (const gchar *set_name)
* The @set_name can either be a name used for gtk_binding_set_new()
* or the type name of a class used in gtk_binding_set_by_class().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): %NULL or the specified binding set
+ * Returns: (transfer none): %NULL or the specified binding set
*/
GtkBindingSet*
gtk_binding_set_find (const gchar *set_name)
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ gtk_binding_set_find (const gchar *set_name)
* Find a key binding matching @keyval and @modifiers within
* @binding_set and activate the binding on @object.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if a binding was found and activated
+ * Returns: %TRUE if a binding was found and activated
*/
gboolean
gtk_binding_set_activate (GtkBindingSet *binding_set,
@@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ gtk_bindings_activate_list (GObject *object,
* Find a key binding matching @keyval and @modifiers and activate the
* binding on @object.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if a binding was found and activated
+ * Returns: %TRUE if a binding was found and activated
*/
gboolean
gtk_bindings_activate (GObject *object,
@@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@ gtk_bindings_activate (GObject *object,
* Looks up key bindings for @object to find one matching
* @event, and if one was found, activate it.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if a matching key binding was found
+ * Returns: %TRUE if a matching key binding was found
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbox.c b/gtk/gtkbox.c
index 9fa7f32..6b9391e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbox.c
@@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ gtk_box_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Creates a new #GtkBox.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkBox.
+ * Returns: a new #GtkBox.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
@@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@ gtk_box_set_homogeneous (GtkBox *box,
* Returns whether the box is homogeneous (all children are the
* same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the box is homogeneous.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the box is homogeneous.
**/
gboolean
gtk_box_get_homogeneous (GtkBox *box)
@@ -2158,7 +2158,7 @@ gtk_box_set_spacing (GtkBox *box,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_spacing().
*
- * Return value: spacing between children
+ * Returns: spacing between children
**/
gint
gtk_box_get_spacing (GtkBox *box)
@@ -2208,7 +2208,7 @@ gtk_box_set_baseline_position (GtkBox *box,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_baseline_position().
*
- * Return value: the baseline position
+ * Returns: the baseline position
*
* Since: 3.10
**/
@@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ gtk_box_set_center_widget (GtkBox *box,
*
* Retrieves the center widget of the box.
*
- * Return value: the center widget
+ * Returns: the center widget
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbuilder.c b/gtk/gtkbuilder.c
index 3efe9e9..fe15875 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbuilder.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbuilder.c
@@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ _gtk_builder_finish (GtkBuilder *builder)
* Most users will probably want to use gtk_builder_new_from_file(),
* gtk_builder_new_from_resource() or gtk_builder_new_from_string().
*
- * Return value: a new (empty) #GtkBuilder object
+ * Returns: a new (empty) #GtkBuilder object
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ gtk_builder_add_objects_from_string (GtkBuilder *builder,
* Gets the object named @name. Note that this function does not
* increment the reference count of the returned object.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the object named @name or %NULL if
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the object named @name or %NULL if
* it could not be found in the object tree.
*
* Since: 2.12
@@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ object_add_to_list (gchar *object_id,
* this function does not increment the reference counts of the returned
* objects.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GObject) (transfer container): a newly-allocated #GSList containing all the
objects
+ * Returns: (element-type GObject) (transfer container): a newly-allocated #GSList containing all the objects
* constructed by the #GtkBuilder instance. It should be freed by
* g_slist_free()
*
@@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ gtk_builder_set_translation_domain (GtkBuilder *builder,
*
* Gets the translation domain of @builder.
*
- * Return value: the translation domain. This string is owned
+ * Returns: the translation domain. This string is owned
* by the builder object and must not be modified or freed.
*
* Since: 2.12
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbutton.c b/gtk/gtkbutton.c
index 8cfdf39..4c17f90 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbutton.c
@@ -2345,7 +2345,7 @@ gtk_button_set_label (GtkButton *button,
* case if you create an empty button with gtk_button_new() to
* use as a container.
*
- * Return value: The text of the label widget. This string is owned
+ * Returns: The text of the label widget. This string is owned
* by the widget and must not be modified or freed.
**/
const gchar *
@@ -2393,7 +2393,7 @@ gtk_button_set_use_underline (GtkButton *button,
* Returns whether an embedded underline in the button label indicates a
* mnemonic. See gtk_button_set_use_underline ().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if an embedded underline in the button label
+ * Returns: %TRUE if an embedded underline in the button label
* indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys.
**/
gboolean
@@ -2442,7 +2442,7 @@ gtk_button_set_use_stock (GtkButton *button,
*
* Returns whether the button label is a stock item.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the button label is used to
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the button label is used to
* select a stock item instead of being
* used directly as the label text.
*
@@ -2495,7 +2495,7 @@ gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GtkButton *button,
* Returns whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
* See gtk_button_set_focus_on_click().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the button grabs focus when it is clicked with
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the button grabs focus when it is clicked with
* the mouse.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -2771,7 +2771,7 @@ gtk_button_set_image (GtkButton *button,
* This may have been explicitly set by gtk_button_set_image()
* or constructed by gtk_button_new_from_stock().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GtkWidget or %NULL in case there is no image
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkWidget or %NULL in case there is no image
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -2821,7 +2821,7 @@ gtk_button_set_image_position (GtkButton *button,
* Gets the position of the image relative to the text
* inside the button.
*
- * Return value: the position
+ * Returns: the position
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -2898,7 +2898,7 @@ gtk_button_get_always_show_image (GtkButton *button)
* Returns the button’s event window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
* This function should be rarely needed.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): @button’s event window.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): @button’s event window.
*
* Since: 2.22
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcalendar.c b/gtk/gtkcalendar.c
index 8e3f807..00e6a9b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcalendar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcalendar.c
@@ -3546,7 +3546,7 @@ gtk_calendar_drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Creates a new calendar, with the current date being selected.
*
- * Return value: a newly #GtkCalendar widget
+ * Returns: a newly #GtkCalendar widget
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_calendar_new (void)
@@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@ gtk_calendar_new (void)
*
* Returns the current display options of @calendar.
*
- * Return value: the display options.
+ * Returns: the display options.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -3996,7 +3996,7 @@ gtk_calendar_set_detail_height_rows (GtkCalendar *calendar,
*
* Since: 2.14
*
- * Return value: The width of detail cells, in characters.
+ * Returns: The width of detail cells, in characters.
*/
gint
gtk_calendar_get_detail_width_chars (GtkCalendar *calendar)
@@ -4015,7 +4015,7 @@ gtk_calendar_get_detail_width_chars (GtkCalendar *calendar)
*
* Since: 2.14
*
- * Return value: The height of detail cells, in rows.
+ * Returns: The height of detail cells, in rows.
*/
gint
gtk_calendar_get_detail_height_rows (GtkCalendar *calendar)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcalendar.h b/gtk/gtkcalendar.h
index 23c50f7..ad4efcd 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcalendar.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcalendar.h
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ typedef enum
*
* Since: 2.14
*
- * Return value: Newly allocated string with Pango markup with details
+ * Returns: Newly allocated string with Pango markup with details
* for the specified day, or %NULL.
*/
typedef gchar* (*GtkCalendarDetailFunc) (GtkCalendar *calendar,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellarea.c b/gtk/gtkcellarea.c
index 7b283d6..09d7654 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellarea.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellarea.c
@@ -1701,7 +1701,7 @@ get_has_renderer (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
*
* Checks if @area contains @renderer.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @renderer is in the @area.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @renderer is in the @area.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc (GtkCellArea *area,
*
* Delegates event handling to a #GtkCellArea.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the event was handled by @area.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the event was handled by @area.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@ get_cell_by_position (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
* Gets the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y coordinates inside @area and optionally
* returns the full cell allocation for it inside @cell_area.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_cell_at_position (GtkCellArea *area,
* one should render and handle events with the same #GtkCellAreaContext
* which was used to request the size of those rows of data).
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext which can be used with @area.
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext which can be used with @area.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_create_context (GtkCellArea *area)
* was already used to request all the row widths that are
* to be displayed.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext copy of @context.
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext copy of @context.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -2036,7 +2036,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_copy_context (GtkCellArea *area,
* Gets whether the area prefers a height-for-width layout
* or a width-for-height layout.
*
- * Return value: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @area.
+ * Returns: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @area.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -2357,7 +2357,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes (GtkCellArea *area,
* used to interact with renderers from #GtkCellArea
* subclasses.
*
- * Return value: The current #GtkTreePath string for the current
+ * Returns: The current #GtkTreePath string for the current
* attributes applied to @area. This string belongs to the area and
* should not be freed.
*
@@ -2423,7 +2423,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass,
*
* Finds a cell property of a cell area class by name.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the child property
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the child property
* or %NULL if @aclass has no child property with that name.
*
* Since: 3.0
@@ -2448,7 +2448,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_find_cell_property (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass,
*
* Returns all cell properties of a cell area class.
*
- * Return value: (array length=n_properties) (transfer container): a newly
+ * Returns: (array length=n_properties) (transfer container): a newly
* allocated %NULL-terminated array of #GParamSpec*. The array
* must be freed with g_free().
*
@@ -2852,7 +2852,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_get_property (GtkCellArea *area,
* Returns whether the area can do anything when activated,
* after applying new attributes to @area.
*
- * Return value: whether @area can do anything when activated.
+ * Returns: whether @area can do anything when activated.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -2877,7 +2877,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_is_activatable (GtkCellArea *area)
* method to receive and navigate focus in its own way particular
* to how it lays out cells.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if focus remains inside @area as a result of this call.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if focus remains inside @area as a result of this call.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -2904,7 +2904,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_focus (GtkCellArea *area,
* cell, however some subclasses which embed widgets in the area
* can also activate a widget if it currently has the focus.
*
- * Return value: Whether @area was successfully activated.
+ * Returns: Whether @area was successfully activated.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -2974,7 +2974,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_set_focus_cell (GtkCellArea *area,
*
* Retrieves the currently focused cell for @area
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the currently focused cell in @area.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the currently focused cell in @area.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -3090,7 +3090,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_remove_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area,
* Returns whether @sibling is one of @renderer’s focus siblings
* (see gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling()).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @sibling is a focus sibling of @renderer
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @sibling is a focus sibling of @renderer
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -3128,7 +3128,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_is_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area,
*
* Gets the focus sibling cell renderers for @renderer.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkCellRenderer) (transfer none): A #GList of #GtkCellRenderers.
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkCellRenderer) (transfer none): A #GList of #GtkCellRenderers.
* The returned list is internal and should not be freed.
*
* Since: 3.0
@@ -3160,7 +3160,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_focus_siblings (GtkCellArea *area,
* then chose to activate the focus cell for which the event
* cell may have been a sibling.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkCellRenderer for which @renderer
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkCellRenderer for which @renderer
* is a sibling, or %NULL.
*
* Since: 3.0
@@ -3304,7 +3304,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_set_edit_widget (GtkCellArea *area,
* Gets the #GtkCellRenderer in @area that is currently
* being edited.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The currently edited #GtkCellRenderer
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The currently edited #GtkCellRenderer
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -3327,7 +3327,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell (GtkCellArea *area)
* Gets the #GtkCellEditable widget currently used
* to edit the currently edited cell.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The currently active #GtkCellEditable widget
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The currently active #GtkCellEditable widget
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -3358,7 +3358,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget (GtkCellArea *area)
* for keyboard events for free in its own GtkCellArea->activate()
* implementation.
*
- * Return value: whether cell activation was successful
+ * Returns: whether cell activation was successful
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellarea.h b/gtk/gtkcellarea.h
index d82b2cf..ed73d99 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellarea.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellarea.h
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ typedef struct _GtkCellAreaContext GtkCellAreaContext;
* The type of the callback functions used for iterating over
* the cell renderers of a #GtkCellArea, see gtk_cell_area_foreach().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE to stop iterating over cells.
+ * Returns: %TRUE to stop iterating over cells.
*/
typedef gboolean (*GtkCellCallback) (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
gpointer data);
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ typedef gboolean (*GtkCellCallback) (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
* cell renderers and their allocated areas inside a #GtkCellArea,
* see gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE to stop iterating over cells.
+ * Returns: %TRUE to stop iterating over cells.
*/
typedef gboolean (*GtkCellAllocCallback) (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
const GdkRectangle *cell_area,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c b/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c
index ec1f89d..05ec4bb 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c
@@ -2117,7 +2117,7 @@ _gtk_cell_area_box_group_visible (GtkCellAreaBox *box,
*
* Creates a new #GtkCellAreaBox.
*
- * Return value: a newly created #GtkCellAreaBox
+ * Returns: a newly created #GtkCellAreaBox
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_pack_end (GtkCellAreaBox *box,
*
* Gets the spacing added between cell renderers.
*
- * Return value: the space added between cell renderers in @box.
+ * Returns: the space added between cell renderers in @box.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c b/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c
index f704e95..fcdedee 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_real_allocate (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
* that the #GtkCellArea is configured with in order to
* compute a proper allocation.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkCellArea this context was created by.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkCellArea this context was created by.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c b/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c
index a666cd8..af9cee5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ gtk_cell_layout_reorder (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
*
* Returns the cell renderers which have been added to @cell_layout.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkCellRenderer) (transfer container):
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkCellRenderer) (transfer container):
* a list of cell renderers. The list, but not the renderers has
* been newly allocated and should be freed with g_list_free()
* when no longer needed.
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ gtk_cell_layout_get_cells (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout)
* if called on a #GtkCellArea or might be %NULL if no #GtkCellArea
* is used by @cell_layout.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the cell area used by @cell_layout.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the cell area used by @cell_layout.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c b/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c
index 3afcabc..67b6909 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_render (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
* Some cell renderers may use events; for example, #GtkCellRendererToggle
* toggles when it gets a mouse click.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the event was consumed/handled
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the event was consumed/handled
**/
gboolean
gtk_cell_renderer_activate (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_activate (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
*
* Passes an activate event to the cell renderer for possible processing.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A new #GtkCellEditable, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A new #GtkCellEditable, or %NULL
**/
GtkCellEditable *
gtk_cell_renderer_start_editing (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c
index d4c1b02..2271457 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_set_property (GObject *object,
* in the model, thus rendering a different image in each row of the
* #GtkTreeView.
*
- * Return value: the new cell renderer
+ * Returns: the new cell renderer
**/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c
index 331254c..6c01176 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_progress_init (GtkCellRendererProgress *cellprogress)
*
* Creates a new #GtkCellRendererProgress.
*
- * Return value: the new cell renderer
+ * Returns: the new cell renderer
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c
index f38fce1..a9a50af 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_init (GtkCellRendererSpinner *cell)
* Returns a new cell renderer which will show a spinner to indicate
* activity.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkCellRenderer
+ * Returns: a new #GtkCellRenderer
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c
index 34c5943..fc17b38 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c
@@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_set_property (GObject *object,
* value in the model, thus rendering a different string in each row
* of the #GtkTreeView
*
- * Return value: the new cell renderer
+ * Returns: the new cell renderer
**/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_renderer_text_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c
index e0b7f92..57f263c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_property (GObject *object,
* in the model, thus causing the check button to reflect the state of
* the model.
*
- * Return value: the new cell renderer
+ * Returns: the new cell renderer
**/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_new (void)
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_radio (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle,
*
* Returns whether we’re rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if we’re rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes
+ * Returns: %TRUE if we’re rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes
**/
gboolean
gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_radio (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle)
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_radio (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle)
* Returns whether the cell renderer is active. See
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the cell renderer is active.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the cell renderer is active.
**/
gboolean
gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_active (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle)
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle,
* Returns whether the cell renderer is activatable. See
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the cell renderer is activatable.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the cell renderer is activatable.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellview.c b/gtk/gtkcellview.c
index f577dcd..5870f10 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellview.c
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ row_changed_cb (GtkTreeModel *model,
*
* Creates a new #GtkCellView widget.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_new (void)
* in this way alignments with cellviews for other rows are
* possible.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_context (GtkCellArea *area,
* Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererText
* to it, and makes it show @text.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_text (const gchar *text)
* to it, and makes it show @markup. The text can be
* marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_markup (const gchar *markup)
* Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererPixbuf
* to it, and makes it show @pixbuf.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_get_displayed_row (GtkCellView *cell_view)
* Sets @requisition to the size needed by @cell_view to display
* the model row pointed to by @path.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE
+ * Returns: %TRUE
*
* Since: 2.6
*
@@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_background_rgba (GtkCellView *cell_view,
* Gets whether @cell_view is configured to draw all of its
* cells in a sensitive state.
*
- * Return value: whether @cell_view draws all of its
+ * Returns: whether @cell_view draws all of its
* cells in a sensitive state
*
* Since: 3.0
@@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_draw_sensitive (GtkCellView *cell_view,
* Gets whether @cell_view is configured to request space
* to fit the entire #GtkTreeModel.
*
- * Return value: whether @cell_view requests space to fit
+ * Returns: whether @cell_view requests space to fit
* the entire #GtkTreeModel.
*
* Since: 3.0
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c b/gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c
index 7137bc7..d79088c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item,
* Returns whether the check menu item is active. See
* gtk_check_menu_item_set_active ().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the menu item is checked.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the menu item is checked.
*/
gboolean
gtk_check_menu_item_get_active (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item)
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_set_inconsistent (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item,
*
* Retrieves the value set by gtk_check_menu_item_set_inconsistent().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if inconsistent
+ * Returns: %TRUE if inconsistent
**/
gboolean
gtk_check_menu_item_get_inconsistent (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item)
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_set_draw_as_radio (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item,
*
* Returns whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem
*
- * Return value: Whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem
+ * Returns: Whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkclipboard.c b/gtk/gtkclipboard.c
index b7611c5..9c8bc1e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkclipboard.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkclipboard.c
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ clipboard_display_closed (GdkDisplay *display,
* if your application called “Foo” has a special-purpose
* clipboard, you might call it “_FOO_SPECIAL_CLIPBOARD”.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
* clipboard already exists, a new one will be created. Once a clipboard
* object has been created, it is persistent and, since it is owned by
* GTK+, must not be freed or unrefd.
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
* Returns the clipboard object for the given selection.
* See gtk_clipboard_get_for_display() for complete details.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no clipboard
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no clipboard
* already exists, a new one will be created. Once a clipboard
* object has been created, it is persistent and, since it is
* owned by GTK+, must not be freed or unreffed.
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_set_contents (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
* a list of supported formats for the clipboard data and a function
* to call to get the actual data when it is requested.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if setting the clipboard data succeeded.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if setting the clipboard data succeeded.
* If setting the clipboard data failed the provided callback
* functions will be ignored.
**/
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_set_with_data (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
* is that instead of an generic @user_data pointer, a #GObject is passed
* in.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if setting the clipboard data succeeded.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if setting the clipboard data succeeded.
* If setting the clipboard data failed the provided callback
* functions will be ignored.
**/
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
* gtk_clipboard_clear() has not subsequently called, returns the owner set
* by gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the owner of the clipboard, if any;
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the owner of the clipboard, if any;
* otherwise %NULL.
**/
GObject *
@@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ clipboard_received_func (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
* This function waits for the data to be received using the main
* loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
*
- * Return value: a newly-allocated #GtkSelectionData object or %NULL
+ * Returns: a newly-allocated #GtkSelectionData object or %NULL
* if retrieving the given target failed. If non-%NULL,
* this value must be freed with gtk_selection_data_free()
* when you are finished with it.
@@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ clipboard_text_received_func (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
* the data to be received using the main loop, so events,
* timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
*
- * Return value: a newly-allocated UTF-8 string which must
+ * Returns: a newly-allocated UTF-8 string which must
* be freed with g_free(), or %NULL if retrieving
* the selection data failed. (This could happen
* for various reasons, in particular if the
@@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ clipboard_rich_text_received_func (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
* waits for the data to be received using the main loop, so events,
* timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
*
- * Return value: (array length=length) (transfer full): a
+ * Returns: (array length=length) (transfer full): a
* newly-allocated binary block of data which must be
* freed with g_free(), or %NULL if retrieving the
* selection data failed. (This could happen for various
@@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ clipboard_image_received_func (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
* the data to be received using the main loop, so events,
* timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a newly-allocated #GdkPixbuf
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a newly-allocated #GdkPixbuf
* object which must be disposed with g_object_unref(), or
* %NULL if retrieving the selection data failed. (This could
* happen for various reasons, in particular if the clipboard
@@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ clipboard_uris_received_func (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
* for the data to be received using the main loop, so events,
* timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
*
- * Return value: (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a newly-allocated
+ * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a newly-allocated
* %NULL-terminated array of strings which must
* be freed with g_strfreev(), or %NULL if
* retrieving the selection data failed. (This
@@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_wait_for_uris (GtkClipboard *clipboard)
*
* Gets the #GdkDisplay associated with @clipboard
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay associated with @clipboard
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay associated with @clipboard
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_get_display (GtkClipboard *clipboard)
* gtk_clipboard_wait_for_text() since it doesn’t need to retrieve
* the actual text.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE is there is text available, %FALSE otherwise.
+ * Returns: %TRUE is there is text available, %FALSE otherwise.
**/
gboolean
gtk_clipboard_wait_is_text_available (GtkClipboard *clipboard)
@@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_wait_is_text_available (GtkClipboard *clipboard)
* gtk_clipboard_wait_for_rich_text() since it doesn’t need to retrieve
* the actual text.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE is there is rich text available, %FALSE otherwise.
+ * Returns: %TRUE is there is rich text available, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -1757,7 +1757,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_wait_is_rich_text_available (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
* gtk_clipboard_wait_for_image() since it doesn’t need to retrieve
* the actual image data.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE is there is an image available, %FALSE otherwise.
+ * Returns: %TRUE is there is an image available, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_wait_is_image_available (GtkClipboard *clipboard)
* gtk_clipboard_wait_for_uris() since it doesn’t need to retrieve
* the actual URI data.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE is there is an URI list available, %FALSE otherwise.
+ * Returns: %TRUE is there is an URI list available, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_wait_is_uris_available (GtkClipboard *clipboard)
* This function waits for the data to be received using the main
* loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if any targets are present on the clipboard,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if any targets are present on the clipboard,
* otherwise %FALSE.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@ gtk_clipboard_owner_change (GtkClipboard *clipboard,
* If you want to see if there’s text available on the clipboard, use
* gtk_clipboard_wait_is_text_available () instead.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the target is available, %FALSE otherwise.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the target is available, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c b/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c
index 3738908..e1d6891 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ gtk_color_button_get_color (GtkColorButton *button,
*
* Returns the current alpha value.
*
- * Return value: an integer between 0 and 65535
+ * Returns: an integer between 0 and 65535
*
* Since: 2.4
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c
index 82e538b..235c7e5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ gtk_color_chooser_dialog_iface_init (GtkColorChooserInterface *iface)
*
* Creates a new #GtkColorChooserDialog.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkColorChooserDialog
+ * Returns: a new #GtkColorChooserDialog
*
* Since: 3.4
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcombobox.c b/gtk/gtkcombobox.c
index cd5dca9..6189177 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcombobox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcombobox.c
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
* }
* ]|
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a newly allocated string representing @path
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated string representing @path
* for the current GtkComboBox model.
*
* Since: 3.4
@@ -3987,7 +3987,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_cell_layout_get_area (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout)
*
* Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox.
*
- * Return value: A new #GtkComboBox.
+ * Returns: A new #GtkComboBox.
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -4003,7 +4003,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_new (void)
*
* Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox using @area to layout cells.
*
- * Return value: A new #GtkComboBox.
+ * Returns: A new #GtkComboBox.
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_combo_box_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -4019,7 +4019,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
*
* The new combo box will use @area to layout cells.
*
- * Return value: A new #GtkComboBox.
+ * Returns: A new #GtkComboBox.
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_combo_box_new_with_area_and_entry (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -4036,7 +4036,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_new_with_area_and_entry (GtkCellArea *area)
*
* Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry.
*
- * Return value: A new #GtkComboBox.
+ * Returns: A new #GtkComboBox.
*
* Since: 2.24
*/
@@ -4052,7 +4052,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_new_with_entry (void)
*
* Creates a new #GtkComboBox with the model initialized to @model.
*
- * Return value: A new #GtkComboBox.
+ * Returns: A new #GtkComboBox.
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -4075,7 +4075,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model)
* Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry
* and with the model initialized to @model.
*
- * Return value: A new #GtkComboBox
+ * Returns: A new #GtkComboBox
*
* Since: 2.24
*/
@@ -4261,7 +4261,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_column_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
* `gtk_tree_path_get_indices (path)[0]`, where
* `path` is the #GtkTreePath of the active item.
*
- * Return value: An integer which is the index of the currently active item,
+ * Returns: An integer which is the index of the currently active item,
* or -1 if there’s no active item.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -4409,7 +4409,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_active_internal (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
*
* Sets @iter to point to the current active item, if it exists.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if @iter was set
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if @iter was set
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -4544,7 +4544,7 @@ out:
*
* Returns the #GtkTreeModel which is acting as data source for @combo_box.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel which was passed
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel which was passed
* during construction.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -5015,7 +5015,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_start_editing (GtkCellEditable *cell_editable,
*
* Gets the current value of the :add-tearoffs property.
*
- * Return value: the current value of the :add-tearoffs property.
+ * Returns: the current value of the :add-tearoffs property.
*
* Deprecated: 3.10
*/
@@ -5209,7 +5209,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_popup_accessible (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
*
* Returns the current row separator function.
*
- * Return value: the current row separator function.
+ * Returns: the current row separator function.
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -5298,7 +5298,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_button_sensitivity (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
* Returns whether the combo box sets the dropdown button
* sensitive or not when there are no items in the model.
*
- * Return Value: %GTK_SENSITIVITY_ON if the dropdown button
+ * Returns: %GTK_SENSITIVITY_ON if the dropdown button
* is sensitive when the model is empty, %GTK_SENSITIVITY_OFF
* if the button is always insensitive or
* %GTK_SENSITIVITY_AUTO if it is only sensitive as long as
@@ -5321,7 +5321,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_button_sensitivity (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
*
* Returns whether the combo box has an entry.
*
- * Return Value: whether there is an entry in @combo_box.
+ * Returns: whether there is an entry in @combo_box.
*
* Since: 2.24
**/
@@ -5378,7 +5378,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_entry_text_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
* Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get the strings
* from to display in the internal entry.
*
- * Return value: A column in the data source model of @combo_box.
+ * Returns: A column in the data source model of @combo_box.
*
* Since: 2.24
*/
@@ -5430,7 +5430,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_focus_on_click (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
* Returns whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked
* with the mouse. See gtk_combo_box_set_focus_on_click().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the combo box grabs focus when it is
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the combo box grabs focus when it is
* clicked with the mouse.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -5775,7 +5775,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_id_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
* Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get string IDs
* for values from.
*
- * Return value: A column in the data source model of @combo_box.
+ * Returns: A column in the data source model of @combo_box.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -5803,7 +5803,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_id_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
* no row is active, or if the active row has a %NULL ID value, then %NULL
* is returned.
*
- * Return value: the ID of the active row, or %NULL
+ * Returns: the ID of the active row, or %NULL
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c b/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c
index f07a186..9ac057d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying
* strings.
*
- * Return value: A new #GtkComboBoxText
+ * Returns: A new #GtkComboBoxText
*
* Since: 2.24
*/
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_new (void)
* Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying
* strings. The combo box created by this function has an entry.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkComboBoxText
+ * Returns: a new #GtkComboBoxText
*
* Since: 2.24
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcontainer.c b/gtk/gtkcontainer.c
index c65a828..1403139 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcontainer.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcontainer.c
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ gtk_container_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* children can be added, e.g. for a #GtkPaned which already has two
* children.
*
- * Return value: a #GType.
+ * Returns: a #GType.
**/
GType
gtk_container_child_type (GtkContainer *container)
@@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ gtk_container_set_border_width (GtkContainer *container,
* Retrieves the border width of the container. See
* gtk_container_set_border_width().
*
- * Return value: the current border width
+ * Returns: the current border width
**/
guint
gtk_container_get_border_width (GtkContainer *container)
@@ -1641,7 +1641,7 @@ gtk_container_set_resize_mode (GtkContainer *container,
* Returns the resize mode for the container. See
* gtk_container_set_resize_mode ().
*
- * Return value: the current resize mode
+ * Returns: the current resize mode
*
* Deprecated: 3.12: Resize modes are deprecated. They aren’t necessary
* anymore since frame clocks and might introduce obscure bugs if
@@ -2228,7 +2228,7 @@ gtk_container_get_focus_child (GtkContainer *container)
* Returns the container’s non-internal children. See
* gtk_container_forall() for details on what constitutes an "internal" child.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): a newly-allocated list of the container’s
non-internal children.
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): a newly-allocated list of the container’s
non-internal children.
**/
GList*
gtk_container_get_children (GtkContainer *container)
@@ -2934,7 +2934,7 @@ gtk_container_focus_sort_left_right (GtkContainer *container,
* Sorts @children in the correct order for focusing with
* direction type @direction.
*
- * Return value: a copy of @children, sorted in correct focusing order,
+ * Returns: a copy of @children, sorted in correct focusing order,
* with children that aren’t suitable for focusing in this direction
* removed.
**/
@@ -3122,7 +3122,7 @@ gtk_container_set_focus_chain (GtkContainer *container,
* of the children. In that case, GTK+ stores %NULL in
* @focusable_widgets and returns %FALSE.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the focus chain of the container
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the focus chain of the container
* has been set explicitly.
**/
gboolean
@@ -3228,7 +3228,7 @@ gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment (GtkContainer *container,
* Retrieves the vertical focus adjustment for the container. See
* gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the vertical focus adjustment, or %NULL if
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the vertical focus adjustment, or %NULL if
* none has been set.
**/
GtkAdjustment *
@@ -3283,7 +3283,7 @@ gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment (GtkContainer *container,
* Retrieves the horizontal focus adjustment for the container. See
* gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment ().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the horizontal focus adjustment, or %NULL if
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the horizontal focus adjustment, or %NULL if
* none has been set.
**/
GtkAdjustment *
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdialog.c b/gtk/gtkdialog.c
index 5eb83b9..7efdebd 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkdialog.c
@@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ gtk_dialog_new_empty (const gchar *title,
* NULL);
* ]|
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkDialog
+ * Returns: a new #GtkDialog
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (const gchar *title,
@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ gtk_dialog_add_action_widget (GtkDialog *dialog,
* dialog’s action area. The button widget is returned, but usually
* you don’t need it.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkButton widget that was added
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkButton widget that was added
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_dialog_add_button (GtkDialog *dialog,
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ run_destroy_handler (GtkDialog *dialog, gpointer data)
* such as timeouts, IO channel watches, DND drops, etc, will
* be triggered during a gtk_dialog_run() call.
*
- * Return value: response ID
+ * Returns: response ID
**/
gint
gtk_dialog_run (GtkDialog *dialog)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdnd.c b/gtk/gtkdnd.c
index 29eb74d..308e146 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdnd.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkdnd.c
@@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ gtk_drag_get_data (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Determines the source widget for a drag.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): if the drag is occurring
+ * Returns: (transfer none): if the drag is occurring
* within a single application, a pointer to the source widget.
* Otherwise, %NULL.
*/
@@ -1498,7 +1498,7 @@ gtk_drag_dest_unset (GtkWidget *widget)
* Returns the list of targets this widget can accept from
* drag-and-drop.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkTargetList, or %NULL if none
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkTargetList, or %NULL if none
**/
GtkTargetList*
gtk_drag_dest_get_target_list (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ gtk_drag_dest_set_track_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
* Returns whether the widget has been configured to always
* emit #GtkWidget::drag-motion signals.
*
- * Return Value: %TRUE if the widget always emits
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the widget always emits
* #GtkWidget::drag-motion events
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@ _gtk_drag_dest_handle_event (GtkWidget *toplevel,
* that case, they will have to implement a drag_motion handler that
* passes the correct target list to this function.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): first target that the source offers
+ * Returns: (transfer none): first target that the source offers
* and the dest can accept, or %GDK_NONE
**/
GdkAtom
@@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@ gtk_drag_begin_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
* (remember to free the event with gdk_event_free() when you are done).
* If you can really not pass a real event, pass #NULL instead.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the context for this drag.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the context for this drag.
*
* Since: 3.10
**/
@@ -2727,7 +2727,7 @@ gtk_drag_begin_with_coordinates (GtkWidget *widget,
* This is equivalent to gtk_drag_begin_with_coordinates(), passing -1, -1
* as coordinates.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the context for this drag.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the context for this drag.
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use gtk_drag_begin_with_coordinates() instead.
**/
@@ -2839,7 +2839,7 @@ gtk_drag_source_unset (GtkWidget *widget)
* Gets the list of targets this widget can provide for
* drag-and-drop.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkTargetList, or %NULL if none
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkTargetList, or %NULL if none
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -4558,7 +4558,7 @@ gtk_drag_abort_timeout (gpointer data)
* at (@current_x, @current_y) has passed the GTK+ drag threshold, and thus
* should trigger the beginning of a drag-and-drop operation.
*
- * Return Value: %TRUE if the drag threshold has been passed.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the drag threshold has been passed.
**/
gboolean
gtk_drag_check_threshold (GtkWidget *widget,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkeditable.c b/gtk/gtkeditable.c
index 996aadb..c0e17da 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkeditable.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkeditable.c
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ gtk_editable_delete_text (GtkEditable *editable,
*
* Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
*
- * Return value: a pointer to the contents of the widget as a
+ * Returns: a pointer to the contents of the widget as a
* string. This string is allocated by the #GtkEditable
* implementation and should be freed by the caller.
*/
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ gtk_editable_set_position (GtkEditable *editable,
*
* Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes.
*
- * Return value: the cursor position
+ * Returns: the cursor position
*/
gint
gtk_editable_get_position (GtkEditable *editable)
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ gtk_editable_get_position (GtkEditable *editable)
*
* Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if an area is selected, %FALSE otherwise
+ * Returns: %TRUE if an area is selected, %FALSE otherwise
*/
gboolean
gtk_editable_get_selection_bounds (GtkEditable *editable,
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ gtk_editable_set_editable (GtkEditable *editable,
* Retrieves whether @editable is editable. See
* gtk_editable_set_editable().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @editable is editable.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @editable is editable.
*/
gboolean
gtk_editable_get_editable (GtkEditable *editable)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkentry.c b/gtk/gtkentry.c
index a79ccd0..b74ea4e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkentry.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkentry.c
@@ -6615,7 +6615,7 @@ gtk_entry_reset_im_context (GtkEntry *entry)
* and the default key event handling of the #GtkEntry.
* See gtk_text_view_reset_im_context() for an example of use.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the input method handled the key event.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the input method handled the key event.
*
* Since: 2.22
*/
@@ -7335,7 +7335,7 @@ gtk_entry_ensure_pixbuf (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Creates a new entry.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkEntry.
+ * Returns: a new #GtkEntry.
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_entry_new (void)
@@ -7349,7 +7349,7 @@ gtk_entry_new (void)
*
* Creates a new entry with the specified text buffer.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkEntry
+ * Returns: a new #GtkEntry
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
@@ -7583,7 +7583,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_visibility (GtkEntry *entry,
* Retrieves whether the text in @entry is visible. See
* gtk_entry_set_visibility().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the text is currently visible
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the text is currently visible
**/
gboolean
gtk_entry_get_visibility (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -7637,7 +7637,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_invisible_char (GtkEntry *entry,
* Retrieves the character displayed in place of the real characters
* for entries with visibility set to false. See gtk_entry_set_invisible_char().
*
- * Return value: the current invisible char, or 0, if the entry does not
+ * Returns: the current invisible char, or 0, if the entry does not
* show invisible text at all.
**/
gunichar
@@ -7715,7 +7715,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_overwrite_mode (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_overwrite_mode().
*
- * Return value: whether the text is overwritten when typing.
+ * Returns: whether the text is overwritten when typing.
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -7742,7 +7742,7 @@ gtk_entry_get_overwrite_mode (GtkEntry *entry)
* gtk_entry_buffer_get_text (buffer);
* ]|
*
- * Return value: a pointer to the contents of the widget as a
+ * Returns: a pointer to the contents of the widget as a
* string. This string points to internally allocated
* storage in the widget and must not be freed, modified or
* stored.
@@ -7797,7 +7797,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_max_length (GtkEntry *entry,
* gtk_entry_buffer_get_max_length (buffer);
* ]|
*
- * Return value: the maximum allowed number of characters
+ * Returns: the maximum allowed number of characters
* in #GtkEntry, or 0 if there is no maximum.
**/
gint
@@ -7823,7 +7823,7 @@ gtk_entry_get_max_length (GtkEntry *entry)
* gtk_entry_buffer_get_length (buffer);
* ]|
*
- * Return value: the current number of characters
+ * Returns: the current number of characters
* in #GtkEntry, or 0 if there are none.
*
* Since: 2.14
@@ -7875,7 +7875,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_activates_default (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Retrieves the value set by gtk_entry_set_activates_default().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the entry will activate the default widget
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the entry will activate the default widget
**/
gboolean
gtk_entry_get_activates_default (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -7920,7 +7920,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_width_chars().
*
- * Return value: number of chars to request space for, or negative if unset
+ * Returns: number of chars to request space for, or negative if unset
**/
gint
gtk_entry_get_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -7964,7 +7964,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry,
* Retrieves the desired maximum width of @entry, in characters.
* See gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars().
*
- * Return value: the maximum width of the entry, in characters
+ * Returns: the maximum width of the entry, in characters
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
@@ -8009,7 +8009,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_has_frame (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_has_frame().
*
- * Return value: whether the entry has a beveled frame
+ * Returns: whether the entry has a beveled frame
**/
gboolean
gtk_entry_get_has_frame (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -8055,7 +8055,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_inner_border (GtkEntry *entry,
* This function returns the entry’s #GtkEntry:inner-border property. See
* gtk_entry_set_inner_border() for more information.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the entry’s #GtkBorder, or %NULL if none was set.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the entry’s #GtkBorder, or %NULL if none was set.
*
* Since: 2.10
*
@@ -8086,7 +8086,7 @@ gtk_entry_get_inner_border (GtkEntry *entry)
* gtk_entry_text_index_to_layout_index() are needed to convert byte
* indices in the layout to byte indices in the entry contents.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoLayout for this entry
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #PangoLayout for this entry
**/
PangoLayout*
gtk_entry_get_layout (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -8111,7 +8111,7 @@ gtk_entry_get_layout (GtkEntry *entry)
* entry’s #PangoLayout (returned by gtk_entry_get_layout(),
* with text retrieved via pango_layout_get_text()).
*
- * Return value: byte index into the entry contents
+ * Returns: byte index into the entry contents
**/
gint
gtk_entry_layout_index_to_text_index (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -8150,7 +8150,7 @@ gtk_entry_layout_index_to_text_index (GtkEntry *entry,
* gtk_entry_get_layout()) to a position in the entry contents
* (returned by gtk_entry_get_text()).
*
- * Return value: byte index into the entry layout text
+ * Returns: byte index into the entry layout text
**/
gint
gtk_entry_text_index_to_layout_index (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -8267,7 +8267,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_alignment (GtkEntry *entry, gfloat xalign)
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_alignment().
*
- * Return value: the alignment
+ * Returns: the alignment
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -8836,7 +8836,7 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_sensitive (GtkEntry *entry,
* to store image data. If the icon has no image data,
* the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY.
*
- * Return value: image representation being used
+ * Returns: image representation being used
*
* Since: 2.16
**/
@@ -10200,7 +10200,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_completion (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Returns the auxiliary completion object currently in use by @entry.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The auxiliary completion object currently
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The auxiliary completion object currently
* in use by @entry.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -10258,7 +10258,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_cursor_hadjustment (GtkEntry *entry,
* Retrieves the horizontal cursor adjustment for the entry.
* See gtk_entry_set_cursor_hadjustment().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the horizontal cursor adjustment, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the horizontal cursor adjustment, or %NULL
* if none has been set.
*
* Since: 2.12
@@ -10330,7 +10330,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction (GtkEntry *entry,
* Returns the current fraction of the task that’s been completed.
* See gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction().
*
- * Return value: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
+ * Returns: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
*
* Since: 2.16
*/
@@ -10380,7 +10380,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Retrieves the pulse step set with gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step().
*
- * Return value: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
+ * Returns: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
*
* Since: 2.16
*/
@@ -10715,7 +10715,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_attributes (GtkEntry *entry,
* Gets the attribute list that was set on the entry using
* gtk_entry_set_attributes(), if any.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the attribute list, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the attribute list, or %NULL
* if none was set.
*
* Since: 3.6
@@ -10768,7 +10768,7 @@ gtk_entry_set_tabs (GtkEntry *entry,
* Gets the tabstops that were set on the entry using gtk_entry_set_tabs(), if
* any.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the tabstops, or %NULL if none was set.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the tabstops, or %NULL if none was set.
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c b/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c
index cf72518..8356d95 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass)
*
* Optionally, specify initial text to set in the buffer.
*
- * Return value: A new GtkEntryBuffer object.
+ * Returns: A new GtkEntryBuffer object.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_new (const gchar *initial_chars,
*
* Retrieves the length in characters of the buffer.
*
- * Return value: The number of characters in the buffer.
+ * Returns: The number of characters in the buffer.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_get_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer)
* Retrieves the length in bytes of the buffer.
* See gtk_entry_buffer_get_length().
*
- * Return value: The byte length of the buffer.
+ * Returns: The byte length of the buffer.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_get_bytes (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer)
* The memory pointer returned by this call will not change
* unless this object emits a signal, or is finalized.
*
- * Return value: a pointer to the contents of the widget as a
+ * Returns: a pointer to the contents of the widget as a
* string. This string points to internally allocated
* storage in the buffer and must not be freed, modified or
* stored.
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer,
* Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in
* @buffer. See gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length().
*
- * Return value: the maximum allowed number of characters
+ * Returns: the maximum allowed number of characters
* in #GtkEntryBuffer, or 0 if there is no maximum.
*
* Since: 2.18
diff --git a/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c b/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c
index 391336d..3318144 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
* the #GtkFileChooser inserts only the part of the prefix up to the
* next '/'.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
* Note that @model is the model that was passed to
* gtk_entry_completion_set_model().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
* Note that @model is the model that was passed to
* gtk_entry_completion_set_model().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_selection_changed (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
*
* Creates a new #GtkEntryCompletion object.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_new (void)
* specified @area to layout cells in the underlying
* #GtkTreeViewColumn for the drop-down menu.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
*
* Gets the entry @completion has been attached to.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The entry @completion has been attached to
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The entry @completion has been attached to
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_model (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
* Returns the model the #GtkEntryCompletion is using as data source.
* Returns %NULL if the model is unset.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none
* is currently being used
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_minimum_key_length (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
*
* Returns the minimum key length as set for @completion.
*
- * Return value: The currently used minimum key length
+ * Returns: The currently used minimum key length
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
*
* Returns the column in the model of @completion to get strings from.
*
- * Return value: the column containing the strings
+ * Returns: the column containing the strings
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -2049,7 +2049,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_inline_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
* Returns whether the common prefix of the possible completions should
* be automatically inserted in the entry.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if inline completion is turned on
+ * Returns: %TRUE if inline completion is turned on
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -2093,7 +2093,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
*
* Returns whether the completions should be presented in a popup window.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if popup completion is turned on
+ * Returns: %TRUE if popup completion is turned on
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -2138,7 +2138,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_set_width (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
* Returns whether the completion popup window will be resized to the
* width of the entry.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the popup window will be resized to the width of
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the popup window will be resized to the width of
* the entry
*
* Since: 2.8
@@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_single_match (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
* Returns whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is
* only a single match.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the popup window will appear regardless of the
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the popup window will appear regardless of the
* number of matches
*
* Since: 2.8
diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventbox.c b/gtk/gtkeventbox.c
index 97c72ec..9cd57fa 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkeventbox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkeventbox.c
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ gtk_event_box_get_property (GObject *object,
* Returns whether the event box has a visible window.
* See gtk_event_box_set_visible_window() for details.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the event box window is visible
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the event box window is visible
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ gtk_event_box_set_visible_window (GtkEventBox *event_box,
* windows of its child. See gtk_event_box_set_above_child()
* for details.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the event box window is above the
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the event box window is above the
* window of its child
*
* Since: 2.4
diff --git a/gtk/gtkexpander.c b/gtk/gtkexpander.c
index ee5cbe9..0380e6b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkexpander.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkexpander.c
@@ -1630,7 +1630,7 @@ gtk_expander_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Creates a new expander using @label as the text of the label.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkExpander widget.
+ * Returns: a new #GtkExpander widget.
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -1652,7 +1652,7 @@ gtk_expander_new (const gchar *label)
* accelerator called a mnemonic.
* Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkExpander widget.
+ * Returns: a new #GtkExpander widget.
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_expanded (GtkExpander *expander,
*
* See gtk_expander_set_expanded().
*
- * Return value: the current state of the expander
+ * Returns: the current state of the expander
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_spacing (GtkExpander *expander,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_expander_set_spacing().
*
- * Return value: spacing between the expander and child
+ * Returns: spacing between the expander and child
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -1826,7 +1826,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_label (GtkExpander *expander,
* be avoided by fetching the label text directly from the label
* widget.
*
- * Return value: The text of the label widget. This string is owned
+ * Returns: The text of the label widget. This string is owned
* by the widget and must not be modified or freed.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_use_underline (GtkExpander *expander,
* Returns whether an embedded underline in the expander label
* indicates a mnemonic. See gtk_expander_set_use_underline().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if an embedded underline in the expander
+ * Returns: %TRUE if an embedded underline in the expander
* label indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_use_markup (GtkExpander *expander,
* the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
* See gtk_expander_set_use_markup().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the label’s text will be parsed for markup
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the label’s text will be parsed for markup
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -2016,7 +2016,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_label_widget (GtkExpander *expander,
* Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See
* gtk_expander_set_label_widget().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the label widget,
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the label widget,
* or %NULL if there is none
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_label_fill (GtkExpander *expander,
* Returns whether the label widget will fill all available
* horizontal space allocated to @expander.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the label widget will fill all
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the label widget will fill all
* available horizontal space
*
* Since: 2.22
@@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@ gtk_expander_set_resize_toplevel (GtkExpander *expander,
* Returns whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget
* containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing.
*
- * Return value: the “resize toplevel” setting.
+ * Returns: the “resize toplevel” setting.
*
* Since: 3.2
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c
index 4df4afb..5b27dfe 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_default_init (GtkFileChooserInterface *iface)
*
* Registers an error quark for #GtkFileChooser if necessary.
*
- * Return value: The error quark used for #GtkFileChooser errors.
+ * Returns: The error quark used for #GtkFileChooser errors.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_action (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Gets the type of operation that the file chooser is performing; see
* gtk_file_chooser_set_action().
*
- * Return value: the action that the file selector is performing
+ * Returns: the action that the file selector is performing
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Gets whether only local files can be selected in the
* file selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only()
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if only local files can be selected.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if only local files can be selected.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Gets whether multiple files can be selected in the file
* selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if multiple files can be selected.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if multiple files can be selected.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_create_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Gets whether file choser will offer to create new folders.
* See gtk_file_chooser_set_create_folders().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the New Folder button should be displayed.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the New Folder button should be displayed.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_create_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the selected
* folder.
*
- * Return value: (type filename): The currently selected filename, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (type filename): The currently selected filename, or %NULL
* if no file is selected, or the selected file can't
* be represented with a local filename. Free with g_free().
*
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* as to where to save his new file. In the second case, the file’s existing location
* is already known, so the file chooser will use it.
*
- * Return value: Not useful.
+ * Returns: Not useful.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* folder of @chooser, then the current folder of @chooser will
* be changed to the folder containing @filename.
*
- * Return value: Not useful.
+ * Returns: Not useful.
*
* See also: gtk_file_chooser_set_filename()
*
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ file_to_uri_with_native_path (GFile *file)
* folder cannot be represented as local filenames they will be ignored. (See
* gtk_file_chooser_get_uris())
*
- * Return value: (element-type filename) (transfer full): a #GSList
+ * Returns: (element-type filename) (transfer full): a #GSList
* containing the filenames of all selected files and subfolders in
* the current folder. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(),
* and the filenames with g_free().
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_filenames (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* [section on setting up a file chooser dialog][gtkfilechooserdialog-setting-up]
* for the rationale behind this.
*
- * Return value: Not useful.
+ * Returns: Not useful.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* currently-selected folder in that mode, use gtk_file_chooser_get_uri() as the
* usual way to get the selection.
*
- * Return value: (type filename): the full path of the current folder,
+ * Returns: (type filename): the full path of the current folder,
* or %NULL if the current path cannot be represented as a local
* filename. Free with g_free(). This function will also return
* %NULL if the file chooser was unable to load the last folder that
@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_current_name (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the selected
* folder.
*
- * Return value: The currently selected URI, or %NULL
+ * Returns: The currently selected URI, or %NULL
* if no file is selected. If gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only() is set to %TRUE
* (the default) a local URI will be returned for any FUSE locations.
* Free with g_free()
@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* as to where to save his new file. In the second case, the file’s existing location
* is already known, so the file chooser will use it.
*
- * Return value: Not useful.
+ * Returns: Not useful.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* file in the current folder of @chooser, then the current folder of
* @chooser will be changed to the folder containing @filename.
*
- * Return value: Not useful.
+ * Returns: Not useful.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_unselect_all (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of
* @chooser. The returned names are full absolute URIs.
*
- * Return value: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a #GSList containing the URIs of all selected
+ * Returns: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a #GSList containing the URIs of all selected
* files and subfolders in the current folder. Free the returned list
* with g_slist_free(), and the filenames with g_free().
*
@@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_uris (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* [section on setting up a file chooser dialog][gtkfilechooserdialog-setting-up]
* for the rationale behind this.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE
* otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* currently-selected folder in that mode, use gtk_file_chooser_get_uri() as the
* usual way to get the selection.
*
- * Return value: the URI for the current folder. Free with g_free(). This
+ * Returns: the URI for the current folder. Free with g_free(). This
* function will also return %NULL if the file chooser was unable to load the
* last folder that was requested from it; for example, as would be for calling
* gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri() on a nonexistent folder.
@@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* Sets the current folder for @chooser from a #GFile.
* Internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE
* otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.14
@@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Gets the current folder of @chooser as #GFile.
* See gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_uri().
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the #GFile for the current folder.
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the #GFile for the current folder.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
@@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* Selects the file referred to by @file. An internal function. See
* _gtk_file_chooser_select_uri().
*
- * Return value: Not useful.
+ * Returns: Not useful.
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_unselect_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of @chooser
* as #GFile. An internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_get_uris().
*
- * Return value: (element-type GFile) (transfer full): a #GSList
+ * Returns: (element-type GFile) (transfer full): a #GSList
* containing a #GFile for each selected file and subfolder in the
* current folder. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(), and
* the files with g_object_unref().
@@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_files (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* }
* ]|
*
- * Return value: Not useful.
+ * Returns: Not useful.
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* implementation detail, used for conversion between paths
* and filenames and URIs.
*
- * Return value: the file system for @chooser.
+ * Returns: the file system for @chooser.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Gets the current preview widget; see
* gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the current preview widget, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the current preview widget, or %NULL
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* should be shown for the current filename. See
* gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the preview widget is active for the current filename.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the preview widget is active for the current filename.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_use_preview_label (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Gets whether a stock label should be drawn with the name of the previewed
* file. See gtk_file_chooser_set_use_preview_label().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the file chooser is set to display a label with the
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the file chooser is set to display a label with the
* name of the previewed file, %FALSE otherwise.
**/
gboolean
@@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_use_preview_label (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* Gets the #GFile that should be previewed in a custom preview
* Internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_uri().
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the #GFile for the file to preview,
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the #GFile for the file to preview,
* or %NULL if no file is selected. Free with g_object_unref().
*
* Since: 2.14
@@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* Adds a folder to be displayed with the shortcut folders in a file chooser.
* Internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
* otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Removes a folder from the shortcut folders in a file chooser. Internal
* function, see gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the folder could be removed successfully, %FALSE
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be removed successfully, %FALSE
* otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Gets the filename that should be previewed in a custom preview
* widget. See gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget().
*
- * Return value: (type filename): the filename to preview, or %NULL if
+ * Returns: (type filename): the filename to preview, or %NULL if
* no file is selected, or if the selected file cannot be represented
* as a local filename. Free with g_free()
*
@@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* Gets the URI that should be previewed in a custom preview
* widget. See gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget().
*
- * Return value: the URI for the file to preview, or %NULL if no file is
+ * Returns: the URI for the file to preview, or %NULL if no file is
* selected. Free with g_free().
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Gets the current preview widget; see
* gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the current extra widget, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the current extra widget, or %NULL
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_remove_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Lists the current set of user-selectable filters; see
* gtk_file_chooser_add_filter(), gtk_file_chooser_remove_filter().
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkFileFilter) (transfer container): a
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkFileFilter) (transfer container): a
* #GSList containing the current set of user selectable filters. The
* contents of the list are owned by GTK+, but you must free the list
* itself with g_slist_free() when you are done with it.
@@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
*
* Gets the current filter; see gtk_file_chooser_set_filter().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the current filter, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the current filter, or %NULL
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* application. For example, you can use this to add a
* “/usr/share/mydrawprogram/Clipart” folder to the volume list.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
* otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -2014,7 +2014,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
*
* Removes a folder from a file chooser’s list of shortcut folders.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the operation succeeds, %FALSE otherwise.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the operation succeeds, %FALSE otherwise.
* In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
*
* See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder()
@@ -2046,7 +2046,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Queries the list of shortcut folders in the file chooser, as set by
* gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder().
*
- * Return value: (element-type filename) (transfer full): A list of
+ * Returns: (element-type filename) (transfer full): A list of
* folder filenames, or %NULL if there are no shortcut folders. Free
* the returned list with g_slist_free(), and the filenames with
* g_free().
@@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_list_shortcut_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* by the application. For example, you can use this to add a
* “file:///usr/share/mydrawprogram/Clipart” folder to the volume list.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
* otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -2112,7 +2112,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
*
* Removes a folder URI from a file chooser’s list of shortcut folders.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the operation succeeds, %FALSE otherwise.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the operation succeeds, %FALSE otherwise.
* In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
*
* See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri()
@@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Queries the list of shortcut folders in the file chooser, as set by
* gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri().
*
- * Return value: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): A list of folder
+ * Returns: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): A list of folder
* URIs, or %NULL if there are no shortcut folders. Free the returned
* list with g_slist_free(), and the URIs with g_free().
*
@@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Gets whether hidden files and folders are displayed in the file selector.
* See gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if hidden files and folders are displayed.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if hidden files and folders are displayed.
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -2251,7 +2251,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Queries whether a file chooser is set to confirm for overwriting when the user
* types a file name that already exists.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the file chooser will present a confirmation dialog;
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the file chooser will present a confirmation dialog;
* %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.8
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c
index 525a54e..7aabd76 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c
@@ -3097,7 +3097,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_set_focus_on_click (GtkFileChooserButton *button,
* Returns whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
* See gtk_file_chooser_button_set_focus_on_click().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the button grabs focus when it is clicked with
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the button grabs focus when it is clicked with
* the mouse.
*
* Since: 2.10
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c
index 70eea81..e67e3e1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new_valist (const gchar *title,
* Creates a new #GtkFileChooserDialog. This function is analogous to
* gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons().
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkFileChooserDialog
+ * Returns: a new #GtkFileChooserDialog
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c
index 013947e..526895b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ delete_text_callback (GtkFileChooserEntry *chooser_entry,
* which is an entry with completion with respect to a
* #GtkFileSystem object.
*
- * Return value: the newly created #GtkFileChooserEntry
+ * Returns: the newly created #GtkFileChooserEntry
**/
GtkWidget *
_gtk_file_chooser_entry_new (gboolean eat_tabs)
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_entry_set_base_folder (GtkFileChooserEntry *chooser_entry,
* be different. If the user has entered unparsable text, or text which
* the entry cannot handle, this will return %NULL.
*
- * Return value: the file for the current folder - you must g_object_unref()
+ * Returns: the file for the current folder - you must g_object_unref()
* the value after use.
**/
GFile *
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_entry_get_current_folder (GtkFileChooserEntry *chooser_entry)
* and if a filename path is needed, g_file_get_child_for_display_name()
* must be used
*
- * Return value: the entered filename - this value is owned by the
+ * Returns: the entered filename - this value is owned by the
* chooser entry and must not be modified or freed.
**/
const gchar *
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c
index 77c2a73..8e055e0 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c
@@ -7670,7 +7670,7 @@ gtk_file_chooser_widget_init (GtkFileChooserWidget *impl)
* be embedded in custom windows, and it is the same widget that is used by
* #GtkFileChooserDialog.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkFileChooserWidget
+ * Returns: a new #GtkFileChooserWidget
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilefilter.c b/gtk/gtkfilefilter.c
index cebc0d1..6fb533f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilefilter.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilefilter.c
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ gtk_file_filter_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*");
* ]|
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkFileFilter
+ * Returns: a new #GtkFileFilter
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ gtk_file_filter_set_name (GtkFileFilter *filter,
*
* Gets the human-readable name for the filter. See gtk_file_filter_set_name().
*
- * Return value: The human-readable name of the filter,
+ * Returns: The human-readable name of the filter,
* or %NULL. This value is owned by GTK+ and must not
* be modified or freed.
*
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ gtk_file_filter_add_custom (GtkFileFilter *filter,
* is intended principally for use in the implementation of
* #GtkFileChooser.
*
- * Return value: bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when
+ * Returns: bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when
* calling gtk_file_filter_filter()
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ gtk_file_filter_get_needed (GtkFileFilter *filter)
* is intended principally for use in the implementation of
* #GtkFileChooser.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the file should be displayed
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the file should be displayed
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c b/gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c
index ff60a98..b9f4d32 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilesystemmodel.c
@@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_new_valist (GtkFileSystemModelGetValue get_func,
* to the list using _gtk_file_system_model_add_and_query_file()
* or _gtk_file_system_model_update_file().
*
- * Return value: the newly created #GtkFileSystemModel
+ * Returns: the newly created #GtkFileSystemModel
**/
GtkFileSystemModel *
_gtk_file_system_model_new (GtkFileSystemModelGetValue get_func,
@@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_new (GtkFileSystemModelGetValue get_func,
* it will also monitor the drectory and update the model's
* contents to reflect changes, if the @directory supports monitoring.
*
- * Return value: the newly created #GtkFileSystemModel
+ * Returns: the newly created #GtkFileSystemModel
**/
GtkFileSystemModel *
_gtk_file_system_model_new_for_directory (GFile * dir,
@@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_iter_is_filtered_out (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
* Gets the #GFileInfo-struct for a particular row
* of @model.
*
- * Return value: a #GFileInfo-struct. This value
+ * Returns: a #GFileInfo-struct. This value
* is owned by @model and must not be modified or freed.
* If you want to keep the information for later use,
* you must take a reference, since the #GFileInfo-struct may be
@@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ _gtk_file_system_model_get_info (GtkFileSystemModel *model,
*
* Gets the file for a particular row in @model.
*
- * Return value: the file. This object is owned by @model and
+ * Returns: the file. This object is owned by @model and
* or freed. If you want to save the path for later use,
* you must take a ref, since the object may be freed
* on later changes to the file system.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkflowbox.c b/gtk/gtkflowbox.c
index 5e7fb04..63c4766 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkflowbox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkflowbox.c
@@ -4145,7 +4145,7 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_vadjustment (GtkFlowBox *box,
* Returns whether the box is homogeneous (all children are the
* same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the box is homogeneous.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the box is homogeneous.
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontbutton.c b/gtk/gtkfontbutton.c
index 9189281..70c024f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfontbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfontbutton.c
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ gtk_font_button_set_use_size (GtkFontButton *font_button,
*
* Returns whether the name of the font style will be shown in the label.
*
- * Return value: whether the font style will be shown in the label.
+ * Returns: whether the font style will be shown in the label.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ gtk_font_button_set_show_style (GtkFontButton *font_button,
*
* Returns whether the font size will be shown in the label.
*
- * Return value: whether the font size will be shown in the label.
+ * Returns: whether the font size will be shown in the label.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooser.c b/gtk/gtkfontchooser.c
index a2efb33..c7ac800 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfontchooser.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooser.c
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_default_init (GtkFontChooserInterface *iface)
*
* If the selected font is not installed, returns %NULL.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFamily representing the
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFamily representing the
* selected font family, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by @fontchooser
* and must not be modified or freed.
*
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_family (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
*
* If the selected font is not installed, returns %NULL.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFace representing the
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #PangoFontFace representing the
* selected font group details, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by
* @fontchooser and must not be modified or freed.
*
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_face (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
*
* The selected font size.
*
- * Return value: A n integer representing the selected font size,
+ * Returns: A n integer representing the selected font size,
* or -1 if no font size is selected.
*
* Since: 3.2
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_size (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
* Use pango_font_description_equal() if you want to compare two
* font descriptions.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full) (allow-none): A string with the name
+ * Returns: (transfer full) (allow-none): A string with the name
* of the current font, or %NULL if no font is selected. You must
* free this string with g_free().
*
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_font (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
* Use pango_font_description_equal() if you want to compare two
* font descriptions.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full) (allow-none): A #PangoFontDescription for the
+ * Returns: (transfer full) (allow-none): A #PangoFontDescription for the
* current font, or %NULL if no font is selected.
*
* Since: 3.2
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_font_desc (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
*
* Gets the text displayed in the preview area.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the text displayed in the
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the text displayed in the
* preview area
*
* Since: 3.2
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_preview_text (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
*
* Returns whether the preview entry is shown or not.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the preview entry is shown
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the preview entry is shown
* or %FALSE if it is hidden.
*
* Since: 3.2
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c b/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c
index 6de69e3..2b82640 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
*
* Creates a new #GtkFontChooserDialog.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkFontChooserDialog
+ * Returns: a new #GtkFontChooserDialog
*
* Since: 3.2
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c b/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c
index 8e1a6a4..3918c4b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ gtk_font_chooser_widget_init (GtkFontChooserWidget *fontchooser)
*
* Creates a new #GtkFontChooserWidget.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkFontChooserWidget
+ * Returns: a new #GtkFontChooserWidget
*
* Since: 3.2
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkframe.c b/gtk/gtkframe.c
index 98b4a75..11b761b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkframe.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkframe.c
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ gtk_frame_get_property (GObject *object,
* Creates a new #GtkFrame, with optional label @label.
* If @label is %NULL, the label is omitted.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkFrame widget
+ * Returns: a new #GtkFrame widget
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_frame_new (const gchar *label)
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ gtk_frame_set_label (GtkFrame *frame,
* for the label widget if a non-%NULL argument was passed
* to gtk_frame_new().)
*
- * Return value: the text in the label, or %NULL if there
+ * Returns: the text in the label, or %NULL if there
* was no label widget or the lable widget was not
* a #GtkLabel. This string is owned by GTK+ and
* must not be modified or freed.
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ gtk_frame_set_label_widget (GtkFrame *frame,
* Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See
* gtk_frame_set_label_widget().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the label widget, or %NULL if there is none.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the label widget, or %NULL if there is none.
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_frame_get_label_widget (GtkFrame *frame)
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ gtk_frame_set_shadow_type (GtkFrame *frame,
* Retrieves the shadow type of the frame. See
* gtk_frame_set_shadow_type().
*
- * Return value: the current shadow type of the frame.
+ * Returns: the current shadow type of the frame.
**/
GtkShadowType
gtk_frame_get_shadow_type (GtkFrame *frame)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c b/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c
index b879471..d38efb3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c
@@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
*
* Retrieves the title of the header. See gtk_header_bar_set_title().
*
- * Return value: the title of the header, or %NULL if none has
+ * Returns: the title of the header, or %NULL if none has
* been set explicitly. The returned string is owned by the widget
* and must not be modified or freed.
*
@@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
*
* Retrieves the subtitle of the header. See gtk_header_bar_set_subtitle().
*
- * Return value: the subtitle of the header, or %NULL if none has
+ * Returns: the subtitle of the header, or %NULL if none has
* been set explicitly. The returned string is owned by the widget
* and must not be modified or freed.
*
@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_custom_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
* Retrieves the custom title widget of the header. See
* gtk_header_bar_set_custom_title().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the custom title widget
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the custom title widget
* of the header, or %NULL if none has been set explicitly.
*
* Since: 3.10
diff --git a/gtk/gtkiconcachevalidator.c b/gtk/gtkiconcachevalidator.c
index a4e6947..81a26e5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkiconcachevalidator.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkiconcachevalidator.c
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ check_hash (CacheInfo *info,
* be deserialized. The amount of validation can
* be controlled with the @flags field.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the cache is valid
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the cache is valid
*/
gboolean
_gtk_icon_cache_validate (CacheInfo *info)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkicontheme.c b/gtk/gtkicontheme.c
index e17fa3d..c857f5b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkicontheme.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkicontheme.c
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ G_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_PRIVATE (GtkIconTheme, gtk_icon_theme, G_TYPE_OBJECT)
* or gtk_icon_theme_get_for_screen() rather than creating
* a new icon theme object for scratch.
*
- * Return value: the newly created #GtkIconTheme object.
+ * Returns: the newly created #GtkIconTheme object.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ gtk_icon_theme_new (void)
* Gets the icon theme for the default screen. See
* gtk_icon_theme_get_for_screen().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A unique #GtkIconTheme associated with
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A unique #GtkIconTheme associated with
* the default screen. This icon theme is associated with
* the screen and can be used as long as the screen
* is open. Do not ref or unref it.
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ gtk_icon_theme_get_default (void)
* and setting the screen yourself; by using this function
* a single icon theme object will be shared between users.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A unique #GtkIconTheme associated with
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A unique #GtkIconTheme associated with
* the given screen. This icon theme is associated with
* the screen and can be used as long as the screen
* is open. Do not ref or unref it.
@@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ choose_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* gtk_icon_info_load_icon(). (gtk_icon_theme_load_icon()
* combines these two steps if all you need is the pixbuf.)
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object containing information
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object containing information
* about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn’t found.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@ gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* gtk_icon_info_load_icon(). (gtk_icon_theme_load_icon() combines
* these two steps if all you need is the pixbuf.)
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object containing
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object containing
* information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn’t found.
*
* Since: 3.10
@@ -1945,7 +1945,7 @@ gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* tries them all in the given order before falling back to
* inherited icon themes.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object containing information
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object containing information
* about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn’t found.
*
* Since: 2.12
@@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@ gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* tries them all in the given order before falling back to
* inherited icon themes.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object containing information
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object containing information
* about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn’t found.
*
* Since: 3.10
@@ -2035,7 +2035,7 @@ gtk_icon_theme_error_quark (void)
* returned by this function. Otherwise GTK+ may need to keep the old
* icon theme loaded, which would be a waste of memory.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a
* newly created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so
* you must not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release
* your reference to the icon. %NULL if the icon isn’t found.
@@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@ gtk_icon_theme_load_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* returned by this function. Otherwise GTK+ may need to keep the old
* icon theme loaded, which would be a waste of memory.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a
* newly created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so
* you must not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release
* your reference to the icon. %NULL if the icon isn’t found.
@@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@ gtk_icon_theme_load_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* update the icon. This is usually done by connecting to the
* GtkWidget::style-set signal.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a
* newly created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so
* you must not modify the icon. Use cairo_surface_destroy() to release
* your reference to the icon. %NULL if the icon isn’t found.
@@ -2195,7 +2195,7 @@ gtk_icon_theme_load_surface (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* Checks whether an icon theme includes an icon
* for a particular name.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @icon_theme includes an
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @icon_theme includes an
* icon for @icon_name.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@ add_size (gpointer key,
* that the icon is available in a scalable format. The array
* is zero-terminated.
*
- * Return value: (array zero-terminated=1): An newly allocated array
+ * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1): An newly allocated array
* describing the sizes at which the icon is available. The array
* should be freed with g_free() when it is no longer needed.
*
@@ -2376,7 +2376,7 @@ add_key_to_list (gpointer key,
* but will typically include such values as “Applications” and
* “MimeTypes”.
*
- * Return value: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a #GList list
+ * Returns: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a #GList list
* holding the names of all the icons in the theme. You must first
* free each element in the list with g_free(), then free the list
* itself with g_list_free().
@@ -2438,7 +2438,7 @@ gtk_icon_theme_list_icons (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* Gets the list of contexts available within the current
* hierarchy of icon themes
*
- * Return value: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a #GList list
+ * Returns: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a #GList list
* holding the names of all the contexts in the theme. You must first
* free each element in the list with g_free(), then free the list
* itself with g_list_free().
@@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@ gtk_icon_theme_list_contexts (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme)
* current theme (for instance, to use when presenting
* a list of themes to the user.)
*
- * Return value: the name of an example icon or %NULL.
+ * Returns: the name of an example icon or %NULL.
* Free with g_free().
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -2561,7 +2561,7 @@ rescan_themes (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme)
* currently cached information is discarded and will be reloaded
* next time @icon_theme is accessed.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the icon theme has changed and needed
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the icon theme has changed and needed
* to be reloaded.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -3368,7 +3368,7 @@ icon_info_new_builtin (BuiltinIcon *icon)
*
* Make a copy of a #GtkIconInfo.
*
- * Return value: the new GtkIconInfo
+ * Returns: the new GtkIconInfo
*
* Since: 2.4
*
@@ -3452,7 +3452,7 @@ gtk_icon_info_class_init (GtkIconInfoClass *klass)
* Note that for scaled icons the base size does
* not include the base scale.
*
- * Return value: the base size, or 0, if no base
+ * Returns: the base size, or 0, if no base
* size is known for the icon.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -3474,7 +3474,7 @@ gtk_icon_info_get_base_size (GtkIconInfo *icon_info)
* icon drawn for a high-dpi screen with window-scale 2 for a base
* size of 32 will be 64 pixels tall and have a base_scale of 2.
*
- * Return value: the base scale.
+ * Returns: the base scale.
*
* Since: 3.10
**/
@@ -3496,7 +3496,7 @@ gtk_icon_info_get_base_scale (GtkIconInfo *icon_info)
* no filename if a builtin icon is returned; in this
* case, you should use gtk_icon_info_get_builtin_pixbuf().
*
- * Return value: (type filename): the filename for the icon, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (type filename): the filename for the icon, or %NULL
* if gtk_icon_info_get_builtin_pixbuf() should be used instead. The
* return value is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed.
*
@@ -3519,7 +3519,7 @@ gtk_icon_info_get_filename (GtkIconInfo *icon_info)
* %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_USE_BUILTIN to
* gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the built-in image pixbuf, or %NULL. No
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the built-in image pixbuf, or %NULL. No
* extra reference is added to the returned pixbuf, so if
* you want to keep it around, you must use g_object_ref().
* The returned image must not be modified.
@@ -3545,7 +3545,7 @@ gtk_icon_info_get_builtin_pixbuf (GtkIconInfo *icon_info)
* the file name and not the file contents for determining this.
* This behaviour may change in the future.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the icon is symbolic, %FALSE otherwise.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the icon is symbolic, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 3.12
**/
@@ -3887,7 +3887,7 @@ proxy_pixbuf_destroy (guchar *pixels, gpointer data)
* the #GtkIconInfo. If this flag has been specified, the pixbuf
* returned by this function will be scaled to the exact size.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a newly
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a newly
* created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
* not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference
* to the icon.
@@ -3962,7 +3962,7 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_icon (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
* the #GtkIconInfo. If this flag has been specified, the pixbuf
* returned by this function will be scaled to the exact size.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a newly
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a newly
* created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
* not modify the icon. Use cairo_surface_destroy() to release your reference
* to the icon.
@@ -4060,7 +4060,7 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_icon_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
*
* Finishes an async icon load, see gtk_icon_info_load_icon_async().
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a newly
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a newly
* created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
* not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference
* to the icon.
@@ -4339,7 +4339,7 @@ _gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_internal (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
* See the [Symbolic Icons Specification](http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/SymbolicIcons)
* for more information about symbolic icons.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf representing the loaded icon
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf representing the loaded icon
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
@@ -4393,7 +4393,7 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
*
* See gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic() for more details.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf representing the loaded icon
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf representing the loaded icon
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
@@ -4624,7 +4624,7 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
*
* Finishes an async icon load, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_async().
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a newly
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a newly
* created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
* not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference
* to the icon.
@@ -4753,7 +4753,7 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
*
* Finishes an async icon load, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_async().
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a newly
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the rendered icon; this may be a newly
* created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
* not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference
* to the icon.
@@ -4798,7 +4798,7 @@ color_to_rgba (GdkColor *color, GdkRGBA *rgba)
*
* See gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic() for more details.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf representing the loaded icon
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf representing the loaded icon
*
* Since: 3.0
*
@@ -4925,7 +4925,7 @@ icon_info_scale_point (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
* See gtk_icon_info_set_raw_coordinates() for further
* information about the coordinate system.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the icon has an embedded rectangle
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the icon has an embedded rectangle
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -4973,7 +4973,7 @@ gtk_icon_info_get_embedded_rect (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
* is a location in the icon that can be used as anchor points for attaching
* emblems or overlays to the icon.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if there are any attach points for the icon.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if there are any attach points for the icon.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -5024,7 +5024,7 @@ gtk_icon_info_get_attach_points (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
* string to be used in place of the icon name in a user
* visible context like a list of icons.
*
- * Return value: the display name for the icon or %NULL, if
+ * Returns: the display name for the icon or %NULL, if
* the icon doesn’t have a specified display name. This value
* is owned @icon_info and must not be modified or free.
*
@@ -5187,7 +5187,7 @@ find_builtin_icon (const gchar *icon_name,
* The icon can then be rendered into a pixbuf using
* gtk_icon_info_load_icon().
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo containing
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo containing
* information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon
* wasn’t found. Unref with g_object_unref()
*
@@ -5217,7 +5217,7 @@ gtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* The icon can then be rendered into a pixbuf using
* gtk_icon_info_load_icon().
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo containing
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo containing
* information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon
* wasn’t found. Unref with g_object_unref()
*
@@ -5341,7 +5341,7 @@ gtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
*
* Creates a #GtkIconInfo for a #GdkPixbuf.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkiconview.c b/gtk/gtkiconview.c
index 3ad9259..4cd36b9 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkiconview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkiconview.c
@@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_cursor (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* The returned #GtkTreePath must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the cursor is set.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the cursor is set.
*
* Since: 2.8
**/
@@ -4365,7 +4365,7 @@ _gtk_icon_view_set_cell_data (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Creates a new #GtkIconView widget
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkIconView widget
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkIconView widget
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -4382,7 +4382,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_new (void)
* Creates a new #GtkIconView widget using the
* specified @area to layout cells inside the icons.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkIconView widget
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkIconView widget
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
@@ -4398,7 +4398,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
*
* Creates a new #GtkIconView widget with the model @model.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkIconView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkIconView widget.
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -4455,7 +4455,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* See gtk_icon_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords() for converting
* widget coordinates to bin_window coordinates.
*
- * Return value: The #GtkTreePath corresponding to the icon or %NULL
+ * Returns: The #GtkTreePath corresponding to the icon or %NULL
* if no icon exists at that position.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -4496,7 +4496,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_path_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* See gtk_icon_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords() for converting
* widget coordinates to bin_window coordinates.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if an item exists at the specified position
+ * Returns: %TRUE if an item exists at the specified position
*
* Since: 2.8
**/
@@ -4540,7 +4540,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* This function is only valid if @icon_view is realized.
*
- * Return value: %FALSE if there is no such item, %TRUE otherwise
+ * Returns: %FALSE if there is no such item, %TRUE otherwise
*
* Since: 3.6
*/
@@ -4670,7 +4670,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_cell (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* that row and the corresponding model. @x and @y will always be converted
* to be relative to @icon_view’s bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE.
*
- * Return value: whether or not the given tooltip context points to a item
+ * Returns: whether or not the given tooltip context points to a item
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -4813,7 +4813,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Returns the column of @icon_view’s model which is being used for
* displaying tooltips on @icon_view’s rows.
*
- * Return value: the index of the tooltip column that is currently being
+ * Returns: the index of the tooltip column that is currently being
* used, or -1 if this is disabled.
*
* Since: 2.12
@@ -4838,7 +4838,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_tooltip_column (GtkIconView *icon_view)
*
* Both paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if valid paths were placed in @start_path and @end_path
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if valid paths were placed in @start_path and @end_path
*
* Since: 2.8
**/
@@ -4951,7 +4951,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_selection_mode (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Gets the selection mode of the @icon_view.
*
- * Return value: the current selection mode
+ * Returns: the current selection mode
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -5096,7 +5096,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_model (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Returns the model the #GtkIconView is based on. Returns %NULL if the
* model is unset.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none is
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none is
* currently being used.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -5460,7 +5460,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_unselect_path (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free);
* ]|
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkTreePath) (transfer full): A #GList containing a #GtkTreePath for each
selected row.
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkTreePath) (transfer full): A #GList containing a #GtkTreePath for each selected
row.
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -5555,7 +5555,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_unselect_all (GtkIconView *icon_view)
* Returns %TRUE if the icon pointed to by @path is currently
* selected. If @path does not point to a valid location, %FALSE is returned.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @path is selected.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @path is selected.
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -5704,7 +5704,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_item_orientation (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Returns the value of the ::item-orientation property which determines
* whether the labels are drawn beside the icons instead of below.
*
- * Return value: the relative position of texts and icons
+ * Returns: the relative position of texts and icons
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -5754,7 +5754,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_columns (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Returns the value of the ::columns property.
*
- * Return value: the number of columns, or -1
+ * Returns: the number of columns, or -1
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -5804,7 +5804,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_item_width (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Returns the value of the ::item-width property.
*
- * Return value: the width of a single item, or -1
+ * Returns: the width of a single item, or -1
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -5853,7 +5853,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Returns the value of the ::spacing property.
*
- * Return value: the space between cells
+ * Returns: the space between cells
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -5900,7 +5900,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_row_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Returns the value of the ::row-spacing property.
*
- * Return value: the space between rows
+ * Returns: the space between rows
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -5947,7 +5947,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_column_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Returns the value of the ::column-spacing property.
*
- * Return value: the space between columns
+ * Returns: the space between columns
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -5995,7 +5995,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_margin (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Returns the value of the ::margin property.
*
- * Return value: the space at the borders
+ * Returns: the space at the borders
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
@@ -6042,7 +6042,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_item_padding (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Returns the value of the ::item-padding property.
*
- * Return value: the padding around items
+ * Returns: the padding around items
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
@@ -7047,7 +7047,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_drag_dest_item (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Determines the destination item for a given position.
*
- * Return value: whether there is an item at the given position.
+ * Returns: whether there is an item at the given position.
*
* Since: 2.8
**/
@@ -7109,7 +7109,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_dest_item_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Creates a #cairo_surface_t representation of the item at @path.
* This image is used for a drag icon.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a newly-allocated surface of the drag icon.
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a newly-allocated surface of the drag icon.
*
* Since: 2.8
**/
@@ -7174,7 +7174,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_create_drag_icon (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Retrieves whether the user can reorder the list via drag-and-drop.
* See gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the list can be reordered.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the list can be reordered.
*
* Since: 2.8
**/
@@ -7276,7 +7276,7 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Gets the setting set by gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if item-activated will be emitted on a single click
+ * Returns: %TRUE if item-activated will be emitted on a single click
*
* Since: 3.8
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkimage.c b/gtk/gtkimage.c
index e6e0062..467456e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkimage.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkimage.c
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ gtk_image_get_property (GObject *object,
* image is not defined, it will be whatever is appropriate for
* displaying the file.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkImage
+ * Returns: a new #GtkImage
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_image_new_from_file (const gchar *filename)
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ gtk_image_new_from_file (const gchar *filename)
* image is not defined, it will be whatever is appropriate for
* displaying the file.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkImage
+ * Returns: a new #GtkImage
*
* Since: 3.4
**/
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ gtk_image_new_from_resource (const gchar *resource_path)
* #GtkImage created will not react to state changes. Should you want that,
* you should use gtk_image_new_from_icon_name().
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkImage
+ * Returns: a new #GtkImage
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf)
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf)
* surface; you still need to unref it if you own references.
* #GtkImage will add its own reference rather than adopting yours.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkImage
+ * Returns: a new #GtkImage
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_image_new_from_surface (cairo_surface_t *surface)
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ gtk_image_new_from_surface (cairo_surface_t *surface)
* You can register your own stock icon names, see
* gtk_icon_factory_add_default() and gtk_icon_factory_add().
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkImage displaying the stock icon
+ * Returns: a new #GtkImage displaying the stock icon
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use gtk_image_new_from_icon_name() instead.
**/
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ gtk_image_new_from_stock (const gchar *stock_id,
* icon set; you still need to unref it if you own references.
* #GtkImage will add its own reference rather than adopting yours.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkImage
+ * Returns: a new #GtkImage
*
* Deprecated: 3.10: Use gtk_image_new_from_icon_name() instead.
**/
@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ gtk_image_new_from_icon_set (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
* keep in mind that the animation will only be shown if the main loop
* is not busy with something that has a higher priority.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkImage widget
+ * Returns: a new #GtkImage widget
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_image_new_from_animation (GdkPixbufAnimation *animation)
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ gtk_image_new_from_animation (GdkPixbufAnimation *animation)
* displayed instead. If the current icon theme is changed, the icon
* will be updated appropriately.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkImage displaying the themed icon
+ * Returns: a new #GtkImage displaying the themed icon
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (const gchar *icon_name,
* displayed instead. If the current icon theme is changed, the icon
* will be updated appropriately.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkImage displaying the themed icon
+ * Returns: a new #GtkImage displaying the themed icon
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ gtk_image_set_from_surface (GtkImage *image,
* to store image data. If the #GtkImage has no image data,
* the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY.
*
- * Return value: image representation being used
+ * Returns: image representation being used
**/
GtkImageType
gtk_image_get_storage_type (GtkImage *image)
@@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ gtk_image_get_storage_type (GtkImage *image)
* The caller of this function does not own a reference to the
* returned pixbuf.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the displayed pixbuf, or %NULL if
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the displayed pixbuf, or %NULL if
* the image is empty
**/
GdkPixbuf*
@@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ gtk_image_get_icon_set (GtkImage *image,
* The caller of this function does not own a reference to the
* returned animation.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the displayed animation, or %NULL if
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the displayed animation, or %NULL if
* the image is empty
**/
GdkPixbufAnimation*
@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ gtk_image_get_gicon (GtkImage *image,
*
* Creates a new empty #GtkImage widget.
*
- * Return value: a newly created #GtkImage widget.
+ * Returns: a newly created #GtkImage widget.
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_image_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkimcontext.c b/gtk/gtkimcontext.c
index a82fe5e..5ef5854 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkimcontext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkimcontext.c
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ gtk_im_context_class_init (GtkIMContextClass *klass)
* the input method surrounding context by calling the
* gtk_im_context_set_surrounding() method.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the signal was handled.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the signal was handled.
*/
im_context_signals[RETRIEVE_SURROUNDING] =
g_signal_new (I_("retrieve-surrounding"),
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ gtk_im_context_class_init (GtkIMContextClass *klass)
* The ::delete-surrounding signal is emitted when the input method
* needs to delete all or part of the context surrounding the cursor.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the signal was handled.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the signal was handled.
*/
im_context_signals[DELETE_SURROUNDING] =
g_signal_new (I_("delete-surrounding"),
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string (GtkIMContext *context,
* events. If this function returns %TRUE, then no further processing
* should be done for this key event.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the input method handled the key event.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the input method handled the key event.
*
**/
gboolean
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ gtk_im_context_set_surrounding (GtkIMContext *context,
* for a widget to respond to the ::retrieve_surrounding signal, so input
* methods must be prepared to function without context.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if surrounding text was provided; in this case
+ * Returns: %TRUE if surrounding text was provided; in this case
* you must free the result stored in *text.
**/
gboolean
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ gtk_im_context_get_surrounding (GtkIMContext *context,
* subsitutions in the existing text in response to new input. It is
* not useful for applications.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the signal was handled.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the signal was handled.
**/
gboolean
gtk_im_context_delete_surrounding (GtkIMContext *context,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkimmodule.c b/gtk/gtkimmodule.c
index 329546e..2122b10 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkimmodule.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkimmodule.c
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ _gtk_im_module_list (const GtkIMContextInfo ***contexts,
* Create an IM context of a type specified by the string
* ID @context_id.
*
- * Return value: a newly created input context of or @context_id, or
+ * Returns: a newly created input context of or @context_id, or
* if that could not be created, a newly created GtkIMContextSimple.
*/
GtkIMContext *
@@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ get_current_input_language (void)
* Return the context_id of the best IM context type
* for the given window.
*
- * Return value: the context ID (will never be %NULL)
+ * Returns: the context ID (will never be %NULL)
*/
const gchar *
_gtk_im_module_get_default_context_id (GdkWindow *client_window)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkinvisible.c b/gtk/gtkinvisible.c
index 788f545..628b2d2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkinvisible.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkinvisible.c
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ gtk_invisible_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Creates a new #GtkInvisible object for a specified screen
*
- * Return value: a newly created #GtkInvisible object
+ * Returns: a newly created #GtkInvisible object
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ gtk_invisible_new_for_screen (GdkScreen *screen)
*
* Creates a new #GtkInvisible.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkInvisible.
+ * Returns: a new #GtkInvisible.
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_invisible_new (void)
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ gtk_invisible_set_screen (GtkInvisible *invisible,
*
* Returns the #GdkScreen object associated with @invisible
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the associated #GdkScreen.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the associated #GdkScreen.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkkeyhash.c b/gtk/gtkkeyhash.c
index a67f2c4..9d51618 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkkeyhash.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkkeyhash.c
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ key_hash_keys_changed (GdkKeymap *keymap,
*
* Create a new key hash object for doing binding resolution.
*
- * Return value: the newly created object. Free with _gtk_key_hash_free().
+ * Returns: the newly created object. Free with _gtk_key_hash_free().
**/
GtkKeyHash *
_gtk_key_hash_new (GdkKeymap *keymap,
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ keyval_in_group (GdkKeymap *keymap,
* This means that fuzzy matches won’t be considered if their keyval is
* present in the current group.
*
- * Return value: A newly-allocated #GSList of matching entries.
+ * Returns: A newly-allocated #GSList of matching entries.
* Free with g_slist_free() when no longer needed.
*/
GSList *
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ _gtk_key_hash_lookup (GtkKeyHash *key_hash,
* available. The results are sorted so that entries with less
* modifiers come before entries with more modifiers.
*
- * Return value: A #GSList of all matching entries.
+ * Returns: A #GSList of all matching entries.
**/
GSList *
_gtk_key_hash_lookup_keyval (GtkKeyHash *key_hash,
diff --git a/gtk/gtklabel.c b/gtk/gtklabel.c
index fbb0d87..5858034 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklabel.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklabel.c
@@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ gtk_label_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* Creates a new label with the given text inside it. You can
* pass %NULL to get an empty label widget.
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkLabel
+ * Returns: the new #GtkLabel
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_label_new (const gchar *str)
@@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@ gtk_label_new (const gchar *str)
* the button or menu item will automatically become the mnemonic widget
* and be activated by the mnemonic.
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkLabel
+ * Returns: the new #GtkLabel
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic (const gchar *str)
@@ -1953,7 +1953,7 @@ gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget (GtkLabel *label,
* Retrieves the target of the mnemonic (keyboard shortcut) of this
* label. See gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the target of the label’s mnemonic,
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the target of the label’s mnemonic,
* or %NULL if none has been set and the default algorithm will be used.
**/
GtkWidget *
@@ -2175,7 +2175,7 @@ gtk_label_set_attributes (GtkLabel *label,
* effective attributes for the label, use
* pango_layout_get_attribute (gtk_label_get_layout (label)).
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the attribute list, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the attribute list, or %NULL
* if none was set.
**/
PangoAttrList *
@@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ gtk_label_set_label (GtkLabel *label,
* underlines indicating mnemonics and Pango markup. (See
* gtk_label_get_text()).
*
- * Return value: the text of the label widget. This string is
+ * Returns: the text of the label widget. This string is
* owned by the widget and must not be modified or freed.
**/
const gchar *
@@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ gtk_label_set_markup_with_mnemonic (GtkLabel *label,
* screen. This does not include any embedded underlines
* indicating mnemonics or Pango markup. (See gtk_label_get_label())
*
- * Return value: the text in the label widget. This is the internal
+ * Returns: the text in the label widget. This is the internal
* string used by the label, and must not be modified.
**/
const gchar *
@@ -2830,7 +2830,7 @@ gtk_label_set_justify (GtkLabel *label,
*
* Returns the justification of the label. See gtk_label_set_justify().
*
- * Return value: #GtkJustification
+ * Returns: #GtkJustification
**/
GtkJustification
gtk_label_get_justify (GtkLabel *label)
@@ -2879,7 +2879,7 @@ gtk_label_set_ellipsize (GtkLabel *label,
*
* Returns the ellipsizing position of the label. See gtk_label_set_ellipsize().
*
- * Return value: #PangoEllipsizeMode
+ * Returns: #PangoEllipsizeMode
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -2925,7 +2925,7 @@ gtk_label_set_width_chars (GtkLabel *label,
* Retrieves the desired width of @label, in characters. See
* gtk_label_set_width_chars().
*
- * Return value: the width of the label in characters.
+ * Returns: the width of the label in characters.
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -2972,7 +2972,7 @@ gtk_label_set_max_width_chars (GtkLabel *label,
* Retrieves the desired maximum width of @label, in characters. See
* gtk_label_set_width_chars().
*
- * Return value: the maximum width of the label in characters.
+ * Returns: the maximum width of the label in characters.
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -3028,7 +3028,7 @@ gtk_label_set_line_wrap (GtkLabel *label,
* Returns whether lines in the label are automatically wrapped.
* See gtk_label_set_line_wrap().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the lines of the label are automatically wrapped.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the lines of the label are automatically wrapped.
*/
gboolean
gtk_label_get_line_wrap (GtkLabel *label)
@@ -3074,7 +3074,7 @@ gtk_label_set_line_wrap_mode (GtkLabel *label,
*
* Returns line wrap mode used by the label. See gtk_label_set_line_wrap_mode().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the lines of the label are automatically wrapped.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the lines of the label are automatically wrapped.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -5203,7 +5203,7 @@ gtk_label_set_selectable (GtkLabel *label,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_label_set_selectable().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the user can copy text from the label
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the user can copy text from the label
**/
gboolean
gtk_label_get_selectable (GtkLabel *label)
@@ -5265,7 +5265,7 @@ gtk_label_set_angle (GtkLabel *label,
* Gets the angle of rotation for the label. See
* gtk_label_set_angle().
*
- * Return value: the angle of rotation for the label
+ * Returns: the angle of rotation for the label
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -5460,7 +5460,7 @@ gtk_label_select_region (GtkLabel *label,
* Gets the selected range of characters in the label, returning %TRUE
* if there’s a selection.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if selection is non-empty
+ * Returns: %TRUE if selection is non-empty
**/
gboolean
gtk_label_get_selection_bounds (GtkLabel *label,
@@ -5534,7 +5534,7 @@ gtk_label_get_selection_bounds (GtkLabel *label,
* freed by the caller. The @label is free to recreate its layout at
* any time, so it should be considered read-only.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoLayout for this label
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #PangoLayout for this label
**/
PangoLayout*
gtk_label_get_layout (GtkLabel *label)
@@ -5608,7 +5608,7 @@ gtk_label_set_use_markup (GtkLabel *label,
* the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
* See gtk_label_set_use_markup ().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the label’s text will be parsed for markup.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the label’s text will be parsed for markup.
**/
gboolean
gtk_label_get_use_markup (GtkLabel *label)
@@ -5647,7 +5647,7 @@ gtk_label_set_use_underline (GtkLabel *label,
* Returns whether an embedded underline in the label indicates a
* mnemonic. See gtk_label_set_use_underline().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE whether an embedded underline in the label indicates
+ * Returns: %TRUE whether an embedded underline in the label indicates
* the mnemonic accelerator keys.
**/
gboolean
@@ -5696,7 +5696,7 @@ gtk_label_set_single_line_mode (GtkLabel *label,
*
* Returns whether the label is in single line mode.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE when the label is in single line mode.
+ * Returns: %TRUE when the label is in single line mode.
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtklayout.c b/gtk/gtklayout.c
index 176f626..30e551a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklayout.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklayout.c
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ G_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_CODE (GtkLayout, gtk_layout, GTK_TYPE_CONTAINER,
* you’d like the layout to use for scrolling, pass %NULL for
* @hadjustment and @vadjustment.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkLayout
+ * Returns: a new #GtkLayout
**/
GtkWidget*
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ gtk_layout_new (GtkAdjustment *hadjustment,
*
* Retrieve the bin window of the layout used for drawing operations.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ gtk_layout_get_bin_window (GtkLayout *layout)
*
* See #GtkScrolledWindow, #GtkScrollbar, #GtkAdjustment for details.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): horizontal scroll adjustment
+ * Returns: (transfer none): horizontal scroll adjustment
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_scrollable_get_hadjustment()
**/
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ gtk_layout_get_hadjustment (GtkLayout *layout)
*
* See #GtkScrolledWindow, #GtkScrollbar, #GtkAdjustment for details.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): vertical scroll adjustment
+ * Returns: (transfer none): vertical scroll adjustment
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_scrollable_get_vadjustment()
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtklevelbar.c b/gtk/gtklevelbar.c
index c7c1436..1af260b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklevelbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklevelbar.c
@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ gtk_level_bar_set_mode (GtkLevelBar *self,
*
* Return the value of the #GtkLevelBar:inverted property.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the level bar is inverted
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the level bar is inverted
*
* Since: 3.8
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c b/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c
index 44d7ce2..11b887f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ gtk_link_button_drag_data_get_cb (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Creates a new #GtkLinkButton with the URI as its text.
*
- * Return value: a new link button widget.
+ * Returns: a new link button widget.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ gtk_link_button_new (const gchar *uri)
*
* Creates a new #GtkLinkButton containing a label.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a new link button widget.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a new link button widget.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ gtk_link_button_set_uri (GtkLinkButton *link_button,
*
* Retrieves the URI set using gtk_link_button_set_uri().
*
- * Return value: a valid URI. The returned string is owned by the link button
+ * Returns: a valid URI. The returned string is owned by the link button
* and should not be modified or freed.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ gtk_link_button_set_visited (GtkLinkButton *link_button,
*
* The state may also be changed using gtk_link_button_set_visited().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the link has been visited, %FALSE otherwise
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the link has been visited, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtklistbox.c b/gtk/gtklistbox.c
index 941a2b7..c4bc26c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklistbox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklistbox.c
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ gtk_list_box_class_init (GtkListBoxClass *klass)
*
* Gets the selected row.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the selected #GtkWidget
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the selected #GtkWidget
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ gtk_list_box_get_selected_row (GtkListBox *list_box)
*
* Gets the n:th child in the list (not counting headers).
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the child #GtkWidget
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the child #GtkWidget
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ gtk_list_box_get_row_at_index (GtkListBox *list_box,
*
* Gets the row at the @y position.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the row
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the row
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ gtk_list_box_set_adjustment (GtkListBox *list_box,
* Gets the adjustment (if any) that the widget uses to
* for vertical scrolling.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the adjustment
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the adjustment
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
@@ -2744,7 +2744,7 @@ gtk_list_box_row_changed (GtkListBoxRow *row)
* in a #GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc to see if there is a header
* set already, and if so to update the state of it.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the current header, or %NULL if none
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the current header, or %NULL if none
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkliststore.c b/gtk/gtkliststore.c
index fcb1300..b730e64 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkliststore.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkliststore.c
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ iter_is_valid (GtkTreeIter *iter,
* GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF);` will create a new #GtkListStore with three columns, of type
* int, string and #GdkPixbuf respectively.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkListStore
+ * Returns: a new #GtkListStore
*/
GtkListStore *
gtk_list_store_new (gint n_columns,
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ gtk_list_store_new (gint n_columns,
*
* Non-vararg creation function. Used primarily by language bindings.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a new #GtkListStore
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkListStore
**/
GtkListStore *
gtk_list_store_newv (gint n_columns,
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ gtk_list_store_set (GtkListStore *list_store,
* @iter is set to be the next valid row, or invalidated if it pointed
* to the last row in @list_store.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter is valid, %FALSE if not.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter is valid, %FALSE if not.
**/
gboolean
gtk_list_store_remove (GtkListStore *list_store,
@@ -1444,7 +1444,7 @@ gtk_list_store_clear (GtkListStore *list_store)
*
* Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkListStore.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmain.c b/gtk/gtkmain.c
index 684e152..c3367e1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmain.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmain.c
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ gtk_get_interface_age (void)
* old version of gtk_check_version(), but still get loaded
* into an application using a newer version of GTK+.
*
- * Return value: %NULL if the GTK+ library is compatible with the
+ * Returns: %NULL if the GTK+ library is compatible with the
* given version, or a string describing the version mismatch.
* The returned string is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified
* or freed.
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ gtk_init_with_args (gint *argc,
* There is no need to call this function explicitly if you are using
* gtk_init(), or gtk_init_check().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if initialization succeeded, otherwise %FALSE
+ * Returns: %TRUE if initialization succeeded, otherwise %FALSE
*/
gboolean
gtk_parse_args (int *argc,
@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ gtk_parse_args (int *argc,
* communication with the user - for example a curses or command line
* interface.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the windowing system has been successfully
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the windowing system has been successfully
* initialized, %FALSE otherwise
*/
gboolean
@@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@ gtk_get_locale_direction (void)
* This function is equivalent to pango_language_get_default().
* See that function for details.
*
- * Return value: the default language as a #PangoLanguage,
+ * Returns: the default language as a #PangoLanguage,
* must not be freed
*/
PangoLanguage *
@@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ gtk_grab_add (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Queries the current grab of the default window group.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The widget which currently
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The widget which currently
* has the grab or %NULL if no grab is active
*/
GtkWidget*
@@ -2287,7 +2287,7 @@ gtk_invoke_key_snoopers (GtkWidget *grab_widget,
* the current event will be the #GdkEventButton that triggered
* the ::clicked signal.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a copy of the current event, or
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a copy of the current event, or
* %NULL if there is no current event. The returned event must be
* freed with gdk_event_free().
*/
@@ -2306,7 +2306,7 @@ gtk_get_current_event (void)
* If there is a current event and it has a timestamp,
* return that timestamp, otherwise return %GDK_CURRENT_TIME.
*
- * Return value: the timestamp from the current event,
+ * Returns: the timestamp from the current event,
* or %GDK_CURRENT_TIME.
*/
guint32
@@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ gtk_get_current_event_time (void)
* that state field in @state and return %TRUE, otherwise return
* %FALSE.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if there was a current event and it
+ * Returns: %TRUE if there was a current event and it
* had a state field
*/
gboolean
@@ -2368,7 +2368,7 @@ gtk_get_current_event_device (void)
* returns %NULL, otherwise returns the widget that received the event
* originally.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the widget that originally
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the widget that originally
* received @event, or %NULL
*/
GtkWidget*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenu.c b/gtk/gtkmenu.c
index bb0e5d6..a31ec09 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenu.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenu.c
@@ -2363,7 +2363,7 @@ gtk_menu_set_tearoff_state (GtkMenu *menu,
* Returns whether the menu is torn off.
* See gtk_menu_set_tearoff_state().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the menu is currently torn off.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the menu is currently torn off.
*
* Deprecated: 3.10
*/
@@ -2412,7 +2412,7 @@ gtk_menu_set_title (GtkMenu *menu,
*
* Returns the title of the menu. See gtk_menu_set_title().
*
- * Return value: the title of the menu, or %NULL if the menu
+ * Returns: the title of the menu, or %NULL if the menu
* has no title set on it. This string is owned by GTK+
* and should not be modified or freed.
*
@@ -5517,7 +5517,7 @@ gtk_menu_get_monitor (GtkMenu *menu)
* Returns a list of the menus which are attached to this widget.
* This list is owned by GTK+ and must not be modified.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer none): the list
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer none): the list
* of menus attached to his widget.
*
* Since: 2.6
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenubar.c b/gtk/gtkmenubar.c
index cf84de8..2173085 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenubar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenubar.c
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ gtk_menu_bar_move_current (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell,
* Retrieves the current pack direction of the menubar.
* See gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction().
*
- * Return value: the pack direction
+ * Returns: the pack direction
*
* Since: 2.8
*/
@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar,
* Retrieves the current child pack direction of the menubar.
* See gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_direction().
*
- * Return value: the child pack direction
+ * Returns: the child pack direction
*
* Since: 2.8
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c b/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c
index 3a81230..aa11a8d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c
@@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ gtk_menu_button_set_use_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
* Returns whether a #GtkPopover or a #GtkMenu will be constructed
* from the menu model.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if using a #GtkPopover
+ * Returns: %TRUE if using a #GtkPopover
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenuitem.c b/gtk/gtkmenuitem.c
index a4bb561..e36715f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenuitem.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenuitem.c
@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ activatable_update_label (GtkMenuItem *menu_item, GtkAction *action)
*
* This function is used by #GtkAction.
*
- * Return value: whether @menu is empty.
+ * Returns: whether @menu is empty.
**/
static gboolean
gtk_menu_is_empty (GtkWidget *menu)
@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GtkMenuItem *menu_item,
* Gets the submenu underneath this menu item, if any.
* See gtk_menu_item_set_submenu().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): submenu for this menu item, or %NULL if none
+ * Returns: (transfer none): submenu for this menu item, or %NULL if none
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (GtkMenuItem *menu_item)
@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_right_justified (GtkMenuItem *menu_item,
* Gets whether the menu item appears justified at the right
* side of the menu bar.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the menu item will appear at the
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the menu item will appear at the
* far right if added to a menu bar.
*
* Deprecated: 3.2: See gtk_menu_item_set_right_justified()
@@ -2593,7 +2593,7 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_use_underline (GtkMenuItem *menu_item,
* Checks if an underline in the text indicates the next character
* should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if an embedded underline in the label
+ * Returns: %TRUE if an embedded underline in the label
* indicates the mnemonic accelerator key.
*
* Since: 2.16
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c b/gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c
index 3385e13..f2932cc 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ gtk_menu_tool_button_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
* Creates a new #GtkMenuToolButton using @icon_widget as icon and
* @label as label.
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkMenuToolButton
+ * Returns: the new #GtkMenuToolButton
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ gtk_menu_tool_button_new (GtkWidget *icon_widget,
* The new #GtkMenuToolButton will contain an icon and label from
* the stock item indicated by @stock_id.
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkMenuToolButton
+ * Returns: the new #GtkMenuToolButton
*
* Since: 2.6
*
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ gtk_menu_tool_button_set_menu (GtkMenuToolButton *button,
*
* Gets the #GtkMenu associated with #GtkMenuToolButton.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkMenu associated
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkMenu associated
* with #GtkMenuToolButton
*
* Since: 2.6
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c b/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c
index 1a90e3e..e3f8ec4 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ gtk_message_dialog_get_property (GObject *object,
* signal is emitted with response IDs from #GtkResponseType. See
* #GtkDialog for more details.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a new #GtkMessageDialog
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a new #GtkMessageDialog
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_message_dialog_new (GtkWindow *parent,
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ gtk_message_dialog_new (GtkWindow *parent,
* markup);
* ]|
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkMessageDialog
+ * Returns: a new #GtkMessageDialog
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ gtk_message_dialog_set_image (GtkMessageDialog *dialog,
*
* Gets the dialog’s image.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the dialog’s image
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the dialog’s image
*
* Since: 2.14
* Deprecated: 3.12: Use #GtkDialog for dialogs with images
@@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_markup (GtkMessageDialog *message_dialog,
* See gtk_dialog_get_content_area() for the corresponding
* function in the parent #GtkDialog.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkVBox corresponding to the
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkVBox corresponding to the
* “message area” in the @message_dialog.
*
* Since: 2.22
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmodules.c b/gtk/gtkmodules.c
index 6ececa1..640be7b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmodules.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmodules.c
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ get_module_path (void)
*
* Determines the search path for a particular type of module.
*
- * Return value: the search path for the module type. Free with g_strfreev().
+ * Returns: the search path for the module type. Free with g_strfreev().
**/
gchar **
_gtk_get_module_path (const gchar *type)
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ module_build_la_path (const gchar *directory,
* Looks for a dynamically module named @name of type @type in the standard GTK+
* module search path.
*
- * Return value: the pathname to the found module, or %NULL if it wasn’t found.
+ * Returns: the pathname to the found module, or %NULL if it wasn’t found.
* Free with g_free().
**/
gchar *
diff --git a/gtk/gtknotebook.c b/gtk/gtknotebook.c
index 2debf9e..dff3c3e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtknotebook.c
+++ b/gtk/gtknotebook.c
@@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ gtk_notebook_reorder_tab (GtkNotebook *notebook,
*
* Creates a new #GtkNotebook widget with no pages.
- * Return value: the newly created #GtkNotebook
+ * Returns: the newly created #GtkNotebook
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_notebook_new (void)
@@ -6957,7 +6957,7 @@ gtk_notebook_menu_detacher (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Appends a page to @notebook.
*
- * Return value: the index (starting from 0) of the appended
+ * Returns: the index (starting from 0) of the appended
* page in the notebook, or -1 if function fails
*/
gint
@@ -6988,7 +6988,7 @@ gtk_notebook_append_page (GtkNotebook *notebook,
* Appends a page to @notebook, specifying the widget to use as the
* label in the popup menu.
*
- * Return value: the index (starting from 0) of the appended
+ * Returns: the index (starting from 0) of the appended
* page in the notebook, or -1 if function fails
*/
gint
@@ -7014,7 +7014,7 @@ gtk_notebook_append_page_menu (GtkNotebook *notebook,
*
* Prepends a page to @notebook.
*
- * Return value: the index (starting from 0) of the prepended
+ * Returns: the index (starting from 0) of the prepended
* page in the notebook, or -1 if function fails
*/
gint
@@ -7045,7 +7045,7 @@ gtk_notebook_prepend_page (GtkNotebook *notebook,
* Prepends a page to @notebook, specifying the widget to use as the
* label in the popup menu.
*
- * Return value: the index (starting from 0) of the prepended
+ * Returns: the index (starting from 0) of the prepended
* page in the notebook, or -1 if function fails
*/
gint
@@ -7073,7 +7073,7 @@ gtk_notebook_prepend_page_menu (GtkNotebook *notebook,
*
* Insert a page into @notebook at the given position.
*
- * Return value: the index (starting from 0) of the inserted
+ * Returns: the index (starting from 0) of the inserted
* page in the notebook, or -1 if function fails
*/
gint
@@ -7138,7 +7138,7 @@ gtk_notebook_mnemonic_activate_switch_page (GtkWidget *child,
* Insert a page into @notebook at the given position, specifying
* the widget to use as the label in the popup menu.
*
- * Return value: the index (starting from 0) of the inserted
+ * Returns: the index (starting from 0) of the inserted
* page in the notebook
*/
gint
@@ -7203,7 +7203,7 @@ gtk_notebook_remove_page (GtkNotebook *notebook,
*
* Returns the page number of the current page.
*
- * Return value: the index (starting from 0) of the current
+ * Returns: the index (starting from 0) of the current
* page in the notebook. If the notebook has no pages,
* then -1 will be returned.
*/
@@ -7230,7 +7230,7 @@ gtk_notebook_get_current_page (GtkNotebook *notebook)
*
* Returns the child widget contained in page number @page_num.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the child widget, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the child widget, or %NULL
* if @page_num is out of bounds
*/
GtkWidget*
@@ -7265,7 +7265,7 @@ gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GtkNotebook *notebook,
*
* Gets the number of pages in a notebook.
*
- * Return value: the number of pages in the notebook
+ * Returns: the number of pages in the notebook
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
@@ -7289,7 +7289,7 @@ gtk_notebook_get_n_pages (GtkNotebook *notebook)
* Finds the index of the page which contains the given child
* widget.
*
- * Return value: the index of the page containing @child, or
+ * Returns: the index of the page containing @child, or
* -1 if @child is not in the notebook
*/
gint
@@ -7460,7 +7460,7 @@ gtk_notebook_set_show_border (GtkNotebook *notebook,
* Returns whether a bevel will be drawn around the notebook pages.
* See gtk_notebook_set_show_border().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the bevel is drawn
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the bevel is drawn
*/
gboolean
gtk_notebook_get_show_border (GtkNotebook *notebook)
@@ -7545,7 +7545,7 @@ gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs (GtkNotebook *notebook,
* Returns whether the tabs of the notebook are shown.
* See gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the tabs are shown
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the tabs are shown
*/
gboolean
gtk_notebook_get_show_tabs (GtkNotebook *notebook)
@@ -7590,7 +7590,7 @@ gtk_notebook_set_tab_pos (GtkNotebook *notebook,
* Gets the edge at which the tabs for switching pages in the
* notebook are drawn.
*
- * Return value: the edge at which the tabs are drawn
+ * Returns: the edge at which the tabs are drawn
*/
GtkPositionType
gtk_notebook_get_tab_pos (GtkNotebook *notebook)
@@ -7638,7 +7638,7 @@ gtk_notebook_set_scrollable (GtkNotebook *notebook,
* Returns whether the tab label area has arrows for scrolling.
* See gtk_notebook_set_scrollable().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if arrows for scrolling are present
+ * Returns: %TRUE if arrows for scrolling are present
*/
gboolean
gtk_notebook_get_scrollable (GtkNotebook *notebook)
@@ -7654,7 +7654,7 @@ gtk_notebook_get_scrollable (GtkNotebook *notebook)
*
* Returns the horizontal width of a tab border.
*
- * Return value: horizontal width of a tab border
+ * Returns: horizontal width of a tab border
*
* Since: 2.22
*
@@ -7674,7 +7674,7 @@ gtk_notebook_get_tab_hborder (GtkNotebook *notebook)
*
* Returns the vertical width of a tab border.
*
- * Return value: vertical width of a tab border
+ * Returns: vertical width of a tab border
*
* Since: 2.22
*
@@ -7782,7 +7782,7 @@ gtk_notebook_popup_disable (GtkNotebook *notebook)
* %NULL is returned if @child is not in @notebook or
* if no tab label has specifically been set for @child.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the tab label
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the tab label
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_notebook_get_tab_label (GtkNotebook *notebook,
@@ -7922,7 +7922,7 @@ gtk_notebook_set_tab_label_text (GtkNotebook *notebook,
* Retrieves the text of the tab label for the page containing
* @child.
*
- * Return value: the text of the tab label, or %NULL if the
+ * Returns: the text of the tab label, or %NULL if the
* tab label widget is not a #GtkLabel. The string is owned
* by the widget and must not be freed.
*/
@@ -7950,7 +7950,7 @@ gtk_notebook_get_tab_label_text (GtkNotebook *notebook,
*
* Retrieves the menu label widget of the page containing @child.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the menu label, or %NULL if the
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the menu label, or %NULL if the
* notebook page does not have a menu label other than the
* default (the tab label).
*/
@@ -8059,7 +8059,7 @@ gtk_notebook_set_menu_label_text (GtkNotebook *notebook,
* Retrieves the text of the menu label for the page containing
* @child.
*
- * Return value: the text of the tab label, or %NULL if the
+ * Returns: the text of the tab label, or %NULL if the
* widget does not have a menu label other than the default
* menu label, or the menu label widget is not a #GtkLabel.
* The string is owned by the widget and must not be freed.
@@ -8276,7 +8276,7 @@ gtk_notebook_set_group_name (GtkNotebook *notebook,
*
* Gets the current group name for @notebook.
*
- * Return Value: (transfer none): the group name,
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the group name,
* or %NULL if none is set.
*
* Since: 2.24
@@ -8296,7 +8296,7 @@ gtk_notebook_get_group_name (GtkNotebook *notebook)
*
* Gets whether the tab can be reordered via drag and drop or not.
*
- * Return Value: %TRUE if the tab is reorderable.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the tab is reorderable.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -8357,7 +8357,7 @@ gtk_notebook_set_tab_reorderable (GtkNotebook *notebook,
*
* Returns whether the tab contents can be detached from @notebook.
*
- * Return Value: %TRUE if the tab is detachable.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the tab is detachable.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkoffscreenwindow.c b/gtk/gtkoffscreenwindow.c
index 8e9f23f..192db55 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkoffscreenwindow.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkoffscreenwindow.c
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ gtk_offscreen_window_init (GtkOffscreenWindow *window)
* Creates a toplevel container widget that is used to retrieve
* snapshots of widgets without showing them on the screen.
*
- * Return value: A pointer to a #GtkWidget
+ * Returns: A pointer to a #GtkWidget
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkorientable.c b/gtk/gtkorientable.c
index 5c313c4..6917c4e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkorientable.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkorientable.c
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ gtk_orientable_set_orientation (GtkOrientable *orientable,
*
* Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable.
*
- * Return value: the orientation of the @orientable.
+ * Returns: the orientation of the @orientable.
*
* Since: 2.16
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c b/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c
index 59bae8d..53d0f7b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_class_init (GtkPageSetupClass *class)
*
* Creates a new #GtkPageSetup.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkPageSetup.
+ * Returns: a new #GtkPageSetup.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_new (void)
*
* Copies a #GtkPageSetup.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a copy of @other
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a copy of @other
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_copy (GtkPageSetup *other)
*
* Gets the page orientation of the #GtkPageSetup.
*
- * Return value: the page orientation
+ * Returns: the page orientation
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_orientation (GtkPageSetup *setup,
*
* Gets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup.
*
- * Return value: the paper size
+ * Returns: the paper size
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size_and_default_margins (GtkPageSetup *setup,
*
* Gets the top margin in units of @unit.
*
- * Return value: the top margin
+ * Returns: the top margin
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_top_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
*
* Gets the bottom margin in units of @unit.
*
- * Return value: the bottom margin
+ * Returns: the bottom margin
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_bottom_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
*
* Gets the left margin in units of @unit.
*
- * Return value: the left margin
+ * Returns: the left margin
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_left_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
*
* Gets the right margin in units of @unit.
*
- * Return value: the right margin
+ * Returns: the right margin
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_right_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* not margins into consideration.
* See gtk_page_setup_get_page_width().
*
- * Return value: the paper width.
+ * Returns: the paper width.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_paper_width (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* not margins into consideration.
* See gtk_page_setup_get_page_height().
*
- * Return value: the paper height.
+ * Returns: the paper height.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_paper_height (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* margins into consideration.
* See gtk_page_setup_get_paper_width().
*
- * Return value: the page width.
+ * Returns: the page width.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_page_width (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* margins into consideration.
* See gtk_page_setup_get_paper_height().
*
- * Return value: the page height.
+ * Returns: the page height.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_page_height (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* Reads the page setup from the file @file_name.
* See gtk_page_setup_to_file().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE on success
+ * Returns: %TRUE on success
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_load_file (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* new #GtkPageSetup object with the restored page setup,
* or %NULL if an error occurred. See gtk_page_setup_to_file().
*
- * Return value: the restored #GtkPageSetup
+ * Returns: the restored #GtkPageSetup
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ string_to_enum (GType type,
* Reads the page setup from the group @group_name in the key file
* @key_file.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE on success
+ * Returns: %TRUE on success
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ out:
* @key_file. Returns a new #GtkPageSetup object with the restored
* page setup, or %NULL if an error occurred.
*
- * Return value: the restored #GtkPageSetup
+ * Returns: the restored #GtkPageSetup
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ gtk_page_setup_new_from_key_file (GKeyFile *key_file,
*
* This function saves the information from @setup to @file_name.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE on success
+ * Returns: %TRUE on success
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpaned.c b/gtk/gtkpaned.c
index b25d243..2fe515a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpaned.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpaned.c
@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ gtk_paned_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Creates a new #GtkPaned widget.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkPaned.
+ * Returns: a new #GtkPaned.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
@@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ gtk_paned_forall (GtkContainer *container,
*
* Obtains the position of the divider between the two panes.
*
- * Return value: position of the divider
+ * Returns: position of the divider
**/
gint
gtk_paned_get_position (GtkPaned *paned)
@@ -2143,7 +2143,7 @@ gtk_paned_set_position (GtkPaned *paned,
*
* Obtains the first child of the paned widget.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): first child, or %NULL if it is not set.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): first child, or %NULL if it is not set.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -2161,7 +2161,7 @@ gtk_paned_get_child1 (GtkPaned *paned)
*
* Obtains the second child of the paned widget.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): second child, or %NULL if it is not set.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): second child, or %NULL if it is not set.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -2832,7 +2832,7 @@ gtk_paned_toggle_handle_focus (GtkPaned *paned)
* enables the callback to distinguish between the window
* of the paned, a child and the handle.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the paned’s handle window.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the paned’s handle window.
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpapersize.c b/gtk/gtkpapersize.c
index aced21c..95ead97 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpapersize.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpapersize.c
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_new_from_info (const PaperInfo *info)
* If @name is %NULL, the default paper size is returned,
* see gtk_paper_size_get_default().
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkPaperSize, use gtk_paper_size_free()
+ * Returns: a new #GtkPaperSize, use gtk_paper_size_free()
* to free it
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_new (const gchar *name)
* @ppd_display_name, @width and @height are used to
* construct a custom #GtkPaperSize object.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkPaperSize, use gtk_paper_size_free()
+ * Returns: a new #GtkPaperSize, use gtk_paper_size_free()
* to free it
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_new_from_ppd (const gchar *ppd_name,
* Creates a new #GtkPaperSize object with the
* given parameters.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkPaperSize object, use gtk_paper_size_free()
+ * Returns: a new #GtkPaperSize object, use gtk_paper_size_free()
* to free it
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_new_custom (const gchar *name,
*
* Copies an existing #GtkPaperSize.
*
- * Return value: a copy of @other
+ * Returns: a copy of @other
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_free (GtkPaperSize *size)
*
* Compares two #GtkPaperSize objects.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if @size1 and @size2
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if @size1 and @size2
* represent the same paper size
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_is_equal (GtkPaperSize *size1,
*
* Creates a list of known paper sizes.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkPaperSize) (transfer full): a newly allocated list of newly
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkPaperSize) (transfer full): a newly allocated list of newly
* allocated #GtkPaperSize objects
*
* Since: 2.12
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_paper_sizes (gboolean include_custom)
*
* Gets the name of the #GtkPaperSize.
*
- * Return value: the name of @size
+ * Returns: the name of @size
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_name (GtkPaperSize *size)
*
* Gets the human-readable name of the #GtkPaperSize.
*
- * Return value: the human-readable name of @size
+ * Returns: the human-readable name of @size
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_display_name (GtkPaperSize *size)
* Gets the PPD name of the #GtkPaperSize, which
* may be %NULL.
*
- * Return value: the PPD name of @size
+ * Returns: the PPD name of @size
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_ppd_name (GtkPaperSize *size)
* Gets the paper width of the #GtkPaperSize, in
* units of @unit.
*
- * Return value: the paper width
+ * Returns: the paper width
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_width (GtkPaperSize *size,
* Gets the paper height of the #GtkPaperSize, in
* units of @unit.
*
- * Return value: the paper height
+ * Returns: the paper height
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_height (GtkPaperSize *size,
*
* Returns %TRUE if @size is not a standard paper size.
*
- * Return value: whether @size is a custom paper size.
+ * Returns: whether @size is a custom paper size.
**/
gboolean
gtk_paper_size_is_custom (GtkPaperSize *size)
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_set_size (GtkPaperSize *size,
* Returns the name of the default paper size, which
* depends on the current locale.
*
- * Return value: the name of the default paper size. The string
+ * Returns: the name of the default paper size. The string
* is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_default (void)
*
* Gets the default top margin for the #GtkPaperSize.
*
- * Return value: the default top margin
+ * Returns: the default top margin
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_default_top_margin (GtkPaperSize *size,
*
* Gets the default bottom margin for the #GtkPaperSize.
*
- * Return value: the default bottom margin
+ * Returns: the default bottom margin
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_default_bottom_margin (GtkPaperSize *size,
*
* Gets the default left margin for the #GtkPaperSize.
*
- * Return value: the default left margin
+ * Returns: the default left margin
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_default_left_margin (GtkPaperSize *size,
*
* Gets the default right margin for the #GtkPaperSize.
*
- * Return value: the default right margin
+ * Returns: the default right margin
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c b/gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c
index 19af1df..42ef84f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c
@@ -4203,7 +4203,7 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_class_init (GtkPlacesSidebarClass *class)
*
* The drag action to use must be the return value of the signal handler.
*
- * Return value: The drag action to use, for example, #GDK_ACTION_COPY
+ * Returns: The drag action to use, for example, #GDK_ACTION_COPY
* or #GDK_ACTION_MOVE, or 0 if no action is allowed here (i.e. drops
* are not allowed in the specified @dest_file).
*
@@ -4229,7 +4229,7 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_class_init (GtkPlacesSidebarClass *class)
* The places sidebar emits this signal when it needs to ask the application
* to pop up a menu to ask the user for which drag action to perform.
*
- * Return value: the final drag action that the sidebar should pass to the drag side
+ * Returns: the final drag action that the sidebar should pass to the drag side
* of the drag-and-drop operation.
*
* Since: 3.10
@@ -4601,7 +4601,7 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_desktop (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar,
*
* Returns the value previously set with gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_desktop()
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the sidebar will display a builtin shortcut to the desktop folder.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the sidebar will display a builtin shortcut to the desktop folder.
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
@@ -4645,7 +4645,7 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_connect_to_server (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar,
*
* Returns the value previously set with gtk_places_sidebar_set_show_connect_to_server()
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the sidebar will display a “Connect to Server” item.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the sidebar will display a “Connect to Server” item.
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
@@ -4687,7 +4687,7 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_set_local_only (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar,
*
* Returns the value previously set with gtk_places_sidebar_set_local_only().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the sidebar will only show local files.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the sidebar will only show local files.
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
@@ -4786,7 +4786,7 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_remove_shortcut (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar,
*
* Gets the list of shortcuts.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GFile) (transfer full):
+ * Returns: (element-type GFile) (transfer full):
* A #GSList of #GFile of the locations that have been added as
* application-specific shortcuts with gtk_places_sidebar_add_shortcut().
* To free this list, you can use
@@ -4813,7 +4813,7 @@ gtk_places_sidebar_list_shortcuts (GtkPlacesSidebar *sidebar)
* and returns one of them. This function is used by #GtkFileChooser to implement
* the “Alt-1”, “Alt-2”, etc. shortcuts, which activate the cooresponding bookmark.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): The bookmark specified by the index @n, or
+ * Returns: (transfer full): The bookmark specified by the index @n, or
* #NULL if no such index exist. Note that the indices start at 0, even though
* the file chooser starts them with the keyboard shortcut “Alt-1”.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtkplug.c b/gtk/gtkplug.c
index 8482dce..53c6f3e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkplug.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkplug.c
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ gtk_plug_set_is_child (GtkPlug *plug,
* be used to embed this window inside another window, for
* instance with gtk_socket_add_id().
*
- * Return value: the window ID for the plug
+ * Returns: the window ID for the plug
**/
Window
gtk_plug_get_id (GtkPlug *plug)
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ gtk_plug_get_id (GtkPlug *plug)
*
* Determines whether the plug is embedded in a socket.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the plug is embedded in a socket
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the plug is embedded in a socket
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ gtk_plug_get_embedded (GtkPlug *plug)
*
* Retrieves the socket the plug is embedded in.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the window of the socket, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the window of the socket, or %NULL
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ gtk_plug_construct_for_display (GtkPlug *plug,
* by @socket_id. If @socket_id is 0, the plug is left “unplugged” and
* can later be plugged into a #GtkSocket by gtk_socket_add_id().
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkPlug widget.
+ * Returns: the new #GtkPlug widget.
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_plug_new (Window socket_id)
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ gtk_plug_new (Window socket_id)
*
* Create a new plug widget inside the #GtkSocket identified by socket_id.
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkPlug widget.
+ * Returns: the new #GtkPlug widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpopover.c b/gtk/gtkpopover.c
index 1dc99cf..26b68dd 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpopover.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpopover.c
@@ -2161,7 +2161,7 @@ gtk_popover_bind_model (GtkPopover *popover,
* Actions can also be added using gtk_widget_insert_action_group()
* on the menus attach widget or on any of its parent widgets.
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkPopover
+ * Returns: the new #GtkPopover
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c b/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c
index fc2a210..3de625f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ _gtk_print_backend_create (const gchar *backend_name)
/**
* gtk_print_backend_load_modules:
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkPrintBackend) (transfer container):
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkPrintBackend) (transfer container):
*/
GList *
gtk_print_backend_load_modules (void)
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ gtk_print_backend_set_list_done (GtkPrintBackend *backend)
*
* Returns the current list of printers.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkPrinter) (transfer container):
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkPrinter) (transfer container):
* A list of #GtkPrinter objects. The list should be freed
* with g_list_free().
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintcontext.c b/gtk/gtkprintcontext.c
index fe3d423..4b27590 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintcontext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintcontext.c
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ _gtk_print_context_set_page_setup (GtkPrintContext *context,
* Obtains the cairo context that is associated with the
* #GtkPrintContext.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the cairo context of @context
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the cairo context of @context
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ gtk_print_context_get_cairo_context (GtkPrintContext *context)
* Obtains the #GtkPageSetup that determines the page
* dimensions of the #GtkPrintContext.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the page setup of @context
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the page setup of @context
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ gtk_print_context_get_page_setup (GtkPrintContext *context)
*
* Obtains the width of the #GtkPrintContext, in pixels.
*
- * Return value: the width of @context
+ * Returns: the width of @context
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ gtk_print_context_get_width (GtkPrintContext *context)
*
* Obtains the height of the #GtkPrintContext, in pixels.
*
- * Return value: the height of @context
+ * Returns: the height of @context
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ gtk_print_context_get_height (GtkPrintContext *context)
* Obtains the horizontal resolution of the #GtkPrintContext,
* in dots per inch.
*
- * Return value: the horizontal resolution of @context
+ * Returns: the horizontal resolution of @context
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ gtk_print_context_get_dpi_x (GtkPrintContext *context)
* Obtains the vertical resolution of the #GtkPrintContext,
* in dots per inch.
*
- * Return value: the vertical resolution of @context
+ * Returns: the vertical resolution of @context
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ gtk_print_context_get_dpi_y (GtkPrintContext *context)
*
* Obtains the hardware printer margins of the #GtkPrintContext, in units.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the hard margins were retrieved
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the hard margins were retrieved
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ _gtk_print_context_set_hard_margins (GtkPrintContext *context,
* Returns a #PangoFontMap that is suitable for use
* with the #GtkPrintContext.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the font map of @context
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the font map of @context
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ gtk_print_context_get_pango_fontmap (GtkPrintContext *context)
* Creates a new #PangoContext that can be used with the
* #GtkPrintContext.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a new Pango context for @context
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a new Pango context for @context
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ gtk_print_context_create_pango_context (GtkPrintContext *context)
* Creates a new #PangoLayout that is suitable for use
* with the #GtkPrintContext.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a new Pango layout for @context
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a new Pango layout for @context
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprinter.c b/gtk/gtkprinter.c
index 53bc953..63d327b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprinter.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprinter.c
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ gtk_printer_get_property (GObject *object,
*
* Creates a new #GtkPrinter.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkPrinter
+ * Returns: a new #GtkPrinter
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ gtk_printer_new (const gchar *name,
*
* Returns the backend of the printer.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the backend of @printer
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the backend of @printer
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ gtk_printer_get_backend (GtkPrinter *printer)
*
* Returns the name of the printer.
*
- * Return value: the name of @printer
+ * Returns: the name of @printer
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ gtk_printer_get_name (GtkPrinter *printer)
*
* Gets the description of the printer.
*
- * Return value: the description of @printer
+ * Returns: the description of @printer
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ gtk_printer_set_description (GtkPrinter *printer,
* Returns the state message describing the current state
* of the printer.
*
- * Return value: the state message of @printer
+ * Returns: the state message of @printer
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ gtk_printer_set_state_message (GtkPrinter *printer,
*
* Returns a description of the location of the printer.
*
- * Return value: the location of @printer
+ * Returns: the location of @printer
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ gtk_printer_set_location (GtkPrinter *printer,
*
* Gets the name of the icon to use for the printer.
*
- * Return value: the icon name for @printer
+ * Returns: the icon name for @printer
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ gtk_printer_set_icon_name (GtkPrinter *printer,
*
* Gets the number of jobs currently queued on the printer.
*
- * Return value: the number of jobs on @printer
+ * Returns: the number of jobs on @printer
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ gtk_printer_set_job_count (GtkPrinter *printer,
*
* Returns whether the printer details are available.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @printer details are available
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @printer details are available
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ gtk_printer_set_has_details (GtkPrinter *printer,
* Returns whether the printer is currently active (i.e.
* accepts new jobs).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @printer is active
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @printer is active
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ gtk_printer_set_is_active (GtkPrinter *printer,
* A paused printer still accepts jobs, but it is not
* printing them.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @printer is paused
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @printer is paused
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ gtk_printer_set_is_paused (GtkPrinter *printer,
*
* Returns whether the printer is accepting jobs
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @printer is accepting jobs
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @printer is accepting jobs
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
@@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ gtk_printer_set_is_accepting_jobs (GtkPrinter *printer,
* represent actual printer hardware, but something like
* a CUPS class).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @printer is virtual
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @printer is virtual
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ gtk_printer_is_virtual (GtkPrinter *printer)
* Returns whether the printer accepts input in
* PDF format.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @printer accepts PDF
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @printer accepts PDF
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ gtk_printer_set_accepts_pdf (GtkPrinter *printer,
* Returns whether the printer accepts input in
* PostScript format.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @printer accepts PostScript
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @printer accepts PostScript
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ gtk_printer_set_is_new (GtkPrinter *printer,
*
* Returns whether the printer is the default printer.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @printer is the default
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @printer is the default
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ _gtk_printer_create_cairo_surface (GtkPrinter *printer,
* This will return and empty list unless the printer’s details are
* available, see gtk_printer_has_details() and gtk_printer_request_details().
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkPageSetup) (transfer full): a newly allocated list of newly allocated
#GtkPageSetup s.
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkPageSetup) (transfer full): a newly allocated list of newly allocated
#GtkPageSetup s.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ gtk_printer_list_papers (GtkPrinter *printer)
*
* Returns default page size of @printer.
*
- * Return value: a newly allocated #GtkPageSetup with default page size of the printer.
+ * Returns: a newly allocated #GtkPageSetup with default page size of the printer.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ gtk_printer_get_default_page_size (GtkPrinter *printer)
* Note: This will not succeed unless the printer’s details are available,
* see gtk_printer_has_details() and gtk_printer_request_details().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE iff the hard margins were retrieved
+ * Returns: %TRUE iff the hard margins were retrieved
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ gtk_printer_get_hard_margins (GtkPrinter *printer,
* This will return 0 unless the printer’s details are available, see
* gtk_printer_has_details() and gtk_printer_request_details().
*
- * Return value: the printer’s capabilities
+ * Returns: the printer’s capabilities
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ gtk_printer_get_capabilities (GtkPrinter *printer)
*
* Compares two printers.
*
- * Return value: 0 if the printer match, a negative value if @a < @b,
+ * Returns: 0 if the printer match, a negative value if @a < @b,
* or a positive value if @a > @b
*
* Since: 2.10
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprinteroptionset.c b/gtk/gtkprinteroptionset.c
index 4041462..d28b0fb 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprinteroptionset.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprinteroptionset.c
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ gtk_printer_option_set_clear_conflicts (GtkPrinterOptionSet *set)
/**
* gtk_printer_option_set_get_groups:
*
- * Return value: (element-type utf8) (transfer full):
+ * Returns: (element-type utf8) (transfer full):
*/
GList *
gtk_printer_option_set_get_groups (GtkPrinterOptionSet *set)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintjob.c b/gtk/gtkprintjob.c
index ba44d40..d31b7dc 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintjob.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintjob.c
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ gtk_print_job_finalize (GObject *object)
*
* Creates a new #GtkPrintJob.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkPrintJob
+ * Returns: a new #GtkPrintJob
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ gtk_print_job_new (const gchar *title,
*
* Gets the #GtkPrintSettings of the print job.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the settings of @job
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the settings of @job
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ gtk_print_job_get_settings (GtkPrintJob *job)
*
* Gets the #GtkPrinter of the print job.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the printer of @job
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the printer of @job
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ gtk_print_job_get_printer (GtkPrintJob *job)
*
* Gets the job title.
*
- * Return value: the title of @job
+ * Returns: the title of @job
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ gtk_print_job_get_title (GtkPrintJob *job)
*
* Gets the status of the print job.
*
- * Return value: the status of @job
+ * Returns: the status of @job
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ gtk_print_job_set_source_file (GtkPrintJob *job,
* Gets a cairo surface onto which the pages of
* the print job should be rendered.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the cairo surface of @job
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the cairo surface of @job
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ gtk_print_job_set_track_print_status (GtkPrintJob *job,
* Returns wheter jobs will be tracked after printing.
* For details, see gtk_print_job_set_track_print_status().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if print job status will be reported after printing
+ * Returns: %TRUE if print job status will be reported after printing
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c b/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c
index 6b24217..ebf2a4d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ get_page_setup_dialog (GtkWindow *parent,
* setup dialog. See gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async() if this is
* a problem.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a new #GtkPageSetup
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkPageSetup
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintoperation.c b/gtk/gtkprintoperation.c
index 02b0364..2459080 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintoperation.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintoperation.c
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ G_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_CODE (GtkPrintOperation, gtk_print_operation, G_TYPE_OBJECT,
*
* Registers an error quark for #GtkPrintOperation if necessary.
*
- * Return value: The error quark used for #GtkPrintOperation errors.
+ * Returns: The error quark used for #GtkPrintOperation errors.
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* it all in the ::begin-print handler, and set the number of pages
* from there.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if pagination is complete
+ * Returns: %TRUE if pagination is complete
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_print_settings (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* gtk_print_operation_set_print_settings() or
* gtk_print_operation_run() have been called.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the current print settings of @op.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the current print settings of @op.
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ _gtk_print_operation_set_status (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* Returns the status of the print operation.
* Also see gtk_print_operation_get_status_string().
*
- * Return value: the status of the print operation
+ * Returns: the status of the print operation
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -1833,7 +1833,7 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_status (GtkPrintOperation *op)
* Use gtk_print_operation_get_status() to obtain a status
* value that is suitable for programmatic use.
*
- * Return value: a string representation of the status
+ * Returns: a string representation of the status
* of the print operation
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_status_string (GtkPrintOperation *op)
* can be in a non-finished state even after done has been called, as
* the operation status then tracks the print job status on the printer.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if the print operation is finished.
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if the print operation is finished.
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -3157,7 +3157,7 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_error (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* Note that gtk_print_operation_run() can only be called once on a
* given #GtkPrintOperation.
*
- * Return value: the result of the print operation. A return value of
+ * Returns: the result of the print operation. A return value of
* %GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_APPLY indicates that the printing was
* completed successfully. In this case, it is a good idea to obtain
* the used print settings with gtk_print_operation_get_print_settings()
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c b/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c
index 39d3a83..160af5b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_class_init (GtkPrintSettingsClass *class)
*
* Creates a new #GtkPrintSettings object.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkPrintSettings object
+ * Returns: a new #GtkPrintSettings object
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ copy_hash_entry (gpointer key,
*
* Copies a #GtkPrintSettings object.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a newly allocated copy of @other
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated copy of @other
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_copy (GtkPrintSettings *other)
*
* Looks up the string value associated with @key.
*
- * Return value: the string value for @key
+ * Returns: the string value for @key
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_unset (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Returns %TRUE, if a value is associated with @key.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if @key has a value
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if @key has a value
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_has_key (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* The string “true” represents %TRUE, any other
* string %FALSE.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if @key maps to a true value.
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if @key maps to a true value.
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_bool (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* The string “true” represents %TRUE, the string
* “false” represents %FALSE.
*
- * Return value: the boolean value associated with @key
+ * Returns: the boolean value associated with @key
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_bool (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Floating point numbers are parsed with g_ascii_strtod().
*
- * Return value: the floating point number associated with @key
+ * Returns: the floating point number associated with @key
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_double_with_default (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Returns the double value associated with @key, or 0.
*
- * Return value: the double value of @key
+ * Returns: the double value of @key
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_double (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Returns the value associated with @key, interpreted
* as a length. The returned value is converted to @units.
*
- * Return value: the length value of @key, converted to @unit
+ * Returns: the length value of @key, converted to @unit
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_length (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Returns the value of @key, interpreted as
* an integer, or the default value.
*
- * Return value: the integer value of @key
+ * Returns: the integer value of @key
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_int_with_default (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Returns the integer value of @key, or 0.
*
- * Return value: the integer value of @key
+ * Returns: the integer value of @key
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_foreach (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Convenience function to obtain the value of
* %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER.
*
- * Return value: the printer name
+ * Returns: the printer name
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_printer (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Get the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_ORIENTATION,
* converted to a #GtkPageOrientation.
*
- * Return value: the orientation
+ * Returns: the orientation
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_orientation (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_FORMAT,
* converted to a #GtkPaperSize.
*
- * Return value: the paper size
+ * Returns: the paper size
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_paper_size (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH,
* converted to @unit.
*
- * Return value: the paper width, in units of @unit
+ * Returns: the paper width, in units of @unit
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_paper_width (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT,
* converted to @unit.
*
- * Return value: the paper height, in units of @unit
+ * Returns: the paper height, in units of @unit
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_paper_height (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR.
*
- * Return value: whether to use color
+ * Returns: whether to use color
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_use_color (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE.
*
- * Return value: whether to collate the printed pages
+ * Returns: whether to collate the printed pages
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_collate (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE.
*
- * Return value: whether to reverse the order of the printed pages
+ * Returns: whether to reverse the order of the printed pages
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_reverse (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX.
*
- * Return value: whether to print the output in duplex.
+ * Returns: whether to print the output in duplex.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_duplex (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY.
*
- * Return value: the print quality
+ * Returns: the print quality
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_quality (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET.
*
- * Return value: the set of pages to print
+ * Returns: the set of pages to print
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_page_set (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT.
*
- * Return value: layout of page in number-up mode
+ * Returns: layout of page in number-up mode
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
@@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_number_up_layout (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES.
*
- * Return value: the number of copies to print
+ * Returns: the number of copies to print
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_n_copies (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP.
*
- * Return value: the number of pages per sheet
+ * Returns: the number of pages per sheet
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_number_up (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION.
*
- * Return value: the resolution in dpi
+ * Returns: the resolution in dpi
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_resolution (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X.
*
- * Return value: the horizontal resolution in dpi
+ * Returns: the horizontal resolution in dpi
*
* Since: 2.16
*/
@@ -1257,7 +1257,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_resolution_x (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y.
*
- * Return value: the vertical resolution in dpi
+ * Returns: the vertical resolution in dpi
*
* Since: 2.16
*/
@@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_resolution_xy (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI.
*
- * Return value: the resolution in lpi (lines per inch)
+ * Returns: the resolution in lpi (lines per inch)
*
* Since: 2.16
*/
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_printer_lpi (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE.
*
- * Return value: the scale in percent
+ * Returns: the scale in percent
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_scale (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES.
*
- * Return value: which pages to print
+ * Returns: which pages to print
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_print_pages (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES.
*
- * Return value: (array length=num_ranges) (transfer full): an array
+ * Returns: (array length=num_ranges) (transfer full): an array
* of #GtkPageRanges. Use g_free() to free the array when
* it is no longer needed.
*
@@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_page_ranges (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE.
*
- * Return value: the default source
+ * Returns: the default source
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_default_source (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* The set of media types is defined in PWG 5101.1-2002 PWG.
* <!-- FIXME link here -->
*
- * Return value: the media type
+ * Returns: the media type
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_media_type (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER.
*
- * Return value: the dithering that is used
+ * Returns: the dithering that is used
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_dither (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS.
*
- * Return value: the finishings
+ * Returns: the finishings
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_finishings (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN.
*
- * Return value: the output bin
+ * Returns: the output bin
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_output_bin (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* then error is set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError.
* See gtk_print_settings_to_file().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE on success
+ * Returns: %TRUE on success
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_load_file (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or
* #GKeyFileError. See gtk_print_settings_to_file().
*
- * Return value: the restored #GtkPrintSettings
+ * Returns: the restored #GtkPrintSettings
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_new_from_file (const gchar *file_name,
* file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or
* #GKeyFileError.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE on success
+ * Returns: %TRUE on success
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
@@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_load_key_file (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* error occurred. If the file could not be loaded then error is set to either
* a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError.
*
- * Return value: the restored #GtkPrintSettings
+ * Returns: the restored #GtkPrintSettings
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ gtk_print_settings_new_from_key_file (GKeyFile *key_file,
* file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or
* #GKeyFileError.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE on success
+ * Returns: %TRUE on success
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c b/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c
index f846a18..12cf742 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c
@@ -3372,7 +3372,7 @@ page_name_func (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
*
* Creates a new #GtkPrintUnixDialog.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkPrintUnixDialog
+ * Returns: a new #GtkPrintUnixDialog
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprivate.c b/gtk/gtkprivate.c
index 77463e3..8f0da6d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprivate.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprivate.c
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ _gtk_get_data_prefix (void)
* variables, and does return a Unix-style locale string based on
* either said environment variables or the thread’s current locale.
*
- * Return value: a dynamically allocated string, free with g_free().
+ * Returns: a dynamically allocated string, free with g_free().
*/
gchar *
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c b/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c
index 71c5833..568536c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c
@@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ gtk_progress_bar_set_inverted (GtkProgressBar *pbar,
* to the text, not a copy of it, so will become invalid
* if you change the text in the progress bar.
*
- * Return value: text, or %NULL; this string is owned by the widget
+ * Returns: text, or %NULL; this string is owned by the widget
* and should not be modified or freed.
*/
const gchar*
@@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ gtk_progress_bar_get_text (GtkProgressBar *pbar)
*
* Returns the current fraction of the task that’s been completed.
*
- * Return value: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
+ * Returns: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
*/
gdouble
gtk_progress_bar_get_fraction (GtkProgressBar *pbar)
@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ gtk_progress_bar_get_fraction (GtkProgressBar *pbar)
*
* Retrieves the pulse step set with gtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_step().
*
- * Return value: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
+ * Returns: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
*/
gdouble
gtk_progress_bar_get_pulse_step (GtkProgressBar *pbar)
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ gtk_progress_bar_get_pulse_step (GtkProgressBar *pbar)
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_progress_bar_set_inverted().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the progress bar is inverted
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the progress bar is inverted
*/
gboolean
gtk_progress_bar_get_inverted (GtkProgressBar *pbar)
@@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize (GtkProgressBar *pbar,
* Returns the ellipsizing position of the progress bar.
* See gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize().
*
- * Return value: #PangoEllipsizeMode
+ * Returns: #PangoEllipsizeMode
*
* Since: 2.6
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkradiobutton.c b/gtk/gtkradiobutton.c
index 8fcd760..1e88ac3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkradiobutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkradiobutton.c
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ gtk_radio_button_new_with_mnemonic_from_widget (GtkRadioButton *radio_group_memb
*
* Retrieves the group assigned to a radio button.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkRadioButton) (transfer none): a linked list
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkRadioButton) (transfer none): a linked list
* containing all the radio buttons in the same group
* as @radio_button. The returned list is owned by the radio button
* and must not be modified or freed.
diff --git a/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c b/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c
index 04c192a..82bc001 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (GSList *group,
*
* Creates a new #GtkRadioMenuItem adding it to the same group as @group.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioMenuItem
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioMenuItem
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ gtk_radio_menu_item_new_from_widget (GtkRadioMenuItem *group)
*
* The new #GtkRadioMenuItem is added to the same group as @group.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioMenuItem
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioMenuItem
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic_from_widget (GtkRadioMenuItem *group,
* Creates a new GtkRadioMenuItem whose child is a simple GtkLabel.
* The new #GtkRadioMenuItem is added to the same group as @group.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioMenuItem
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioMenuItem
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c b/gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c
index 60d0d4a..860abd9 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ gtk_radio_tool_button_set_property (GObject *object,
*
* Creates a new #GtkRadioToolButton, adding it to @group.
*
- * Return value: The new #GtkRadioToolButton
+ * Returns: The new #GtkRadioToolButton
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ gtk_radio_tool_button_new (GSList *group)
* The new #GtkRadioToolButton will contain an icon and label from the
* stock item indicated by @stock_id.
*
- * Return value: The new #GtkRadioToolButton
+ * Returns: The new #GtkRadioToolButton
*
* Since: 2.4
*
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ gtk_radio_tool_button_new_from_stock (GSList *group,
*
* Creates a new #GtkRadioToolButton adding it to the same group as @gruup
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioToolButton
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioToolButton
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ gtk_radio_tool_button_new_from_widget (GtkRadioToolButton *group)
* The new #GtkRadioToolButton will contain an icon and label from the
* stock item indicated by @stock_id.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A new #GtkRadioToolButton
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A new #GtkRadioToolButton
*
* Since: 2.4
*
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ get_radio_button (GtkRadioToolButton *button)
*
* Returns the radio button group @button belongs to.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none) (element-type GtkRadioButton): The group @button belongs to.
+ * Returns: (transfer none) (element-type GtkRadioButton): The group @button belongs to.
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrange.c b/gtk/gtkrange.c
index fc16d4b..6df5c8a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrange.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkrange.c
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ gtk_range_init (GtkRange *range)
* The return value does not have a reference added, so should not
* be unreferenced.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GtkAdjustment
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkAdjustment
**/
GtkAdjustment*
gtk_range_get_adjustment (GtkRange *range)
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ gtk_range_set_inverted (GtkRange *range,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_range_set_inverted().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the range is inverted
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the range is inverted
**/
gboolean
gtk_range_get_inverted (GtkRange *range)
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ gtk_range_set_flippable (GtkRange *range,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_range_set_flippable().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the range is flippable
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the range is flippable
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ gtk_range_set_slider_size_fixed (GtkRange *range,
*
* See gtk_range_set_slider_size_fixed().
*
- * Return value: whether the range’s slider has a fixed size.
+ * Returns: whether the range’s slider has a fixed size.
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ gtk_range_set_min_slider_size (GtkRange *range,
*
* See gtk_range_set_min_slider_size().
*
- * Return value: The minimum size of the range’s slider.
+ * Returns: The minimum size of the range’s slider.
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ gtk_range_set_lower_stepper_sensitivity (GtkRange *range,
* Gets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the
* 'lower' end of the GtkRange’s adjustment.
*
- * Return value: The lower stepper’s sensitivity policy.
+ * Returns: The lower stepper’s sensitivity policy.
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ gtk_range_set_upper_stepper_sensitivity (GtkRange *range,
* Gets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the
* 'upper' end of the GtkRange’s adjustment.
*
- * Return value: The upper stepper’s sensitivity policy.
+ * Returns: The upper stepper’s sensitivity policy.
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ gtk_range_set_value (GtkRange *range,
*
* Gets the current value of the range.
*
- * Return value: current value of the range.
+ * Returns: current value of the range.
**/
gdouble
gtk_range_get_value (GtkRange *range)
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ gtk_range_set_show_fill_level (GtkRange *range,
*
* Gets whether the range displays the fill level graphically.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @range shows the fill level.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @range shows the fill level.
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level (GtkRange *range,
*
* Gets whether the range is restricted to the fill level.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @range is restricted to the fill level.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @range is restricted to the fill level.
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ gtk_range_set_fill_level (GtkRange *range,
*
* Gets the current position of the fill level indicator.
*
- * Return value: The current fill level
+ * Returns: The current fill level
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
@@ -2961,7 +2961,7 @@ gtk_range_button_release (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Returns a good step value for the mouse wheel.
*
- * Return value: A good step value for the mouse wheel.
+ * Returns: A good step value for the mouse wheel.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -4376,7 +4376,7 @@ gtk_range_set_round_digits (GtkRange *range,
* Gets the number of digits to round the value to when
* it changes. See #GtkRange::change-value.
*
- * Return value: the number of digits to round to
+ * Returns: the number of digits to round to
*
* Since: 2.24
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c b/gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c
index b3ee788..8d6e6b4 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_error_quark (void)
*
* Gets the #GtkRecentManager used by @chooser.
*
- * Return value: the recent manager for @chooser.
+ * Returns: the recent manager for @chooser.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_private (GtkRecentChooser *chooser,
* Returns whether @chooser should display recently used resources
* registered as private.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the recent chooser should show private items,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the recent chooser should show private items,
* %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_not_found (GtkRecentChooser *chooser,
* Retrieves whether @chooser should show the recently used resources that
* were not found.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the resources not found should be displayed, and
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the resources not found should be displayed, and
* %FALSE otheriwse.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_icons (GtkRecentChooser *chooser,
*
* Retrieves whether @chooser should show an icon near the resource.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the icons should be displayed, %FALSE otherwise.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the icons should be displayed, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_set_select_multiple (GtkRecentChooser *chooser,
*
* Gets whether @chooser can select multiple items.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @chooser can select more than one item.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @chooser can select more than one item.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_set_local_only (GtkRecentChooser *chooser,
* Gets whether only local resources should be shown in the recently used
* resources selector. See gtk_recent_chooser_set_local_only()
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if only local resources should be shown.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if only local resources should be shown.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_set_limit (GtkRecentChooser *chooser,
* Gets the number of items returned by gtk_recent_chooser_get_items()
* and gtk_recent_chooser_get_uris().
*
- * Return value: A positive integer, or -1 meaning that all items are
+ * Returns: A positive integer, or -1 meaning that all items are
* returned.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_tips (GtkRecentChooser *chooser,
* Gets whether @chooser should display tooltips containing the full path
* of a recently user resource.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the recent chooser should show tooltips,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the recent chooser should show tooltips,
* %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_type (GtkRecentChooser *chooser,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_type().
*
- * Return value: the sorting order of the @chooser.
+ * Returns: the sorting order of the @chooser.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_func (GtkRecentChooser *chooser,
*
* Sets @uri as the current URI for @chooser.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the URI was found.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the URI was found.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_set_current_uri (GtkRecentChooser *chooser,
*
* Gets the URI currently selected by @chooser.
*
- * Return value: a newly allocated string holding a URI.
+ * Returns: a newly allocated string holding a URI.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_get_current_uri (GtkRecentChooser *chooser)
*
* Gets the #GtkRecentInfo currently selected by @chooser.
*
- * Return value: a #GtkRecentInfo. Use gtk_recent_info_unref() when
+ * Returns: a #GtkRecentInfo. Use gtk_recent_info_unref() when
* when you have finished using it.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_get_current_item (GtkRecentChooser *chooser)
*
* Selects @uri inside @chooser.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @uri was found.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @uri was found.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_unselect_all (GtkRecentChooser *chooser)
* The return value of this function is affected by the “sort-type” and
* “limit” properties of @chooser.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkRecentInfo) (transfer full): A newly allocated
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkRecentInfo) (transfer full): A newly allocated
* list of #GtkRecentInfo objects. You should
* use gtk_recent_info_unref() on every item of the list, and then free
* the list itself using g_list_free().
@@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_get_items (GtkRecentChooser *chooser)
*
* Since the returned array is %NULL terminated, @length may be %NULL.
*
- * Return value: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (transfer full):
+ * Returns: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (transfer full):
* A newly allocated, %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use
* g_strfreev() to free it.
*
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_remove_filter (GtkRecentChooser *chooser,
*
* Gets the #GtkRecentFilter objects held by @chooser.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkRecentFilter) (transfer container): A singly linked list
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkRecentFilter) (transfer container): A singly linked list
* of #GtkRecentFilter objects. You
* should just free the returned list using g_slist_free().
*
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_set_filter (GtkRecentChooser *chooser,
* Gets the #GtkRecentFilter object currently used by @chooser to affect
* the display of the recently used resources.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GtkRecentFilter object.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkRecentFilter object.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrecentchooserdialog.c b/gtk/gtkrecentchooserdialog.c
index 00382f3..f4a3043 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrecentchooserdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkrecentchooserdialog.c
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_new_valist (const gchar *title,
* Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserDialog. This function is analogous to
* gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons().
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkRecentChooserDialog
+ * Returns: a new #GtkRecentChooserDialog
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_new (const gchar *title,
* This is useful if you have implemented your own recent manager, or if you
* have a customized instance of a #GtkRecentManager object.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkRecentChooserDialog
+ * Returns: a new #GtkRecentChooserDialog
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c b/gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c
index ba512a4..75c6cbf 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c
@@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_sync_action_properties (GtkActivatable *activatable,
* gtk_recent_chooser_menu_new_for_manager() function to know how to create
* a #GtkRecentChooserMenu widget bound to another #GtkRecentManager object.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkRecentChooserMenu
+ * Returns: a new #GtkRecentChooserMenu
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_menu_new (void)
* object or if you wish to share a common #GtkRecentManager object
* among multiple #GtkRecentChooser widgets.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkRecentChooserMenu, bound to @manager.
+ * Returns: a new #GtkRecentChooserMenu, bound to @manager.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_menu_new_for_manager (GtkRecentManager *manager)
*
* Returns the value set by gtk_recent_chooser_menu_set_show_numbers().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if numbers should be shown.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if numbers should be shown.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrecentchooserutils.c b/gtk/gtkrecentchooserutils.c
index 98f2cd3..8e788b6 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrecentchooserutils.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkrecentchooserutils.c
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ get_is_recent_filtered (GtkRecentFilter *filter,
* #GtkRecentChooser interface inside the GtkRecentChooser::get_items
* vfunc.
*
- * Return value: a list of #GtkRecentInfo objects
+ * Returns: a list of #GtkRecentInfo objects
*/
GList *
_gtk_recent_chooser_get_items (GtkRecentChooser *chooser,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrecentchooserwidget.c b/gtk/gtkrecentchooserwidget.c
index d8fe875..2209a07 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrecentchooserwidget.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkrecentchooserwidget.c
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_widget_init (GtkRecentChooserWidget *widget)
* Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserWidget object. This is an embeddable widget
* used to access the recently used resources list.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkRecentChooserWidget
+ * Returns: a new #GtkRecentChooserWidget
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ gtk_recent_chooser_widget_new (void)
* This is useful if you have implemented your own recent manager, or if you
* have a customized instance of a #GtkRecentManager object.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkRecentChooserWidget
+ * Returns: a new #GtkRecentChooserWidget
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c b/gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c
index 4f46073..8b4f2f7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkrecentfilter.c
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ gtk_recent_filter_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*");
* ]|
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkRecentFilter
+ * Returns: a new #GtkRecentFilter
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ gtk_recent_filter_set_name (GtkRecentFilter *filter,
* Gets the human-readable name for the filter.
* See gtk_recent_filter_set_name().
*
- * Return value: the name of the filter, or %NULL. The returned string
+ * Returns: the name of the filter, or %NULL. The returned string
* is owned by the filter object and should not be freed.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ gtk_recent_filter_get_name (GtkRecentFilter *filter)
* is intended principally for use in the implementation of
* #GtkRecentChooser.
*
- * Return value: bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when
+ * Returns: bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when
* calling gtk_recent_filter_filter()
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ gtk_recent_filter_add_custom (GtkRecentFilter *filter,
* is intended principally for use in the implementation of
* #GtkRecentChooser.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the file should be displayed
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the file should be displayed
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrecentfilter.h b/gtk/gtkrecentfilter.h
index 1a0f8b9..32d6bf1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrecentfilter.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkrecentfilter.h
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ typedef enum {
* The type of function that is used with custom filters,
* see gtk_recent_filter_add_custom().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the file should be displayed
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the file should be displayed
*/
typedef gboolean (*GtkRecentFilterFunc) (const GtkRecentFilterInfo *filter_info,
gpointer user_data);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c b/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c
index dab8583..fd49bac 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ build_recent_items_list (GtkRecentManager *manager)
* #GtkRecentManager objects are expensive: be sure to create them only when
* needed. You should use gtk_recent_manager_get_default() instead.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkRecentManager object.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkRecentManager object.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ gtk_recent_manager_new (void)
* Gets a unique instance of #GtkRecentManager, that you can share
* in your application without caring about memory management.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A unique #GtkRecentManager. Do not ref or unref it.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A unique #GtkRecentManager. Do not ref or unref it.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ gtk_recent_manager_add_item_query_info (GObject *source_object,
* See gtk_recent_manager_add_full() if you want to explicitly
* define the metadata for the resource pointed by @uri.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the new item was successfully added
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the new item was successfully added
* to the recently used resources list
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ gtk_recent_manager_add_item (GtkRecentManager *manager,
* considered private - that is, should be displayed only by the
* applications that have registered it.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the new item was successfully added to the
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the new item was successfully added to the
* recently used resources list, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ gtk_recent_manager_add_full (GtkRecentManager *manager,
* Removes a resource pointed by @uri from the recently used resources
* list handled by a recent manager.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the item pointed by @uri has been successfully
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the item pointed by @uri has been successfully
* removed by the recently used resources list, and %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ gtk_recent_manager_remove_item (GtkRecentManager *manager,
* Checks whether there is a recently used resource registered
* with @uri inside the recent manager.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the resource was found, %FALSE otherwise.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the resource was found, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ build_recent_info (GBookmarkFile *bookmarks,
* returns a #GtkRecentInfo-struct containing informations about the resource
* like its MIME type, or its display name.
*
- * Return value: a #GtkRecentInfo-struct containing information
+ * Returns: a #GtkRecentInfo-struct containing information
* about the resource pointed by @uri, or %NULL if the URI was
* not registered in the recently used resources list. Free with
* gtk_recent_info_unref().
@@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ gtk_recent_manager_lookup_item (GtkRecentManager *manager,
* Please note that this function will not affect the resource pointed
* by the URIs, but only the URI used in the recently used resources list.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE on success.
+ * Returns: %TRUE on success.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ gtk_recent_manager_move_item (GtkRecentManager *recent_manager,
*
* Gets the list of recently used resources.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkRecentInfo) (transfer full): a list of
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkRecentInfo) (transfer full): a list of
* newly allocated #GtkRecentInfo objects. Use
* gtk_recent_info_unref() on each item inside the list, and then
* free the list itself using g_list_free().
@@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ purge_recent_items_list (GtkRecentManager *manager,
*
* Purges every item from the recently used resources list.
*
- * Return value: the number of items that have been removed from the
+ * Returns: the number of items that have been removed from the
* recently used resources list.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_free (GtkRecentInfo *recent_info)
*
* Increases the reference count of @recent_info by one.
*
- * Return value: the recent info object with its reference count increased
+ * Returns: the recent info object with its reference count increased
* by one.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1560,7 +1560,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_unref (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Gets the URI of the resource.
*
- * Return value: the URI of the resource. The returned string is
+ * Returns: the URI of the resource. The returned string is
* owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_uri (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* Gets the name of the resource. If none has been defined, the basename
* of the resource is obtained.
*
- * Return value: the display name of the resource. The returned string
+ * Returns: the display name of the resource. The returned string
* is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_display_name (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Gets the (short) description of the resource.
*
- * Return value: the description of the resource. The returned string
+ * Returns: the description of the resource. The returned string
* is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_description (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Gets the MIME type of the resource.
*
- * Return value: the MIME type of the resource. The returned string
+ * Returns: the MIME type of the resource. The returned string
* is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_mime_type (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* Gets the timestamp (seconds from system’s Epoch) when the resource
* was added to the recently used resources list.
*
- * Return value: the number of seconds elapsed from system’s Epoch when
+ * Returns: the number of seconds elapsed from system’s Epoch when
* the resource was added to the list, or -1 on failure.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_added (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* Gets the timestamp (seconds from system’s Epoch) when the meta-data
* for the resource was last modified.
*
- * Return value: the number of seconds elapsed from system’s Epoch when
+ * Returns: the number of seconds elapsed from system’s Epoch when
* the resource was last modified, or -1 on failure.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_modified (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* Gets the timestamp (seconds from system’s Epoch) when the meta-data
* for the resource was last visited.
*
- * Return value: the number of seconds elapsed from system’s Epoch when
+ * Returns: the number of seconds elapsed from system’s Epoch when
* the resource was last visited, or -1 on failure.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_visited (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* list that have this flag set to %TRUE should only be displayed by the
* applications that have registered them.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the private flag was found, %FALSE otherwise.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the private flag was found, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ recent_app_info_free (RecentAppInfo *app_info)
* If the command line contains any escape characters defined inside the
* storage specification, they will be expanded.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if an application with @app_name has registered this
+ * Returns: %TRUE if an application with @app_name has registered this
* resource inside the recently used list, or %FALSE otherwise. The
* @app_exec string is owned by the #GtkRecentInfo and should not be
* modified or freed
@@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_application_info (GtkRecentInfo *info,
*
* Retrieves the list of applications that have registered this resource.
*
- * Return value: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (transfer full):
+ * Returns: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (transfer full):
* a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings.
* Use g_strfreev() to free it.
*
@@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_applications (GtkRecentInfo *info,
*
* Checks whether an application registered this resource using @app_name.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if an application with name @app_name was found,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if an application with name @app_name was found,
* %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_has_application (GtkRecentInfo *info,
* Gets the name of the last application that have registered the
* recently used resource represented by @info.
*
- * Return value: an application name. Use g_free() to free it.
+ * Returns: an application name. Use g_free() to free it.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ get_icon_fallback (const gchar *icon_name,
*
* Retrieves the icon of size @size associated to the resource MIME type.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf containing the icon,
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf containing the icon,
* or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() when finished using the icon.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_icon (GtkRecentInfo *info,
*
* Retrieves the icon associated to the resource MIME type.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a #GIcon containing the icon, or %NULL. Use
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a #GIcon containing the icon, or %NULL. Use
* g_object_unref() when finished using the icon
*
* Since: 2.22
@@ -2036,7 +2036,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_gicon (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* Checks whether the resource is local or not by looking at the
* scheme of its URI.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the resource is local.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the resource is local.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -2055,7 +2055,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_is_local (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* Checks whether the resource pointed by @info still exists. At
* the moment this check is done only on resources pointing to local files.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the resource exists
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the resource exists
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -2092,7 +2092,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_exists (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* Checks whether two #GtkRecentInfo-struct point to the same
* resource.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if both #GtkRecentInfo-struct point to se same
+ * Returns: %TRUE if both #GtkRecentInfo-struct point to se same
* resource, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ get_uri_shortname_for_display (const gchar *uri)
* menu or list. For example, calling this function on an item that refers to
* “file:///foo/bar.txt” will yield “bar.txt”.
*
- * Return value: A newly-allocated string in UTF-8 encoding; free it with
+ * Returns: A newly-allocated string in UTF-8 encoding; free it with
* g_free().
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -2267,7 +2267,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_short_name (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* is local, it returns a local path; if the resource is not local,
* it returns the UTF-8 encoded content of gtk_recent_info_get_uri().
*
- * Return value: a newly allocated UTF-8 string containing the
+ * Returns: a newly allocated UTF-8 string containing the
* resource’s URI or %NULL. Use g_free() when done using it.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -2306,7 +2306,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_uri_display (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* Gets the number of days elapsed since the last update of the resource
* pointed by @info.
*
- * Return value: a positive integer containing the number of days elapsed
+ * Returns: a positive integer containing the number of days elapsed
* since the time this resource was last modified.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -2337,7 +2337,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_age (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* array of returned group names will be %NULL terminated, so length might
* optionally be %NULL.
*
- * Return value: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (transfer full):
+ * Returns: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (transfer full):
* a newly allocated %NULL terminated array of strings.
* Use g_strfreev() to free it.
*
@@ -2391,7 +2391,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_groups (GtkRecentInfo *info,
* Checks whether @group_name appears inside the groups registered for the
* recently used item @info.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the group was found.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the group was found.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -2428,7 +2428,7 @@ gtk_recent_info_has_group (GtkRecentInfo *info,
*
* Creates a #GAppInfo for the specified #GtkRecentInfo
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the newly created #GAppInfo, or %NULL.
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the newly created #GAppInfo, or %NULL.
* In case of error, @error will be set either with a
* %GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR or a %G_IO_ERROR
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrevealer.c b/gtk/gtkrevealer.c
index cd9c7a2..32b6668 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrevealer.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkrevealer.c
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ gtk_revealer_set_reveal_child (GtkRevealer *revealer,
* the child is fully revealed (ie the transition is completed),
* use gtk_revealer_get_child_revealed().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the child is revealed.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the child is revealed.
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ gtk_revealer_get_reveal_child (GtkRevealer *revealer)
* Returns whether the child is fully revealed, ie wether
* the transition to the revealed state is completed.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the child is fully revealed
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the child is fully revealed
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ gtk_revealer_set_transition_duration (GtkRevealer *revealer,
* Gets the type of animation that will be used
* for transitions in @revealer.
*
- * Return value: the current transition type of @revealer
+ * Returns: the current transition type of @revealer
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscale.c b/gtk/gtkscale.c
index 5a6acab..435f877 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscale.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkscale.c
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ gtk_scale_class_init (GtkScaleClass *class)
* }
* ]|
*
- * Return value: allocated string representing @value
+ * Returns: allocated string representing @value
*/
signals[FORMAT_VALUE] =
g_signal_new (I_("format-value"),
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ gtk_scale_get_property (GObject *object,
*
* Creates a new #GtkScale.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkScale
+ * Returns: a new #GtkScale
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ gtk_scale_new (GtkOrientation orientation,
* is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your
* needs, use gtk_scale_set_digits() to correct it.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkScale
+ * Returns: a new #GtkScale
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ gtk_scale_real_get_layout_offsets (GtkScale *scale,
* Emits #GtkScale::format-value signal to format the value,
* if no user signal handlers, falls back to a default format.
*
- * Return value: formatted value
+ * Returns: formatted value
*/
gchar*
_gtk_scale_format_value (GtkScale *scale,
@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ gtk_scale_finalize (GObject *object)
* object is owned by the scale so does not need to be freed by
* the caller.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoLayout for this scale,
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #PangoLayout for this scale,
* or %NULL if the #GtkScale:draw-value property is %FALSE.
*
* Since: 2.4
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c b/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c
index 3f1eea7..4ef8a45 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ gtk_scale_button_dispose (GObject *object)
* Creates a #GtkScaleButton, with a range between @min and @max, with
* a stepping of @step.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkScaleButton
+ * Returns: a new #GtkScaleButton
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ gtk_scale_button_new (GtkIconSize size,
*
* Gets the current value of the scale button.
*
- * Return value: current value of the scale button
+ * Returns: current value of the scale button
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscrollable.c b/gtk/gtkscrollable.c
index 68acbed..94c5585 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscrollable.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkscrollable.c
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ gtk_scrollable_default_init (GtkScrollableInterface *iface)
*
* Retrieves the #GtkAdjustment used for horizontal scrolling.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): horizontal #GtkAdjustment.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): horizontal #GtkAdjustment.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ gtk_scrollable_set_hadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable,
*
* Retrieves the #GtkAdjustment used for vertical scrolling.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): vertical #GtkAdjustment.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): vertical #GtkAdjustment.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ gtk_scrollable_set_vadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable,
*
* Gets the horizontal #GtkScrollablePolicy.
*
- * Return value: The horizontal #GtkScrollablePolicy.
+ * Returns: The horizontal #GtkScrollablePolicy.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ gtk_scrollable_set_hscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable,
*
* Gets the vertical #GtkScrollablePolicy.
*
- * Return value: The vertical #GtkScrollablePolicy.
+ * Returns: The vertical #GtkScrollablePolicy.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscrollbar.c b/gtk/gtkscrollbar.c
index 4fe7c87..2fbbeba 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscrollbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkscrollbar.c
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ gtk_scrollbar_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Creates a new scrollbar with the given orientation.
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkScrollbar.
+ * Returns: the new #GtkScrollbar.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c b/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c
index 0840ff0..b93689c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
* Gets the placement of the contents with respect to the scrollbars
* for the scrolled window. See gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement().
*
- * Return value: the current placement value.
+ * Returns: the current placement value.
*
* See also gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement() and
* gtk_scrolled_window_unset_placement().
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
* Gets the shadow type of the scrolled window. See
* gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type().
*
- * Return value: the current shadow type
+ * Returns: the current shadow type
**/
GtkShadowType
gtk_scrolled_window_get_shadow_type (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
@@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_kinetic_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
*
* Returns the specified kinetic scrolling behavior.
*
- * Return value: the scrolling behavior flags.
+ * Returns: the scrolling behavior flags.
*
* Since: 3.4
*/
@@ -3043,7 +3043,7 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
* Gets the spacing between the scrolled window’s scrollbars and
* the scrolled widget. Used by GtkCombo
*
- * Return value: the spacing, in pixels.
+ * Returns: the spacing, in pixels.
*/
gint
_gtk_scrolled_window_get_scrollbar_spacing (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
diff --git a/gtk/gtksearchbar.c b/gtk/gtksearchbar.c
index 23f76cc..8104abe 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksearchbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksearchbar.c
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ preedit_changed_cb (GtkEntry *entry,
* search_bar);
* ]|
*
- * Return value: %GDK_EVENT_STOP if the key press event resulted
+ * Returns: %GDK_EVENT_STOP if the key press event resulted
* in text being entered in the search entry (and revealing
* the search bar if necessary), %GDK_EVENT_PROPAGATE otherwise.
*
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ gtk_search_bar_init (GtkSearchBar *bar)
* which widget is going to be your text entry using
* gtk_search_bar_connect_entry().
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkSearchBar
+ * Returns: a new #GtkSearchBar
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ gtk_search_bar_connect_entry (GtkSearchBar *bar,
*
* Returns whether the search mode is on or off.
*
- * Return value: whether search mode is toggled on
+ * Returns: whether search mode is toggled on
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ gtk_search_bar_set_search_mode (GtkSearchBar *bar,
*
* Returns whether the close button is shown.
*
- * Return value: whether the close button is shown
+ * Returns: whether the close button is shown
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtksearchentry.c b/gtk/gtksearchentry.c
index 57e88b3..a43f7c7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksearchentry.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksearchentry.c
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ gtk_search_entry_init (GtkSearchEntry *entry)
* Creates a #GtkSearchEntry, with a find icon when the search field is
* empty, and a clear icon when it isn't.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkSearchEntry
+ * Returns: a new #GtkSearchEntry
*
* Since: 3.6
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkselection.c b/gtk/gtkselection.c
index 925d5ff..f08a5c3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkselection.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkselection.c
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ static const char gtk_selection_handler_key[] = "gtk-selection-handlers";
*
* Creates a new #GtkTargetList from an array of #GtkTargetEntry.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the new #GtkTargetList.
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the new #GtkTargetList.
**/
GtkTargetList *
gtk_target_list_new (const GtkTargetEntry *targets,
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ gtk_target_list_new (const GtkTargetEntry *targets,
*
* Increases the reference count of a #GtkTargetList by one.
*
- * Return value: the passed in #GtkTargetList.
+ * Returns: the passed in #GtkTargetList.
**/
GtkTargetList *
gtk_target_list_ref (GtkTargetList *list)
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ gtk_target_list_remove (GtkTargetList *list,
*
* Looks up a given target in a #GtkTargetList.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the target was found, otherwise %FALSE
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the target was found, otherwise %FALSE
**/
gboolean
gtk_target_list_find (GtkTargetList *list,
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ gtk_target_list_find (GtkTargetList *list,
* allocated and should be freed using gtk_target_table_free() when no
* longer needed.
*
- * Return value: (array length=n_targets) (transfer full): the new table.
+ * Returns: (array length=n_targets) (transfer full): the new table.
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ gtk_target_table_free (GtkTargetEntry *targets,
* Claim ownership of a given selection for a particular widget, or,
* if @widget is %NULL, release ownership of the selection.
*
- * Return value: TRUE if the operation succeeded
+ * Returns: TRUE if the operation succeeded
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ gtk_selection_owner_set_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
* Claims ownership of a given selection for a particular widget,
* or, if @widget is %NULL, release ownership of the selection.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the operation succeeded
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the operation succeeded
**/
gboolean
gtk_selection_owner_set (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ gtk_selection_remove_all (GtkWidget *widget)
* Requests the contents of a selection. When received,
* a “selection-received” signal will be generated.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if requested succeeded. %FALSE if we could not process
+ * Returns: %TRUE if requested succeeded. %FALSE if we could not process
* request. (e.g., there was already a request in process for
* this widget).
**/
@@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@ selection_get_text_plain (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
* The string is converted to the form determined by
* @selection_data->target.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the selection was successfully set,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the selection was successfully set,
* otherwise %FALSE.
**/
gboolean
@@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ gtk_selection_data_set_text (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
*
* Gets the contents of the selection data as a UTF-8 string.
*
- * Return value: (type utf8): if the selection data contained a
+ * Returns: (type utf8): if the selection data contained a
* recognized text type and it could be converted to UTF-8, a newly
* allocated string containing the converted text, otherwise %NULL.
* If the result is non-%NULL it must be freed with g_free().
@@ -1648,7 +1648,7 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_text (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
* The pixbuf is converted to the form determined by
* @selection_data->target.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the selection was successfully set,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the selection was successfully set,
* otherwise %FALSE.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ gtk_selection_data_set_pixbuf (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
*
* Gets the contents of the selection data as a #GdkPixbuf.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): if the selection data contained a recognized
+ * Returns: (transfer full): if the selection data contained a recognized
* image type and it could be converted to a #GdkPixbuf, a
* newly allocated pixbuf is returned, otherwise %NULL.
* If the result is non-%NULL it must be freed with g_object_unref().
@@ -1757,7 +1757,7 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_pixbuf (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
* The string is converted to the form determined by
* @selection_data->target.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the selection was successfully set,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the selection was successfully set,
* otherwise %FALSE.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -1811,7 +1811,7 @@ gtk_selection_data_set_uris (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
*
* Gets the contents of the selection data as array of URIs.
*
- * Return value: (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type utf8) (transfer full): if
+ * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type utf8) (transfer full): if
* the selection data contains a list of
* URIs, a newly allocated %NULL-terminated string array
* containing the URIs, otherwise %NULL. If the result is
@@ -1861,7 +1861,7 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_uris (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
* the standard TARGETS target that is always supplied for
* any selection.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @selection_data contains a valid
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @selection_data contains a valid
* array of targets, otherwise %FALSE.
**/
gboolean
@@ -1901,7 +1901,7 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_targets (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
* Determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to
* provide text.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for text,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for text,
* otherwise %FALSE.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1947,7 +1947,7 @@ gtk_targets_include_text (GdkAtom *targets,
* Determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to
* provide rich text.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for rich text,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for rich text,
* otherwise %FALSE.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1996,7 +1996,7 @@ gtk_targets_include_rich_text (GdkAtom *targets,
* determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to
* provide text.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets,
* and a suitable target for text is included, otherwise %FALSE.
**/
gboolean
@@ -2028,7 +2028,7 @@ gtk_selection_data_targets_include_text (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
* determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to
* provide rich text.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets,
* and a suitable target for rich text is included,
* otherwise %FALSE.
*
@@ -2066,7 +2066,7 @@ gtk_selection_data_targets_include_rich_text (const GtkSelectionData *selection_
* Determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to
* provide a #GdkPixbuf.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for images,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for images,
* otherwise %FALSE.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -2112,7 +2112,7 @@ gtk_targets_include_image (GdkAtom *targets,
* determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to
* provide a #GdkPixbuf.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets,
* and a suitable target for images is included, otherwise %FALSE.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@ gtk_selection_data_targets_include_image (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data
* Determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to
* provide an uri list.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for uri lists,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for uri lists,
* otherwise %FALSE.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -2185,7 +2185,7 @@ gtk_targets_include_uri (GdkAtom *targets,
* determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to
* provide a list or URIs.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets,
* and a suitable target for URI lists is included, otherwise %FALSE.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ gtk_selection_init (void)
* The default handler for the #GtkWidget::selection-clear-event
* signal.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the event was handled, otherwise false
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the event was handled, otherwise false
**/
gboolean
_gtk_selection_clear (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -3132,7 +3132,7 @@ gtk_selection_default_handler (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Makes a copy of a #GtkSelectionData-struct and its data.
*
- * Return value: a pointer to a copy of @data.
+ * Returns: a pointer to a copy of @data.
**/
GtkSelectionData*
gtk_selection_data_copy (const GtkSelectionData *data)
@@ -3178,7 +3178,7 @@ gtk_selection_data_free (GtkSelectionData *data)
*
* Makes a new #GtkTargetEntry.
*
- * Return value: a pointer to a new #GtkTargetEntry.
+ * Returns: a pointer to a new #GtkTargetEntry.
* Free with gtk_target_entry_free()
**/
GtkTargetEntry *
@@ -3196,7 +3196,7 @@ gtk_target_entry_new (const char *target,
*
* Makes a copy of a #GtkTargetEntry and its data.
*
- * Return value: a pointer to a copy of @data.
+ * Returns: a pointer to a copy of @data.
* Free with gtk_target_entry_free()
**/
GtkTargetEntry *
diff --git a/gtk/gtkseparator.c b/gtk/gtkseparator.c
index de887fb..acd2425 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkseparator.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkseparator.c
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ gtk_separator_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Creates a new #GtkSeparator with the given orientation.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkSeparator.
+ * Returns: a new #GtkSeparator.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c b/gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c
index 0d9ed77..006052c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ gtk_separator_tool_item_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Create a new #GtkSeparatorToolItem
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkSeparatorToolItem
+ * Returns: the new #GtkSeparatorToolItem
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ gtk_separator_tool_item_new (void)
* Returns whether @item is drawn as a line, or just blank.
* See gtk_separator_tool_item_set_draw().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @item is drawn as a line, or just blank.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @item is drawn as a line, or just blank.
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtksettings.c b/gtk/gtksettings.c
index 52b7deb..0321047 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksettings.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksettings.c
@@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@ settings_init_style (GtkSettings *settings)
*
* Gets the #GtkSettings object for @screen, creating it if necessary.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GtkSettings object.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkSettings object.
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
@@ -1781,7 +1781,7 @@ gtk_settings_get_for_screen (GdkScreen *screen)
* Gets the #GtkSettings object for the default GDK screen, creating
* it if necessary. See gtk_settings_get_for_screen().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GtkSettings object. If there is no default
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkSettings object. If there is no default
* screen, then returns %NULL.
**/
GtkSettings*
@@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ G_GNUC_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
* blue are integers between 0 and 65535 or floating-point numbers
* between 0 and 1.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @gstring could be parsed and @property_value
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @gstring could be parsed and @property_value
* has been set to the resulting #GdkColor.
**/
gboolean
@@ -2384,7 +2384,7 @@ gtk_rc_property_parse_color (const GParamSpec *pspec,
* its numeric value. For consistency with flags parsing, the value
* may be surrounded by parentheses.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @gstring could be parsed and @property_value
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @gstring could be parsed and @property_value
* has been set to the resulting #GEnumValue.
**/
gboolean
@@ -2479,7 +2479,7 @@ parse_flags_value (GScanner *scanner,
* numerically. Multiple flags can be specified in the form
* `"( flag1 | flag2 | ... )"`.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @gstring could be parsed and @property_value
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @gstring could be parsed and @property_value
* has been set to the resulting flags value.
**/
gboolean
@@ -2583,7 +2583,7 @@ get_braced_int (GScanner *scanner,
* requisition in the form
* `"{ width, height }"` for integers %width and %height.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @gstring could be parsed and @property_value
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @gstring could be parsed and @property_value
* has been set to the resulting #GtkRequisition.
**/
gboolean
@@ -2625,7 +2625,7 @@ gtk_rc_property_parse_requisition (const GParamSpec *pspec,
* `"{ left, right, top, bottom }"` for integers
* left, right, top and bottom.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @gstring could be parsed and @property_value
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @gstring could be parsed and @property_value
* has been set to the resulting #GtkBorder.
**/
gboolean
diff --git a/gtk/gtksizegroup.c b/gtk/gtksizegroup.c
index 9519ae9..159b59c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksizegroup.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksizegroup.c
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ gtk_size_group_get_property (GObject *object,
*
* Create a new #GtkSizeGroup.
- * Return value: a newly created #GtkSizeGroup
+ * Returns: a newly created #GtkSizeGroup
**/
GtkSizeGroup *
gtk_size_group_new (GtkSizeGroupMode mode)
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ gtk_size_group_set_mode (GtkSizeGroup *size_group,
*
* Gets the current mode of the size group. See gtk_size_group_set_mode().
*
- * Return value: the current mode of the size group.
+ * Returns: the current mode of the size group.
**/
GtkSizeGroupMode
gtk_size_group_get_mode (GtkSizeGroup *size_group)
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ gtk_size_group_remove_widget (GtkSizeGroup *size_group,
*
* Returns the list of widgets associated with @size_group.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer none): a #GSList of
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer none): a #GSList of
* widgets. The list is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified.
*
* Since: 2.10
diff --git a/gtk/gtksocket.c b/gtk/gtksocket.c
index 7250916..b59deb1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksocket.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksocket.c
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ gtk_socket_class_init (GtkSocketClass *class)
* The default action is to destroy the #GtkSocket widget, so if you
* want to reuse it you must add a signal handler that returns %TRUE.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked.
+ * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked.
*/
socket_signals[PLUG_REMOVED] =
g_signal_new (I_("plug-removed"),
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ gtk_socket_init (GtkSocket *socket)
*
* Create a new empty #GtkSocket.
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkSocket.
+ * Returns: the new #GtkSocket.
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_socket_new (void)
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ gtk_socket_add_id (GtkSocket *socket,
* The #GtkSocket must have already be added into a toplevel window
* before you can make this call.
*
- * Return value: the window ID for the socket
+ * Returns: the window ID for the socket
**/
Window
gtk_socket_get_id (GtkSocket *socket)
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ gtk_socket_get_id (GtkSocket *socket)
* Retrieves the window of the plug. Use this to check if the plug has
* been created inside of the socket.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the window of the plug if available, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the window of the plug if available, or %NULL
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c b/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c
index b3b91d7..db39c31 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c
@@ -2118,7 +2118,7 @@ gtk_spin_button_new (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
* is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your
* needs, use gtk_spin_button_set_digits() to correct it.
*
- * Return value: The new spin button as a #GtkWidget
+ * Returns: The new spin button as a #GtkWidget
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_spin_button_new_with_range (gdouble min,
@@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ gtk_spin_button_set_adjustment (GtkSpinButton *spin_button,
*
* Get the adjustment associated with a #GtkSpinButton
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkAdjustment of @spin_button
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkAdjustment of @spin_button
**/
GtkAdjustment *
gtk_spin_button_get_adjustment (GtkSpinButton *spin_button)
@@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ gtk_spin_button_get_range (GtkSpinButton *spin_button,
*
* Get the value in the @spin_button.
*
- * Return value: the value of @spin_button
+ * Returns: the value of @spin_button
*/
gdouble
gtk_spin_button_get_value (GtkSpinButton *spin_button)
@@ -2408,7 +2408,7 @@ gtk_spin_button_get_value (GtkSpinButton *spin_button)
*
* Get the value @spin_button represented as an integer.
*
- * Return value: the value of @spin_button
+ * Returns: the value of @spin_button
*/
gint
gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int (GtkSpinButton *spin_button)
@@ -2488,7 +2488,7 @@ gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy (GtkSpinButton *spin_button,
* Gets the update behavior of a spin button.
* See gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy().
*
- * Return value: the current update policy
+ * Returns: the current update policy
*/
GtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy
gtk_spin_button_get_update_policy (GtkSpinButton *spin_button)
@@ -2532,7 +2532,7 @@ gtk_spin_button_set_numeric (GtkSpinButton *spin_button,
* Returns whether non-numeric text can be typed into the spin button.
* See gtk_spin_button_set_numeric().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if only numeric text can be entered
+ * Returns: %TRUE if only numeric text can be entered
*/
gboolean
gtk_spin_button_get_numeric (GtkSpinButton *spin_button)
@@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@ gtk_spin_button_set_wrap (GtkSpinButton *spin_button,
* opposite limit when the upper or lower limit of the range is
* exceeded. See gtk_spin_button_set_wrap().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the spin button wraps around
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the spin button wraps around
*/
gboolean
gtk_spin_button_get_wrap (GtkSpinButton *spin_button)
@@ -2628,7 +2628,7 @@ gtk_spin_button_set_snap_to_ticks (GtkSpinButton *spin_button,
* Returns whether the values are corrected to the nearest step.
* See gtk_spin_button_set_snap_to_ticks().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if values are snapped to the nearest step
+ * Returns: %TRUE if values are snapped to the nearest step
*/
gboolean
gtk_spin_button_get_snap_to_ticks (GtkSpinButton *spin_button)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkspinner.c b/gtk/gtkspinner.c
index ec882b1..77f6e9a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkspinner.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkspinner.c
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ gtk_spinner_set_active (GtkSpinner *spinner,
*
* Returns a new spinner widget. Not yet started.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkSpinner
+ * Returns: a new #GtkSpinner
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstack.c b/gtk/gtkstack.c
index d21f316..6d3a57a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstack.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkstack.c
@@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ gtk_stack_remove (GtkContainer *container,
* the argument. Returns %NULL if there is no child with this
* name.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the requested child of the #GtkStack
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the requested child of the #GtkStack
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
@@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ gtk_stack_set_homogeneous (GtkStack *stack,
* Gets whether @stack is homogeneous.
* See gtk_stack_set_homogeneous().
*
- * Return value: whether @stack is homogeneous.
+ * Returns: whether @stack is homogeneous.
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
@@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ gtk_stack_set_transition_duration (GtkStack *stack,
* Gets the type of animation that will be used
* for transitions between pages in @stack.
*
- * Return value: the current transition type of @stack
+ * Returns: the current transition type of @stack
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ gtk_stack_set_transition_type (GtkStack *stack,
* Returns whether the @stack is currently in a transition from one page to
* another.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the transition is currently running, %FALSE otherwise.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the transition is currently running, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
@@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ gtk_stack_get_transition_running (GtkStack *stack)
* Gets the currently visible child of @stack, or %NULL if
* there are no visible children.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the visible child of the #GtkStack
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the visible child of the #GtkStack
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
@@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@ gtk_stack_get_visible_child (GtkStack *stack)
* Returns the name of the currently visible child of @stack, or
* %NULL if there is no visible child.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the name of the visible child of the #GtkStack
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the name of the visible child of the #GtkStack
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c b/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c
index fdca8e9..83e2eed 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ gtk_stack_switcher_set_stack (GtkStackSwitcher *switcher,
* Retrieves the stack.
* See gtk_stack_switcher_set_stack().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the stack, or %NULL if
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the stack, or %NULL if
* none has been set explicitly.
*
* Since: 3.10
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ gtk_stack_switcher_class_init (GtkStackSwitcherClass *class)
*
* Create a new #GtkStackSwitcher.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkStackSwitcher.
+ * Returns: a new #GtkStackSwitcher.
*
* Since: 3.10
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstatusicon.c b/gtk/gtkstatusicon.c
index 3607bb5..a55996a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstatusicon.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkstatusicon.c
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_class_init (GtkStatusIconClass *class)
* Gets emitted when the size available for the image
* changes, e.g. because the notification area got resized.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the icon was updated for the new
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the icon was updated for the new
* size. Otherwise, GTK+ will scale the icon as necessary.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_class_init (GtkStatusIconClass *class)
* Whether this event is emitted is platform-dependent. Use the ::activate
* and ::popup-menu signals in preference.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked
+ * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked
* for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*
* Since: 2.14
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_class_init (GtkStatusIconClass *class)
* Whether this event is emitted is platform-dependent. Use the ::activate
* and ::popup-menu signals in preference.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked
+ * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked
* for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*
* Since: 2.14
@@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_get_property (GObject *object,
*
* Creates an empty status icon object.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkStatusIcon
+ * Returns: a new #GtkStatusIcon
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_new (void)
* The image will be scaled down to fit in the available
* space in the notification area, if necessary.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkStatusIcon
+ * Returns: a new #GtkStatusIcon
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_new_from_pixbuf (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf)
* The image will be scaled down to fit in the available
* space in the notification area, if necessary.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkStatusIcon
+ * Returns: a new #GtkStatusIcon
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_new_from_file (const gchar *filename)
* own stock icon names, see gtk_icon_factory_add_default() and
* gtk_icon_factory_add().
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkStatusIcon
+ * Returns: a new #GtkStatusIcon
*
* Since: 2.10
*
@@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_new_from_stock (const gchar *stock_id)
* If the current icon theme is changed, the icon will be updated
* appropriately.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkStatusIcon
+ * Returns: a new #GtkStatusIcon
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_new_from_icon_name (const gchar *icon_name)
* Creates a status icon displaying a #GIcon. If the icon is a
* themed icon, it will be updated when the theme changes.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkStatusIcon
+ * Returns: a new #GtkStatusIcon
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_set_from_gicon (GtkStatusIcon *status_icon,
* to store image data. If the #GtkStatusIcon has no image data,
* the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY.
*
- * Return value: the image representation being used
+ * Returns: the image representation being used
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -1870,7 +1870,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_get_storage_type (GtkStatusIcon *status_icon)
* The caller of this function does not own a reference to the
* returned pixbuf.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the displayed pixbuf,
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the displayed pixbuf,
* or %NULL if the image is empty.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1897,7 +1897,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_get_pixbuf (GtkStatusIcon *status_icon)
* The returned string is owned by the #GtkStatusIcon and should not
* be freed or modified.
*
- * Return value: stock id of the displayed stock icon,
+ * Returns: stock id of the displayed stock icon,
* or %NULL if the image is empty.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_get_stock (GtkStatusIcon *status_icon)
* The returned string is owned by the #GtkStatusIcon and should not
* be freed or modified.
*
- * Return value: name of the displayed icon, or %NULL if the image is empty.
+ * Returns: name of the displayed icon, or %NULL if the image is empty.
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_get_gicon (GtkStatusIcon *status_icon)
* Note that the returned size is only meaningful while the
* status icon is embedded (see gtk_status_icon_is_embedded()).
*
- * Return value: the size that is available for the image
+ * Returns: the size that is available for the image
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -2024,7 +2024,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_set_screen (GtkStatusIcon *status_icon,
*
* Returns the #GdkScreen associated with @status_icon.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkScreen.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkScreen.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_set_visible (GtkStatusIcon *status_icon,
* the user can actually see the icon, see also
* gtk_status_icon_is_embedded().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the status icon is visible
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the status icon is visible
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_get_visible (GtkStatusIcon *status_icon)
* Returns whether the status icon is embedded in a notification
* area.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the status icon is embedded in
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the status icon is embedded in
* a notification area.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_position_menu (GtkMenu *menu,
* is embedded in a notification area, see
* gtk_status_icon_is_embedded().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the location information has
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the location information has
* been filled in
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_set_has_tooltip (GtkStatusIcon *status_icon,
* Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property.
* See #GtkStatusIcon:has-tooltip for more information.
*
- * Return value: current value of has-tooltip on @status_icon.
+ * Returns: current value of has-tooltip on @status_icon.
*
* Since: 2.16
*/
@@ -2493,7 +2493,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_set_tooltip_text (GtkStatusIcon *status_icon,
*
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @status_icon.
*
- * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
+ * Returns: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
*
* Since: 2.16
@@ -2577,7 +2577,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_set_tooltip_markup (GtkStatusIcon *status_icon,
*
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @status_icon.
*
- * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
+ * Returns: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
*
* Since: 2.16
@@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ gtk_status_icon_get_tooltip_markup (GtkStatusIcon *status_icon)
* more likely to be met by one of the non-X11 specific methods, such
* as gtk_status_icon_position_menu().
*
- * Return value: An 32 bit unsigned integer identifier for the
+ * Returns: An 32 bit unsigned integer identifier for the
* underlying X11 Window
*
* Since: 2.14
diff --git a/gtk/gtkswitch.c b/gtk/gtkswitch.c
index ad24dca..354e9e5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkswitch.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkswitch.c
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ gtk_switch_init (GtkSwitch *self)
*
* Creates a new #GtkSwitch widget.
*
- * Return value: the newly created #GtkSwitch instance
+ * Returns: the newly created #GtkSwitch instance
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ gtk_switch_set_active (GtkSwitch *sw,
*
* Gets whether the #GtkSwitch is in its “on” or “off” state.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the #GtkSwitch is active, and %FALSE otherwise
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the #GtkSwitch is active, and %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextattributes.c b/gtk/gtktextattributes.c
index 363c469..a5dd897 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextattributes.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextattributes.c
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
* Creates a #GtkTextAttributes, which describes
* a set of properties on some text.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkTextAttributes,
+ * Returns: a new #GtkTextAttributes,
* free with gtk_text_attributes_unref().
*/
GtkTextAttributes*
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ gtk_text_attributes_new (void)
*
* Copies @src and returns a new #GtkTextAttributes.
*
- * Return value: a copy of @src,
+ * Returns: a copy of @src,
* free with gtk_text_attributes_unref()
*/
GtkTextAttributes*
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextbtree.c b/gtk/gtktextbtree.c
index 5c9ea68..a7c86c5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextbtree.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextbtree.c
@@ -5023,7 +5023,7 @@ gtk_text_btree_node_invalidate_upward (GtkTextBTreeNode *node, gpointer view_id)
* Check to see if the entire #GtkTextBTree is valid or not for
* the given view.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the entire #GtkTextBTree is valid
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the entire #GtkTextBTree is valid
**/
gboolean
_gtk_text_btree_is_valid (GtkTextBTree *tree,
@@ -5224,7 +5224,7 @@ gtk_text_btree_node_validate (BTreeView *view,
* Validate a single contiguous invalid region of a #GtkTextBTree for
* a given view.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if a region has been validated, %FALSE if the
+ * Returns: %TRUE if a region has been validated, %FALSE if the
* entire tree was already valid.
**/
gboolean
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c b/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c
index 423f649..e562c33 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_notify (GObject *object,
*
* Creates a new text buffer.
*
- * Return value: a new text buffer
+ * Returns: a new text buffer
**/
GtkTextBuffer*
gtk_text_buffer_new (GtkTextTagTable *table)
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ _gtk_text_buffer_get_btree (GtkTextBuffer *buffer)
*
* Get the #GtkTextTagTable associated with this buffer.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the buffer’s tag table
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the buffer’s tag table
**/
GtkTextTagTable*
gtk_text_buffer_get_tag_table (GtkTextBuffer *buffer)
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_insert_at_cursor (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* have a tag affecting editability applied to it. Typically the
* result of gtk_text_view_get_editable() is appropriate here.
*
- * Return value: whether text was actually inserted
+ * Returns: whether text was actually inserted
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_buffer_insert_interactive (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_insert_interactive (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* have a tag affecting editability applied to it. Typically the
* result of gtk_text_view_get_editable() is appropriate here.
*
- * Return value: whether text was actually inserted
+ * Returns: whether text was actually inserted
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_buffer_insert_interactive_at_cursor (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_delete (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* the location of the last deleted range, or left untouched if
* no text was deleted.
*
- * Return value: whether some text was actually deleted
+ * Returns: whether some text was actually deleted
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_buffer_delete_interactive (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -1835,7 +1835,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_delete_interactive (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* and character indexes into the buffer. Contrast with
* gtk_text_buffer_get_slice().
*
- * Return value: an allocated UTF-8 string
+ * Returns: an allocated UTF-8 string
**/
gchar*
gtk_text_buffer_get_text (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_get_text (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* text as well, so it is not a reliable indicator that a pixbuf or
* widget is in the buffer.
*
- * Return value: an allocated UTF-8 string
+ * Returns: an allocated UTF-8 string
**/
gchar*
gtk_text_buffer_get_slice (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -1994,7 +1994,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_insert_child_anchor (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* owned by the buffer; no reference count is returned to
* the caller of gtk_text_buffer_create_child_anchor().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the created child anchor
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the created child anchor
**/
GtkTextChildAnchor*
gtk_text_buffer_create_child_anchor (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -2059,7 +2059,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_mark_set (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* Move the mark to the given position, if not @should_exist,
* create the mark.
*
- * Return value: mark
+ * Returns: mark
**/
static GtkTextMark*
gtk_text_buffer_set_mark (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -2115,7 +2115,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_set_mark (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* Emits the #GtkTextBuffer::mark-set signal as notification of the mark's
* initial placement.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the new #GtkTextMark object
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the new #GtkTextMark object
**/
GtkTextMark*
gtk_text_buffer_create_mark (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_delete_mark (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* Returns the mark named @name in buffer @buffer, or %NULL if no such
* mark exists in the buffer.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GtkTextMark, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkTextMark, or %NULL
**/
GtkTextMark*
gtk_text_buffer_get_mark (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -2339,7 +2339,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_delete_mark_by_name (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* named “insert”, but very slightly more efficient, and involves less
* typing.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): insertion point mark
+ * Returns: (transfer none): insertion point mark
**/
GtkTextMark*
gtk_text_buffer_get_insert (GtkTextBuffer *buffer)
@@ -2365,7 +2365,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_get_insert (GtkTextBuffer *buffer)
* for handling the selection, if you just want to know whether there’s a
* selection and what its bounds are.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): selection bound mark
+ * Returns: (transfer none): selection bound mark
**/
GtkTextMark*
gtk_text_buffer_get_selection_bound (GtkTextBuffer *buffer)
@@ -2478,7 +2478,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_select_range (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* The @first_property_name argument and subsequent arguments are a list
* of properties to set on the tag, as with g_object_set().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a new tag
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a new tag
*/
GtkTextTag*
gtk_text_buffer_create_tag (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -3025,7 +3025,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_get_bounds (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* %FALSE. Used for example to enable a “save” function in a text
* editor.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the buffer has been modified
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the buffer has been modified
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_buffer_get_modified (GtkTextBuffer *buffer)
@@ -3071,7 +3071,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_set_modified (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
*
* Indicates whether the buffer has some text currently selected.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the there is text selected
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the there is text selected
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -3095,7 +3095,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_get_has_selection (GtkTextBuffer *buffer)
* Obtains the number of lines in the buffer. This value is cached, so
* the function is very fast.
*
- * Return value: number of lines in the buffer
+ * Returns: number of lines in the buffer
**/
gint
gtk_text_buffer_get_line_count (GtkTextBuffer *buffer)
@@ -3114,7 +3114,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_get_line_count (GtkTextBuffer *buffer)
* the buffer in string form to be this many bytes long. The character
* count is cached, so this function is very fast.
*
- * Return value: number of characters in the buffer
+ * Returns: number of characters in the buffer
**/
gint
gtk_text_buffer_get_char_count (GtkTextBuffer *buffer)
@@ -3825,7 +3825,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_paste_clipboard (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* the editability of the selection will be considered (users can’t delete
* uneditable text).
*
- * Return value: whether there was a non-empty selection to delete
+ * Returns: whether there was a non-empty selection to delete
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_buffer_delete_selection (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -3868,7 +3868,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_delete_selection (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* invalid after calling this function; however, the @iter will be
* re-initialized to point to the location where text was deleted.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the buffer was modified
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the buffer was modified
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -4067,7 +4067,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_copy_clipboard (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* NULL, then they are not filled in, but the return value still indicates
* whether text is selected.
*
- * Return value: whether the selection has nonzero length
+ * Returns: whether the selection has nonzero length
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_buffer_get_selection_bounds (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -4203,7 +4203,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_get_target_list (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* using gtk_target_list_add_rich_text_targets() and
* gtk_target_list_add_text_targets().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkTargetList
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkTargetList
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -4235,7 +4235,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_get_copy_target_list (GtkTextBuffer *buffer)
* using gtk_target_list_add_rich_text_targets() and
* gtk_target_list_add_text_targets().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkTargetList
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkTargetList
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c b/gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c
index 160dd82..4a89b7c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ static GQuark deserialize_quark (void);
* This function registers a rich text serialization @function along with
* its @mime_type with the passed @buffer.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkAtom that corresponds to the
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkAtom that corresponds to the
* newly registered format’s mime-type.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_format (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* identifier != %NULL here, since the %NULL tagset requires the
* receiving buffer to deal with with pasting of arbitrary tags.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkAtom that corresponds to the
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkAtom that corresponds to the
* newly registered format’s mime-type.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_tagset (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* This function registers a rich text deserialization @function along with
* its @mime_type with the passed @buffer.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkAtom that corresponds to the
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkAtom that corresponds to the
* newly registered format’s mime-type.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_format (GtkTextBuffer *buffe
* format with the passed @buffer. See
* gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_tagset() for details.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkAtom that corresponds to the
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkAtom that corresponds to the
* newly registered format’s mime-type.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_deserialize_set_can_create_tags (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* This functions returns the value set with
* gtk_text_buffer_deserialize_set_can_create_tags()
*
- * Return value: whether deserializing this format may create tags
+ * Returns: whether deserializing this format may create tags
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_deserialize_get_can_create_tags (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* with @buffer using gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_format() or
* gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_tagset()
*
- * Return value: (array length=n_formats) (transfer container): an array of
+ * Returns: (array length=n_formats) (transfer container): an array of
* #GdkAtoms representing the registered formats.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_get_serialize_formats (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* with @buffer using gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_format() or
* gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_tagset()
*
- * Return value: (array length=n_formats) (transfer container): an array of
+ * Returns: (array length=n_formats) (transfer container): an array of
* #GdkAtoms representing the registered formats.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_get_deserialize_formats (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_format() or
* gtk_text_buffer_register_serialize_tagset() beforehand.
*
- * Return value: (array length=length) (transfer full): the serialized
+ * Returns: (array length=length) (transfer full): the serialized
* data, encoded as @format
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ gtk_text_buffer_serialize (GtkTextBuffer *register_buffer,
* gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_format() or
* gtk_text_buffer_register_deserialize_tagset() beforehand.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise.
+ * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextchild.c b/gtk/gtktextchild.c
index 9fe5fda..de609d4 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextchild.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextchild.c
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ gtk_text_child_anchor_class_init (GtkTextChildAnchorClass *klass)
* To perform the creation and insertion in one step, use the
* convenience function gtk_text_buffer_create_child_anchor().
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkTextChildAnchor
+ * Returns: a new #GtkTextChildAnchor
**/
GtkTextChildAnchor*
gtk_text_child_anchor_new (void)
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ gtk_text_child_anchor_finalize (GObject *obj)
* The returned list should be freed with g_list_free().
*
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): list of widgets anchored at @anchor
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): list of widgets anchored at @anchor
**/
GList*
gtk_text_child_anchor_get_widgets (GtkTextChildAnchor *anchor)
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ gtk_text_child_anchor_get_widgets (GtkTextChildAnchor *anchor)
* to use this function — otherwise all deleted child anchors
* will also be finalized.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the child anchor has been deleted from its buffer
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the child anchor has been deleted from its buffer
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_child_anchor_get_deleted (GtkTextChildAnchor *anchor)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextiter.c b/gtk/gtktextiter.c
index 49bda5d..5b91919 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextiter.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextiter.c
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ check_invariants (const GtkTextIter *iter)
*
* Returns the #GtkTextBuffer this iterator is associated with.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the buffer
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the buffer
**/
GtkTextBuffer*
gtk_text_iter_get_buffer (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_buffer (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* simple assignment (`GtkTextIter i = j;`). The
* function is used by language bindings.
*
- * Return value: a copy of the @iter, free with gtk_text_iter_free ()
+ * Returns: a copy of the @iter, free with gtk_text_iter_free ()
**/
GtkTextIter*
gtk_text_iter_copy (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ _gtk_text_iter_get_btree (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* Use gtk_text_buffer_get_iter_at_offset () to convert an
* offset back into an iterator.
*
- * Return value: a character offset
+ * Returns: a character offset
**/
gint
gtk_text_iter_get_offset (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_offset (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* a #GtkTextBuffer are numbered beginning with 0 for the first
* line in the buffer.
*
- * Return value: a line number
+ * Returns: a line number
**/
gint
gtk_text_iter_get_line (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_line (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* counting from the start of a newline-terminated line.
* The first character on the line has offset 0.
*
- * Return value: offset from start of line
+ * Returns: offset from start of line
**/
gint
gtk_text_iter_get_line_offset (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_line_offset (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* UTF-8, and that characters can require a variable
* number of bytes to represent.
*
- * Return value: distance from start of line, in bytes
+ * Returns: distance from start of line, in bytes
**/
gint
gtk_text_iter_get_line_index (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_line_index (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* are invisible due to tags with the “invisible” flag
* toggled on.
*
- * Return value: offset in visible characters from the start of the line
+ * Returns: offset in visible characters from the start of the line
**/
gint
gtk_text_iter_get_visible_line_offset (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_visible_line_offset (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* are invisible due to tags with the “invisible” flag
* toggled on.
*
- * Return value: byte index of @iter with respect to the start of the line
+ * Returns: byte index of @iter with respect to the start of the line
**/
gint
gtk_text_iter_get_visible_line_index (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_char (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* text as well, so it is not a reliable indicator that a pixbuf or
* widget is in the buffer.
*
- * Return value: slice of text from the buffer
+ * Returns: slice of text from the buffer
**/
gchar*
gtk_text_iter_get_slice (const GtkTextIter *start,
@@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_slice (const GtkTextIter *start,
* byte offsets in the buffer. If you want offsets to correspond, see
* gtk_text_iter_get_slice ().
*
- * Return value: array of characters from the buffer
+ * Returns: array of characters from the buffer
**/
gchar*
gtk_text_iter_get_text (const GtkTextIter *start,
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_text (const GtkTextIter *start,
* Invisible text is usually invisible because a #GtkTextTag with the
* “invisible” attribute turned on has been applied to it.
*
- * Return value: slice of text from the buffer
+ * Returns: slice of text from the buffer
**/
gchar*
gtk_text_iter_get_visible_slice (const GtkTextIter *start,
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_visible_slice (const GtkTextIter *start,
* Invisible text is usually invisible because a #GtkTextTag with the
* “invisible” attribute turned on has been applied to it.
*
- * Return value: string containing visible text in the range
+ * Returns: string containing visible text in the range
**/
gchar*
gtk_text_iter_get_visible_text (const GtkTextIter *start,
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_visible_text (const GtkTextIter *start,
* (with no new reference count added). Otherwise,
* %NULL is returned.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the pixbuf at @iter
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the pixbuf at @iter
**/
GdkPixbuf*
gtk_text_iter_get_pixbuf (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_pixbuf (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* anchor is returned (with no new reference count added). Otherwise,
* %NULL is returned.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the anchor at @iter
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the anchor at @iter
**/
GtkTextChildAnchor*
gtk_text_iter_get_child_anchor (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_child_anchor (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* can exist in the same place. The returned list is not in any
* meaningful order.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkTextMark) (transfer container): list of #GtkTextMark
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkTextMark) (transfer container): list of #GtkTextMark
**/
GSList*
gtk_text_iter_get_marks (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_marks (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* a tag is toggled off, then some non-empty range following @iter
* does not have the tag applied to it.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkTextTag) (transfer container): tags toggled at this point
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkTextTag) (transfer container): tags toggled at this point
**/
GSList*
gtk_text_iter_get_toggled_tags (const GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_toggled_tags (const GtkTextIter *iter,
* %TRUE, gtk_text_iter_has_tag() will also return %TRUE for the same
* parameters.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter is the start of a range tagged with @tag
+ * Returns: whether @iter is the start of a range tagged with @tag
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_begins_tag (const GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_begins_tag (const GtkTextIter *iter,
* unlike gtk_text_iter_begins_tag(), if gtk_text_iter_ends_tag() returns %TRUE,
* gtk_text_iter_has_tag() will return %FALSE for the same parameters.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter is the end of a range tagged with @tag
+ * Returns: whether @iter is the end of a range tagged with @tag
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_ends_tag (const GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_ends_tag (const GtkTextIter *iter,
* gtk_text_iter_ends_tag ()), i.e. it tells you whether a range with
* @tag applied to it begins or ends at @iter.
*
- * Return value: whether @tag is toggled on or off at @iter
+ * Returns: whether @tag is toggled on or off at @iter
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_toggles_tag (const GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_toggles_tag (const GtkTextIter *iter,
* Returns %TRUE if @iter points to a character that is part of a range tagged
* with @tag. See also gtk_text_iter_begins_tag() and gtk_text_iter_ends_tag().
*
- * Return value: whether @iter is tagged with @tag
+ * Returns: whether @iter is tagged with @tag
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_has_tag (const GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_has_tag (const GtkTextIter *iter,
* list don’t have a reference added, but you have to free the list
* itself.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkTextTag) (transfer container): list of #GtkTextTag
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkTextTag) (transfer container): list of #GtkTextTag
**/
GSList*
gtk_text_iter_get_tags (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_tags (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* editable range. Use gtk_text_iter_can_insert() to handle this
* case.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter is inside an editable range
+ * Returns: whether @iter is inside an editable range
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_editable (const GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -1428,7 +1428,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_editable (const GtkTextIter *iter,
* gtk_text_buffer_insert_interactive() uses this function to decide
* whether insertions are allowed at a given position.
*
- * Return value: whether text inserted at @iter would be editable
+ * Returns: whether text inserted at @iter would be editable
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_can_insert (const GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_can_insert (const GtkTextIter *iter,
* language apply to @iter, the return value is identical to that of
* gtk_get_default_language ().
*
- * Return value: language in effect at @iter
+ * Returns: language in effect at @iter
**/
PangoLanguage *
gtk_text_iter_get_language (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_language (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* gtk_text_iter_get_line_offset () because it doesn’t have to compute
* the offset, it just has to see whether it’s 0.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter begins a line
+ * Returns: whether @iter begins a line
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_starts_line (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_starts_line (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* considered to be at the end of a line, even though there are no
* paragraph delimiter chars there.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter is at the end of a line
+ * Returns: whether @iter is at the end of a line
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_ends_line (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_ends_line (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* the most efficient way to check whether an iterator is the end
* iterator.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter is the end iterator
+ * Returns: whether @iter is the end iterator
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_is_end (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_is_end (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* Returns %TRUE if @iter is the first iterator in the buffer, that is
* if @iter has a character offset of 0.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter is the first in the buffer
+ * Returns: whether @iter is the first in the buffer
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_is_start (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_is_start (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* Returns the number of characters in the line containing @iter,
* including the paragraph delimiters.
*
- * Return value: number of characters in the line
+ * Returns: number of characters in the line
**/
gint
gtk_text_iter_get_chars_in_line (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_chars_in_line (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* Returns the number of bytes in the line containing @iter,
* including the paragraph delimiters.
*
- * Return value: number of bytes in the line
+ * Returns: number of bytes in the line
**/
gint
gtk_text_iter_get_bytes_in_line (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -1754,7 +1754,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_bytes_in_line (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* effects of any tags present at @iter. If any tags affected @values,
* the function returns %TRUE.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @values was modified
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @values was modified
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_get_attributes (const GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -2214,7 +2214,7 @@ _gtk_text_iter_backward_indexable_segment (GtkTextIter *iter)
* the end iterator, and gtk_text_iter_forward_char () returns %FALSE for
* convenience when writing loops.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_char (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -2243,7 +2243,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_char (GtkTextIter *iter)
* offset 0), gtk_text_iter_backward_char () returns %FALSE for convenience when
* writing loops.
*
- * Return value: whether movement was possible
+ * Returns: whether movement was possible
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_char (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -2282,7 +2282,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_char (GtkTextIter *iter)
* (the last iterator in the buffer is not dereferenceable). If @count
* is 0, the function does nothing and returns %FALSE.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_chars (GtkTextIter *iter, gint count)
@@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_chars (GtkTextIter *iter, gint count)
* moved onto the end iterator, then %FALSE is returned. If @count is 0,
* the function does nothing and returns %FALSE.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
*
**/
gboolean
@@ -2466,7 +2466,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_chars (GtkTextIter *iter, gint count)
* through the results of gtk_text_iter_get_text (), rather than
* gtk_text_iter_get_slice ().
*
- * Return value: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_text_chars (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_text_chars (GtkTextIter *iter,
* through the results of gtk_text_iter_get_text (), rather than
* gtk_text_iter_get_slice ().
*
- * Return value: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_text_chars (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -2507,7 +2507,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_text_chars (GtkTextIter *iter,
* If after the operation, the iter is at the end of the buffer and not
* dereferencable, returns %FALSE. Otherwise, returns %TRUE.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter can be dereferenced
+ * Returns: whether @iter can be dereferenced
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_line (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -2559,7 +2559,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_line (GtkTextIter *iter)
* in a loop calling this function, the line number may not change on
* every iteration, if your first iteration is on line 0.)
*
- * Return value: whether @iter moved
+ * Returns: whether @iter moved
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_line (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -2636,7 +2636,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_line (GtkTextIter *iter)
* the function does nothing and returns %FALSE. If @count is negative,
* moves backward by 0 - @count lines.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_lines (GtkTextIter *iter, gint count)
@@ -2687,7 +2687,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_lines (GtkTextIter *iter, gint count)
* the function does nothing and returns %FALSE. If @count is negative,
* moves forward by 0 - @count lines.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_lines (GtkTextIter *iter, gint count)
@@ -2723,7 +2723,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_lines (GtkTextIter *iter, gint count)
* the end of the buffer and is now not dereferenceable, or if @iter was
* already at the end of the buffer.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter can be dereferenced
+ * Returns: whether @iter can be dereferenced
*
* Since: 2.8
**/
@@ -2763,7 +2763,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_line (GtkTextIter *iter)
* in a loop calling this function, the line number may not change on
* every iteration, if your first iteration is on line 0.)
*
- * Return value: whether @iter moved
+ * Returns: whether @iter moved
*
* Since: 2.8
**/
@@ -2804,7 +2804,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_line (GtkTextIter *iter)
* the function does nothing and returns %FALSE. If @count is negative,
* moves backward by 0 - @count lines.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
*
* Since: 2.8
**/
@@ -2844,7 +2844,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_lines (GtkTextIter *iter,
* the function does nothing and returns %FALSE. If @count is negative,
* moves forward by 0 - @count lines.
*
- * Return value: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
*
* Since: 2.8
**/
@@ -3219,7 +3219,7 @@ move_multiple_steps (GtkTextIter *iter,
* language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break
* algorithms).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_word_end (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3237,7 +3237,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_word_end (GtkTextIter *iter)
* language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break
* algorithms).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_word_start (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3256,7 +3256,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_word_start (GtkTextIter *iter)
*
* Calls gtk_text_iter_forward_word_end() up to @count times.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_word_ends (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -3274,7 +3274,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_word_ends (GtkTextIter *iter,
*
* Calls gtk_text_iter_backward_word_start() up to @count times.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_word_starts (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -3295,7 +3295,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_word_starts (GtkTextIter *iter,
* language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break
* algorithms).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -3315,7 +3315,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_end (GtkTextIter *iter)
* language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break
* algorithms).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -3332,7 +3332,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_word_start (GtkTextIter *iter)
*
* Calls gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_end() up to @count times.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -3352,7 +3352,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_ends (GtkTextIter *iter,
*
* Calls gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_word_start() up to @count times.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -3374,7 +3374,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_word_starts (GtkTextIter *iter,
* language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break
* algorithms).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter is at the start of a word
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter is at the start of a word
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_starts_word (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3391,7 +3391,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_starts_word (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break
* algorithms).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter is at the end of a word
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter is at the end of a word
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_ends_word (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3408,7 +3408,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_ends_word (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language (if not, the
* correct fix would be to the Pango word break algorithms).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter is inside a word
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter is inside a word
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_inside_word (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3425,7 +3425,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_inside_word (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango text boundary
* algorithms).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter is at the start of a sentence.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter is at the start of a sentence.
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_starts_sentence (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3442,7 +3442,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_starts_sentence (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango text boundary
* algorithms).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter is at the end of a sentence.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter is at the end of a sentence.
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_ends_sentence (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3460,7 +3460,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_ends_sentence (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language (if not, the
* correct fix would be to the Pango text boundary algorithms).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter is inside a sentence.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter is inside a sentence.
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_inside_sentence (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3478,7 +3478,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_inside_sentence (const GtkTextIter *iter)
* any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango text
* boundary algorithms).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_sentence_end (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3496,7 +3496,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_sentence_end (GtkTextIter *iter)
* any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango text
* boundary algorithms).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_sentence_start (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3516,7 +3516,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_sentence_start (GtkTextIter *iter)
* gtk_text_iter_forward_sentence_end() returns %FALSE). If @count is
* negative, moves backward instead of forward.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_sentence_ends (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -3536,7 +3536,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_sentence_ends (GtkTextIter *iter,
* or until it returns %FALSE. If @count is negative, moves forward
* instead of backward.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_sentence_starts (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -3611,7 +3611,7 @@ is_cursor_pos_func (const PangoLogAttr *attrs,
* between those two characters. See also the #PangoLogAttr-struct and
* pango_break() function.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3625,7 +3625,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position (GtkTextIter *iter)
*
* Like gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position(), but moves backward.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if we moved
+ * Returns: %TRUE if we moved
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_position (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3641,7 +3641,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_position (GtkTextIter *iter)
* Moves up to @count cursor positions. See
* gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() for details.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_positions (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -3660,7 +3660,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_positions (GtkTextIter *iter,
* Moves up to @count cursor positions. See
* gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() for details.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_positions (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -3678,7 +3678,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_positions (GtkTextIter *iter,
* Moves @iter forward to the next visible cursor position. See
* gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() for details.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -3695,7 +3695,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_cursor_position (GtkTextIter *iter)
* Moves @iter forward to the previous visible cursor position. See
* gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_position() for details.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -3713,7 +3713,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_cursor_position (GtkTextIter *iter)
* Moves up to @count visible cursor positions. See
* gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() for details.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -3734,7 +3734,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_cursor_positions (GtkTextIter *iter,
* Moves up to @count visible cursor positions. See
* gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_position() for details.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
+ * Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -3754,7 +3754,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_cursor_positions (GtkTextIter *iter,
* See gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() or #PangoLogAttr or
* pango_break() for details on what a cursor position is.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the cursor can be placed at @iter
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the cursor can be placed at @iter
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_is_cursor_position (const GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -4100,7 +4100,7 @@ find_paragraph_delimiter_for_line (GtkTextIter *iter)
* not end in paragraph delimiters, moves to the end iterator (end of
* the last line), and returns %FALSE.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if we moved and the new location is not the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new location is not the end iterator
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_to_line_end (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -4150,7 +4150,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_to_line_end (GtkTextIter *iter)
* the location of the toggle, or to the end of the buffer
* if no toggle is found.
*
- * Return value: whether we found a tag toggle after @iter
+ * Returns: whether we found a tag toggle after @iter
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_to_tag_toggle (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -4235,7 +4235,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_to_tag_toggle (GtkTextIter *iter,
* to the location of the toggle, or the start of the buffer
* if no toggle is found.
*
- * Return value: whether we found a tag toggle before @iter
+ * Returns: whether we found a tag toggle before @iter
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_to_tag_toggle (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -4347,7 +4347,7 @@ matches_pred (GtkTextIter *iter,
* If @pred never returns %TRUE, @iter is set to @limit if
* @limit is non-%NULL, otherwise to the end iterator.
*
- * Return value: whether a match was found
+ * Returns: whether a match was found
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_find_char (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -4382,7 +4382,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_find_char (GtkTextIter *iter,
*
* Same as gtk_text_iter_forward_find_char(), but goes backward from @iter.
*
- * Return value: whether a match was found
+ * Returns: whether a match was found
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_find_char (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -5341,7 +5341,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_search (const GtkTextIter *iter,
* comparing the offsets yourself. Also, it’s a bit faster than
* gtk_text_iter_compare().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the iterators point to the same place in the buffer
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the iterators point to the same place in the buffer
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_equal (const GtkTextIter *lhs,
@@ -5381,7 +5381,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_equal (const GtkTextIter *lhs,
* Ordering is in character offset order, i.e. the first character in the buffer
* is less than the second character in the buffer.
*
- * Return value: -1 if @lhs is less than @rhs, 1 if @lhs is greater, 0 if they are equal
+ * Returns: -1 if @lhs is less than @rhs, 1 if @lhs is greater, 0 if they are equal
**/
gint
gtk_text_iter_compare (const GtkTextIter *lhs,
@@ -5451,7 +5451,7 @@ gtk_text_iter_compare (const GtkTextIter *lhs,
* Checks whether @iter falls in the range [ start, @end).
* @start and @end must be in ascending order.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter is in the range
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter is in the range
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_in_range (const GtkTextIter *iter,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextlayout.c b/gtk/gtktextlayout.c
index 7c551c1..4ad0aee 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextlayout.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextlayout.c
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ gtk_text_layout_set_keyboard_direction (GtkTextLayout *layout,
* Gets the text buffer used by the layout. See
* gtk_text_layout_set_buffer().
*
- * Return value: the text buffer used by the layout.
+ * Returns: the text buffer used by the layout.
*/
GtkTextBuffer *
gtk_text_layout_get_buffer (GtkTextLayout *layout)
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ gtk_text_layout_set_cursor_visible (GtkTextLayout *layout,
*
* Returns whether the insertion cursor will be shown.
*
- * Return value: if %FALSE, the insertion cursor will not be
+ * Returns: if %FALSE, the insertion cursor will not be
* shown, even if the text is editable.
*/
gboolean
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ gtk_text_layout_wrap (GtkTextLayout *layout,
/**
* gtk_text_layout_get_lines:
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkTextLine) (transfer container):
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkTextLine) (transfer container):
*/
GSList*
gtk_text_layout_get_lines (GtkTextLayout *layout,
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ gtk_text_layout_real_free_line_data (GtkTextLayout *layout,
*
* Check if there are any invalid regions in a #GtkTextLayout’s buffer
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if any invalid regions were found
+ * Returns: %TRUE if any invalid regions were found
*/
gboolean
gtk_text_layout_is_valid (GtkTextLayout *layout)
@@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ gtk_text_attr_appearance_compare (const PangoAttribute *attr1,
* allows setting family, style, weight, variant, stretch,
* and size simultaneously.)
*
- * Return value:
+ * Returns:
*/
static PangoAttribute *
gtk_text_attr_appearance_new (const GtkTextAppearance *appearance)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextmark.c b/gtk/gtktextmark.c
index d0fddd3..7a1b7e3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextmark.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextmark.c
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ gtk_text_mark_get_property (GObject *object,
* mark with right gravity (when you type, the cursor stays on the right
* side of the text you’re typing).
*
- * Return value: new #GtkTextMark
+ * Returns: new #GtkTextMark
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ gtk_text_mark_new (const gchar *name,
* Returns %TRUE if the mark is visible (i.e. a cursor is displayed
* for it).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if visible
+ * Returns: %TRUE if visible
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_mark_get_visible (GtkTextMark *mark)
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ gtk_text_mark_get_visible (GtkTextMark *mark)
*
* Returns the mark name; returns NULL for anonymous marks.
*
- * Return value: mark name
+ * Returns: mark name
**/
const char *
gtk_text_mark_get_name (GtkTextMark *mark)
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ gtk_text_mark_get_name (GtkTextMark *mark)
* with gtk_text_buffer_delete_mark(). See gtk_text_buffer_add_mark()
* for a way to add it to a buffer again.
*
- * Return value: whether the mark is deleted
+ * Returns: whether the mark is deleted
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_mark_get_deleted (GtkTextMark *mark)
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ gtk_text_mark_get_deleted (GtkTextMark *mark)
* Gets the buffer this mark is located inside,
* or %NULL if the mark is deleted.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the mark’s #GtkTextBuffer
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the mark’s #GtkTextBuffer
**/
GtkTextBuffer*
gtk_text_mark_get_buffer (GtkTextMark *mark)
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ gtk_text_mark_get_buffer (GtkTextMark *mark)
*
* Determines whether the mark has left gravity.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the mark has left gravity, %FALSE otherwise
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the mark has left gravity, %FALSE otherwise
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_mark_get_left_gravity (GtkTextMark *mark)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktexttag.c b/gtk/gtktexttag.c
index e9ee74a..4510872 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktexttag.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktexttag.c
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ gtk_text_tag_init (GtkTextTag *text_tag)
* Creates a #GtkTextTag. Configure the tag using object arguments,
* i.e. using g_object_set().
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkTextTag
+ * Returns: a new #GtkTextTag
**/
GtkTextTag*
gtk_text_tag_new (const gchar *name)
@@ -1894,7 +1894,7 @@ delta_priority_foreach (GtkTextTag *tag, gpointer user_data)
*
* Get the tag priority.
*
- * Return value: The tag’s priority.
+ * Returns: The tag’s priority.
**/
gint
gtk_text_tag_get_priority (GtkTextTag *tag)
@@ -1968,7 +1968,7 @@ gtk_text_tag_set_priority (GtkTextTag *tag,
*
* Emits the “event” signal on the #GtkTextTag.
*
- * Return value: result of signal emission (whether the event was handled)
+ * Returns: result of signal emission (whether the event was handled)
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_tag_event (GtkTextTag *tag,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktexttagtable.c b/gtk/gtktexttagtable.c
index b69df05..f750318 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktexttagtable.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktexttagtable.c
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ gtk_text_tag_table_init (GtkTextTagTable *table)
* Creates a new #GtkTextTagTable. The table contains no tags by
* default.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkTextTagTable
+ * Returns: a new #GtkTextTagTable
**/
GtkTextTagTable*
gtk_text_tag_table_new (void)
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ gtk_text_tag_table_add (GtkTextTagTable *table,
*
* Look up a named tag.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The tag, or %NULL if none by that name is in the table.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The tag, or %NULL if none by that name is in the table.
**/
GtkTextTag*
gtk_text_tag_table_lookup (GtkTextTagTable *table,
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ gtk_text_tag_table_foreach (GtkTextTagTable *table,
*
* Returns the size of the table (number of tags)
*
- * Return value: number of tags in @table
+ * Returns: number of tags in @table
**/
gint
gtk_text_tag_table_get_size (GtkTextTagTable *table)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextview.c b/gtk/gtktextview.c
index ee3b9b8..b3c3bd1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextview.c
@@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ gtk_text_view_init (GtkTextView *text_view)
* for you. Get the buffer with gtk_text_view_get_buffer(). If you want
* to specify your own buffer, consider gtk_text_view_new_with_buffer().
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkTextView
+ * Returns: a new #GtkTextView
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_text_view_new (void)
@@ -1586,7 +1586,7 @@ gtk_text_view_new (void)
* text view adds its own reference count to the buffer; it does not
* take over an existing reference.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkTextView.
+ * Returns: a new #GtkTextView.
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_text_view_new_with_buffer (GtkTextBuffer *buffer)
@@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ get_buffer (GtkTextView *text_view)
* The reference count on the buffer is not incremented; the caller
* of this function won’t own a new reference.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GtkTextBuffer
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkTextBuffer
**/
GtkTextBuffer*
gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ gtk_text_view_get_line_at_y (GtkTextView *text_view,
* using gtk_text_view_scroll_to_mark() which saves a point to be
* scrolled to after line validation.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if scrolling occurred
+ * Returns: %TRUE if scrolling occurred
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_scroll_to_iter (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -2481,7 +2481,7 @@ clamp_iter_onscreen (GtkTextView *text_view, GtkTextIter *iter)
* Moves a mark within the buffer so that it's
* located within the currently-visible text area.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the mark moved (wasn’t already onscreen)
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the mark moved (wasn’t already onscreen)
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_move_mark_onscreen (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -2574,7 +2574,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_wrap_mode (GtkTextView *text_view,
*
* Gets the line wrapping for the view.
*
- * Return value: the line wrap setting
+ * Returns: the line wrap setting
**/
GtkWrapMode
gtk_text_view_get_wrap_mode (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -2637,7 +2637,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_editable (GtkTextView *text_view,
* Returns the default editability of the #GtkTextView. Tags in the
* buffer may override this setting for some ranges of text.
*
- * Return value: whether text is editable by default
+ * Returns: whether text is editable by default
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_get_editable (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -2685,7 +2685,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_pixels_above_lines (GtkTextView *text_view,
*
* Gets the default number of pixels to put above paragraphs.
*
- * Return value: default number of pixels above paragraphs
+ * Returns: default number of pixels above paragraphs
**/
gint
gtk_text_view_get_pixels_above_lines (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -2734,7 +2734,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_pixels_below_lines (GtkTextView *text_view,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_text_view_set_pixels_below_lines().
*
- * Return value: default number of blank pixels below paragraphs
+ * Returns: default number of blank pixels below paragraphs
**/
gint
gtk_text_view_get_pixels_below_lines (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -2783,7 +2783,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_pixels_inside_wrap (GtkTextView *text_view,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_text_view_set_pixels_inside_wrap().
*
- * Return value: default number of pixels of blank space between wrapped lines
+ * Returns: default number of pixels of blank space between wrapped lines
**/
gint
gtk_text_view_get_pixels_inside_wrap (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -2833,7 +2833,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_justification (GtkTextView *text_view,
* Gets the default justification of paragraphs in @text_view.
* Tags in the buffer may override the default.
*
- * Return value: default justification
+ * Returns: default justification
**/
GtkJustification
gtk_text_view_get_justification (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -2882,7 +2882,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_left_margin (GtkTextView *text_view,
* Gets the default left margin size of paragraphs in the @text_view.
* Tags in the buffer may override the default.
*
- * Return value: left margin in pixels
+ * Returns: left margin in pixels
**/
gint
gtk_text_view_get_left_margin (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -2929,7 +2929,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_right_margin (GtkTextView *text_view,
* Gets the default right margin for text in @text_view. Tags
* in the buffer may override the default.
*
- * Return value: right margin in pixels
+ * Returns: right margin in pixels
**/
gint
gtk_text_view_get_right_margin (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -2979,7 +2979,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_indent (GtkTextView *text_view,
* Tags in the view’s buffer may override the default.
* The indentation may be negative.
*
- * Return value: number of pixels of indentation
+ * Returns: number of pixels of indentation
**/
gint
gtk_text_view_get_indent (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -3036,7 +3036,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_tabs (GtkTextView *text_view,
* “standard” (8-space) tabs are used. Free the return value
* with pango_tab_array_free().
*
- * Return value: copy of default tab array, or %NULL if “standard”
+ * Returns: copy of default tab array, or %NULL if “standard”
* tabs are used; must be freed with pango_tab_array_free().
**/
PangoTabArray*
@@ -3096,7 +3096,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_cursor_visible (GtkTextView *text_view,
*
* Find out whether the cursor is being displayed.
*
- * Return value: whether the insertion mark is visible
+ * Returns: whether the insertion mark is visible
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_get_cursor_visible (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -3114,7 +3114,7 @@ gtk_text_view_get_cursor_visible (GtkTextView *text_view)
* Moves the cursor to the currently visible region of the
* buffer, it it isn’t there already.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the cursor had to be moved.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the cursor had to be moved.
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_place_cursor_onscreen (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -6601,7 +6601,7 @@ gtk_text_view_toggle_overwrite (GtkTextView *text_view)
*
* Returns whether the #GtkTextView is in overwrite mode or not.
*
- * Return value: whether @text_view is in overwrite mode or not.
+ * Returns: whether @text_view is in overwrite mode or not.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -6670,7 +6670,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_accepts_tab (GtkTextView *text_view,
* Returns whether pressing the Tab key inserts a tab characters.
* gtk_text_view_set_accepts_tab().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if pressing the Tab key inserts a tab character,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if pressing the Tab key inserts a tab character,
* %FALSE if pressing the Tab key moves the keyboard focus.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -7293,7 +7293,7 @@ gtk_text_view_ensure_layout (GtkTextView *text_view)
* The return value is a copy owned by the caller of this function,
* and should be freed.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkTextAttributes
+ * Returns: a new #GtkTextAttributes
**/
GtkTextAttributes*
gtk_text_view_get_default_attributes (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -7401,7 +7401,7 @@ gtk_text_view_reset_im_context (GtkTextView *text_view)
* }
* ]|
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the input method handled the key event.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the input method handled the key event.
*
* Since: 2.22
*/
@@ -9438,7 +9438,7 @@ text_window_get_height (GtkTextWindow *win)
* height is 0, and are nonexistent before the widget has been
* realized.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow, or %NULL
**/
GdkWindow*
gtk_text_view_get_window (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -9506,7 +9506,7 @@ gtk_text_view_get_window (GtkTextView *text_view,
* should be called on `event->window` to
* see which window it was.
*
- * Return value: the window type.
+ * Returns: the window type.
**/
GtkTextWindowType
gtk_text_view_get_window_type (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -9955,7 +9955,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_border_window_size (GtkTextView *text_view,
* Gets the width of the specified border window. See
* gtk_text_view_set_border_window_size().
*
- * Return value: width of window
+ * Returns: width of window
**/
gint
gtk_text_view_get_border_window_size (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -10230,7 +10230,7 @@ gtk_text_view_move_child (GtkTextView *text_view,
* they depend on the view’s width; paragraphs are the same in all
* views, since they depend on the contents of the #GtkTextBuffer.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter was moved and is not on the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter was moved and is not on the end iterator
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_forward_display_line (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -10258,7 +10258,7 @@ gtk_text_view_forward_display_line (GtkTextView *text_view,
* they depend on the view’s width; paragraphs are the same in all
* views, since they depend on the contents of the #GtkTextBuffer.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter was moved and is not on the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter was moved and is not on the end iterator
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_backward_display_line (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -10286,7 +10286,7 @@ gtk_text_view_backward_display_line (GtkTextView *text_view,
* they depend on the view’s width; paragraphs are the same in all
* views, since they depend on the contents of the #GtkTextBuffer.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter was moved and is not on the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter was moved and is not on the end iterator
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_forward_display_line_end (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -10314,7 +10314,7 @@ gtk_text_view_forward_display_line_end (GtkTextView *text_view,
* they depend on the view’s width; paragraphs are the same in all
* views, since they depend on the contents of the #GtkTextBuffer.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter was moved and is not on the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter was moved and is not on the end iterator
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_backward_display_line_start (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -10337,7 +10337,7 @@ gtk_text_view_backward_display_line_start (GtkTextView *text_view,
* See gtk_text_view_forward_display_line() for an explanation of
* display lines vs. paragraphs.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter begins a wrapped line
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter begins a wrapped line
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_starts_display_line (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -10370,7 +10370,7 @@ gtk_text_view_starts_display_line (GtkTextView *text_view,
* of the current run, and there may be jumps when the cursor
* is moved off of the end of a run.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not on the end iterator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not on the end iterator
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_move_visually (GtkTextView *text_view,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktogglebutton.c b/gtk/gtktogglebutton.c
index e31406a..5080097 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktogglebutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktogglebutton.c
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ gtk_toggle_button_set_mode (GtkToggleButton *toggle_button,
* Retrieves whether the button is displayed as a separate indicator
* and label. See gtk_toggle_button_set_mode().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the togglebutton is drawn as a separate indicator
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the togglebutton is drawn as a separate indicator
* and label.
**/
gboolean
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent (GtkToggleButton *toggle_button,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the button is displayed as inconsistent, %FALSE otherwise
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the button is displayed as inconsistent, %FALSE otherwise
**/
gboolean
gtk_toggle_button_get_inconsistent (GtkToggleButton *toggle_button)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c b/gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c
index bca0488..f739114 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ gtk_toggle_tool_button_sync_action_properties (GtkActivatable *activatable,
*
* Returns a new #GtkToggleToolButton
*
- * Return value: a newly created #GtkToggleToolButton
+ * Returns: a newly created #GtkToggleToolButton
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ gtk_toggle_tool_button_new (void)
*
* It is an error if @stock_id is not a name of a stock item.
*
- * Return value: A new #GtkToggleToolButton
+ * Returns: A new #GtkToggleToolButton
*
* Since: 2.4
*
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ gtk_toggle_tool_button_set_active (GtkToggleToolButton *button,
* Queries a #GtkToggleToolButton and returns its current state.
* Returns %TRUE if the toggle button is pressed in and %FALSE if it is raised.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the toggle tool button is pressed in, %FALSE if not
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the toggle tool button is pressed in, %FALSE if not
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktoolbar.c b/gtk/gtktoolbar.c
index e71ab7f..c4e5581 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktoolbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktoolbar.c
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ gtk_toolbar_class_init (GtkToolbarClass *klass)
* number is given by the @button parameter. If the menu was popped
* up using the keybaord, @button is -1.
*
- * Return value: return %TRUE if the signal was handled, %FALSE if not
+ * Returns: return %TRUE if the signal was handled, %FALSE if not
*/
toolbar_signals[POPUP_CONTEXT_MENU] =
g_signal_new (I_("popup-context-menu"),
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ gtk_toolbar_class_init (GtkToolbarClass *klass)
* A keybinding signal used internally by GTK+. This signal can't
* be used in application code
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the signal was handled, %FALSE if not
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the signal was handled, %FALSE if not
*/
toolbar_signals[FOCUS_HOME_OR_END] =
g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("focus-home-or-end"),
@@ -2714,7 +2714,7 @@ gtk_toolbar_popup_menu (GtkWidget *toolbar)
*
* Creates a new toolbar.
- * Return Value: the newly-created toolbar.
+ * Returns: the newly-created toolbar.
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_toolbar_new (void)
@@ -2760,7 +2760,7 @@ gtk_toolbar_insert (GtkToolbar *toolbar,
* Returns the position of @item on the toolbar, starting from 0.
* It is an error if @item is not a child of the toolbar.
*
- * Return value: the position of item on the toolbar.
+ * Returns: the position of item on the toolbar.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -2823,7 +2823,7 @@ gtk_toolbar_set_style (GtkToolbar *toolbar,
* Retrieves whether the toolbar has text, icons, or both . See
* gtk_toolbar_set_style().
- * Return value: the current style of @toolbar
+ * Returns: the current style of @toolbar
**/
GtkToolbarStyle
gtk_toolbar_get_style (GtkToolbar *toolbar)
@@ -2867,7 +2867,7 @@ gtk_toolbar_unset_style (GtkToolbar *toolbar)
*
* Returns the number of items on the toolbar.
*
- * Return value: the number of items on the toolbar
+ * Returns: the number of items on the toolbar
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -2891,7 +2891,7 @@ gtk_toolbar_get_n_items (GtkToolbar *toolbar)
* Returns the @n'th item on @toolbar, or %NULL if the
* toolbar does not contain an @n'th item.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The @n'th #GtkToolItem on @toolbar,
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The @n'th #GtkToolItem on @toolbar,
* or %NULL if there isn’t an @n'th item.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -2927,7 +2927,7 @@ gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GtkToolbar *toolbar,
*
* Retrieves the icon size for the toolbar. See gtk_toolbar_set_icon_size().
*
- * Return value: the current icon size for the icons on the toolbar.
+ * Returns: the current icon size for the icons on the toolbar.
**/
GtkIconSize
gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (GtkToolbar *toolbar)
@@ -2944,7 +2944,7 @@ gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (GtkToolbar *toolbar)
* Returns the relief style of buttons on @toolbar. See
* gtk_button_set_relief().
*
- * Return value: The relief style of buttons on @toolbar.
+ * Returns: The relief style of buttons on @toolbar.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -2999,7 +2999,7 @@ gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow (GtkToolbar *toolbar,
* Returns whether the toolbar has an overflow menu.
* See gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the toolbar has an overflow menu.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the toolbar has an overflow menu.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -3024,7 +3024,7 @@ gtk_toolbar_get_show_arrow (GtkToolbar *toolbar)
*
* @x and @y are in @toolbar coordinates.
*
- * Return value: The position corresponding to the point (@x, @y) on the toolbar.
+ * Returns: The position corresponding to the point (@x, @y) on the toolbar.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktoolbutton.c b/gtk/gtktoolbutton.c
index 0b5046f..e5ac792 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktoolbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktoolbutton.c
@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ gtk_tool_button_sync_action_properties (GtkActivatable *activatable,
*
* It is an error if @stock_id is not a name of a stock item.
*
- * Return value: A new #GtkToolButton
+ * Returns: A new #GtkToolButton
*
* Since: 2.4
*
@@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ gtk_tool_button_new_from_stock (const gchar *stock_id)
* Creates a new %GtkToolButton using @icon_widget as contents and @label as
* label.
*
- * Return value: A new #GtkToolButton
+ * Returns: A new #GtkToolButton
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ gtk_tool_button_set_label (GtkToolButton *button,
* doesn’t have a label. or uses a the label from a stock item. The returned
* string is owned by GTK+, and must not be modified or freed.
*
- * Return value: The label, or %NULL
+ * Returns: The label, or %NULL
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ gtk_tool_button_set_use_underline (GtkToolButton *button,
* Returns whether underscores in the label property are used as mnemonics
* on menu items on the overflow menu. See gtk_tool_button_set_use_underline().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if underscores in the label property are used as
+ * Returns: %TRUE if underscores in the label property are used as
* mnemonics on menu items on the overflow menu.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@ gtk_tool_button_set_stock_id (GtkToolButton *button,
* Returns the name of the stock item. See gtk_tool_button_set_stock_id().
* The returned string is owned by GTK+ and must not be freed or modifed.
*
- * Return value: the name of the stock item for @button.
+ * Returns: the name of the stock item for @button.
*
* Since: 2.4
*
@@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@ gtk_tool_button_set_label_widget (GtkToolButton *button,
* Returns the widget used as label on @button.
* See gtk_tool_button_set_label_widget().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The widget used as label
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The widget used as label
* on @button, or %NULL.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ gtk_tool_button_get_label_widget (GtkToolButton *button)
* Return the widget used as icon widget on @button.
* See gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The widget used as icon
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The widget used as icon
* on @button, or %NULL.
*
* Since: 2.4
diff --git a/gtk/gtktoolitem.c b/gtk/gtktoolitem.c
index f3b2841..4664bf8 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktoolitem.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktoolitem.c
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_class_init (GtkToolItemClass *klass)
* to invalidate the cache and ensure that the toolbar rebuilds its overflow
* menu.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the signal was handled, %FALSE if not
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the signal was handled, %FALSE if not
**/
toolitem_signals[CREATE_MENU_PROXY] =
g_signal_new (I_("create-menu-proxy"),
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_use_action_appearance (GtkToolItem *item,
*
* Creates a new #GtkToolItem
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkToolItem
+ * Returns: the new #GtkToolItem
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_new (void)
* #GtkToolItem should call this function to find out how text should
* be ellipsized.
*
- * Return value: a #PangoEllipsizeMode indicating how text in @tool_item
+ * Returns: a #PangoEllipsizeMode indicating how text in @tool_item
* should be ellipsized.
*
* Since: 2.20
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_ellipsize_mode (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* #GtkToolItem should call this function to find out what size icons
* they should use.
*
- * Return value: (type int): a #GtkIconSize indicating the icon size
+ * Returns: (type int): a #GtkIconSize indicating the icon size
* used for @tool_item
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_icon_size (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* #GtkToolItem should call this function to find out what size icons
* they should use.
*
- * Return value: a #GtkOrientation indicating the orientation
+ * Returns: a #GtkOrientation indicating the orientation
* used for @tool_item
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_orientation (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* - %GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ, meaning the tool item should show
* both an icon and a label, arranged horizontally
*
- * Return value: A #GtkToolbarStyle indicating the toolbar style used
+ * Returns: A #GtkToolbarStyle indicating the toolbar style used
* for @tool_item.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_toolbar_style (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* of the #GtkToolItem::toolbar_reconfigured signal to find out the
* relief style of buttons.
*
- * Return value: a #GtkReliefStyle indicating the relief style used
+ * Returns: a #GtkReliefStyle indicating the relief style used
* for @tool_item.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_relief_style (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* #GtkToolItem should call this function to find out how text should
* be aligned.
*
- * Return value: a #gfloat indicating the horizontal text alignment
+ * Returns: a #gfloat indicating the horizontal text alignment
* used for @tool_item
*
* Since: 2.20
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_text_alignment (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* #GtkToolItem should call this function to find out how text should
* be orientated.
*
- * Return value: a #GtkOrientation indicating the text orientation
+ * Returns: a #GtkOrientation indicating the text orientation
* used for @tool_item
*
* Since: 2.20
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_text_orientation (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function
* and use the size group for labels.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GtkSizeGroup
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkSizeGroup
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
@@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_expand (GtkToolItem *tool_item,
* Returns whether @tool_item is allocated extra space.
* See gtk_tool_item_set_expand().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @tool_item is allocated extra space.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @tool_item is allocated extra space.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous (GtkToolItem *tool_item,
* Returns whether @tool_item is the same size as other homogeneous
* items. See gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the item is the same size as other homogeneous
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the item is the same size as other homogeneous
* items.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_homogeneous (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* Returns whether @tool_item is considered important. See
* gtk_tool_item_set_is_important()
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @tool_item is considered important.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @tool_item is considered important.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_use_drag_window (GtkToolItem *toolitem,
* Returns whether @tool_item has a drag window. See
* gtk_tool_item_set_use_drag_window().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @tool_item uses a drag window.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @tool_item uses a drag window.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_visible_horizontal (GtkToolItem *toolitem,
* Returns whether the @tool_item is visible on toolbars that are
* docked horizontally.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @tool_item is visible on toolbars that are
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @tool_item is visible on toolbars that are
* docked horizontally.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical (GtkToolItem *toolitem,
* Returns whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked vertically.
* See gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical().
*
- * Return value: Whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked vertically
+ * Returns: Whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked vertically
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_visible_vertical (GtkToolItem *toolitem)
* gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item(), ie. the #GtkMenuItem
* that is going to appear in the overflow menu.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkMenuItem that is going to appear in the
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkMenuItem that is going to appear in the
* overflow menu for @tool_item.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ gtk_tool_item_retrieve_proxy_menu_item (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* @menu_item_ids must match ensures that a #GtkToolItem
* will not inadvertently change a menu item that they did not create.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkMenuItem passed to
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkMenuItem passed to
* gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item(), if the @menu_item_ids
* match.
*
diff --git a/gtk/gtktoolshell.c b/gtk/gtktoolshell.c
index 7ebf18c..bd63edd 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktoolshell.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktoolshell.c
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ gtk_tool_shell_real_get_ellipsize_mode (GtkToolShell *shell)
* Retrieves the icon size for the tool shell. Tool items must not call this
* function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_icon_size() instead.
*
- * Return value: (type int): the current size for icons of @shell
+ * Returns: (type int): the current size for icons of @shell
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_icon_size (GtkToolShell *shell)
* call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_orientation()
* instead.
*
- * Return value: the current orientation of @shell
+ * Returns: the current orientation of @shell
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_orientation (GtkToolShell *shell)
* not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_toolbar_style()
* instead.
*
- * Return value: the current style of @shell
+ * Returns: the current style of @shell
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_style (GtkToolShell *shell)
* Returns the relief style of buttons on @shell. Tool items must not call this
* function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_relief_style() instead.
*
- * Return value: The relief style of buttons on @shell.
+ * Returns: The relief style of buttons on @shell.
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ gtk_tool_shell_rebuild_menu (GtkToolShell *shell)
* call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_text_orientation()
* instead.
*
- * Return value: the current text orientation of @shell
+ * Returns: the current text orientation of @shell
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_text_orientation (GtkToolShell *shell)
* call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_text_alignment()
* instead.
*
- * Return value: the current text alignment of @shell
+ * Returns: the current text alignment of @shell
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_text_alignment (GtkToolShell *shell)
* call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_ellipsize_mode()
* instead.
*
- * Return value: the current ellipsize mode of @shell
+ * Returns: the current ellipsize mode of @shell
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_ellipsize_mode (GtkToolShell *shell)
* call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_text_size_group()
* instead.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the current text size group of @shell
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the current text size group of @shell
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktrashmonitor.c b/gtk/gtktrashmonitor.c
index 539e496..06dfff6 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktrashmonitor.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktrashmonitor.c
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ _gtk_trash_monitor_init (GtkTrashMonitor *monitor)
/**
* _gtk_trash_monitor_get:
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a new reference to the singleton
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a new reference to the singleton
* #GtkTrashMonitor object. Be sure to call g_object_unref() on it when you are
* done with the trash monitor.
*/
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ _gtk_trash_monitor_get (void)
* _gtk_trash_monitor_get_icon:
* @monitor: a #GtkTrashMonitor
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the #GIcon that should be used to represent
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the #GIcon that should be used to represent
* the state of the trash folder on screen, based on whether there is trash or
* not.
*/
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ _gtk_trash_monitor_get_icon (GtkTrashMonitor *monitor)
* _gtk_trash_monitor_get_has_trash:
* @monitor: a #GtkTrashMonitor
*
- * Return value: #TRUE if there is trash in the trash:/// folder, or #FALSE otherwise.
+ * Returns: #TRUE if there is trash in the trash:/// folder, or #FALSE otherwise.
*/
gboolean
_gtk_trash_monitor_get_has_trash (GtkTrashMonitor *monitor)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreednd.c b/gtk/gtktreednd.c
index 0e1d2ef..57b6240 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreednd.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreednd.c
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ gtk_tree_drag_dest_get_type (void)
* the source of a DND operation. If the source doesn’t implement
* this interface, the row is assumed draggable.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the row can be dragged
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the row can be dragged
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_drag_source_row_draggable (GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source,
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ gtk_tree_drag_source_row_draggable (GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source,
* some model-specific reason. Should robustly handle a @path no
* longer found in the model!
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the row was successfully deleted
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the row was successfully deleted
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_drag_source_drag_data_delete (GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source,
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ gtk_tree_drag_source_drag_data_delete (GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source,
* the required type of the data. Should robustly handle a @path no
* longer found in the model!
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if data of the required type was provided
+ * Returns: %TRUE if data of the required type was provided
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_drag_source_drag_data_get (GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source,
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ gtk_tree_drag_source_drag_data_get (GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source,
* not created for some model-specific reason. Should robustly handle
* a @dest no longer found in the model!
*
- * Return value: whether a new row was created before position @dest
+ * Returns: whether a new row was created before position @dest
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_drag_dest_drag_data_received (GtkTreeDragDest *drag_dest,
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ gtk_tree_drag_dest_drag_data_received (GtkTreeDragDest *drag_dest,
* exist; the return value will almost certainly be %FALSE if the
* parent of @dest_path doesn’t exist, though.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if a drop is possible before @dest_path
+ * Returns: %TRUE if a drop is possible before @dest_path
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_drag_dest_row_drop_possible (GtkTreeDragDest *drag_dest,
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ struct _TreeRowData
* Sets selection data of target type %GTK_TREE_MODEL_ROW. Normally used
* in a drag_data_get handler.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the #GtkSelectionData had the proper target type to allow us to set a tree row
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the #GtkSelectionData had the proper target type to allow us to set a tree row
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_set_row_drag_data (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ gtk_tree_set_row_drag_data (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
* in from the current process. The returned path must be freed with
* gtk_tree_path_free().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @selection_data had target type %GTK_TREE_MODEL_ROW and
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @selection_data had target type %GTK_TREE_MODEL_ROW and
* is otherwise valid
**/
gboolean
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemenu.c b/gtk/gtktreemenu.c
index 67d2c5c..0cbf64e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemenu.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemenu.c
@@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ gtk_tree_menu_set_model_internal (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
*
* Creates a new #GtkTreeMenu.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkTreeMenu with no model or root.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeMenu with no model or root.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_new (void)
*
* Creates a new #GtkTreeMenu using @area to render its cells.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkTreeMenu with no model or root.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeMenu with no model or root.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -1600,7 +1600,7 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
*
* Creates a new #GtkTreeMenu hierarchy from the provided @model and @root using @area to render its cells.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkTreeMenu.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeMenu.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_model (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
*
* Gets the @model currently used for the menu heirarhcy.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GtkTreeModel which is used
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkTreeModel which is used
* for @menu’s hierarchy.
*
* Since: 3.0
@@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_root (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
* Gets the @root path for @menu’s hierarchy, or returns %NULL if @menu
* has no model or is building a heirarchy for the entire model. *
*
- * Return value: (transfer full) (allow-none): A newly created #GtkTreePath
+ * Returns: (transfer full) (allow-none): A newly created #GtkTreePath
* pointing to the root of @menu which must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free().
*
* Since: 3.0
@@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_get_root (GtkTreeMenu *menu)
*
* Gets whether this menu is build with a leading tearoff menu item.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the menu has a tearoff item.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the menu has a tearoff item.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_tearoff (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
* Gets the wrap width which is used to determine the number of columns
* for @menu. If the wrap width is larger than 1, @menu is in table mode.
*
- * Return value: the wrap width.
+ * Returns: the wrap width.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_wrap_width (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
* The row span column contains integers which indicate how many rows
* a menu item should span.
*
- * Return value: the column in @menu’s model containing row span information, or -1.
+ * Returns: the column in @menu’s model containing row span information, or -1.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_row_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
* The column span column contains integers which indicate how many columns
* a menu item should span.
*
- * Return value: the column in @menu’s model containing column span information, or -1.
+ * Returns: the column in @menu’s model containing column span information, or -1.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -1942,7 +1942,7 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_column_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
*
* Gets the current #GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc separator function.
*
- * Return value: the current row separator function.
+ * Returns: the current row separator function.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -1999,7 +1999,7 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_row_separator_func (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
*
* Gets the current #GtkTreeMenuHeaderFunc header function.
*
- * Return value: the current header function.
+ * Returns: the current header function.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemenu.h b/gtk/gtktreemenu.h
index 674ce01..3040d0d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemenu.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemenu.h
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ typedef struct _GtkTreeMenuPrivate GtkTreeMenuPrivate;
* which has children should be replicated as a header item in the
* child menu.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter should have an activatable header menu
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter should have an activatable header menu
* item created for it in a submenu.
*/
typedef gboolean (*GtkTreeMenuHeaderFunc) (GtkTreeModel *model,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodel.c b/gtk/gtktreemodel.c
index 874de5f..6d159ef 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemodel.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemodel.c
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ rows_reordered_marshal (GClosure *closure,
* Creates a new #GtkTreePath-struct.
* This refers to a row.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkTreePath-struct.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreePath-struct.
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_path_new (void)
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_new (void)
* child of that 11th child, and the 1st child of that 5th child.
* If an invalid path string is passed in, %NULL is returned.
*
- * Return value: A newly-created #GtkTreePath-struct, or %NULL
+ * Returns: A newly-created #GtkTreePath-struct, or %NULL
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_path_new_from_string (const gchar *path)
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_new_from_string (const gchar *path)
*
* Creates a new path with @first_index and @varargs as indices.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreePath-struct
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_new_from_indices (gint first_index,
*
* Creates a new path with the given @indices array of @length.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreePath-struct
*
* Since: 3.12
*/
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_new_from_indicesv (gint *indices,
* For example, “4:10:0:3” would be an acceptable
* return value for this string.
*
- * Return value: A newly-allocated string.
+ * Returns: A newly-allocated string.
* Must be freed with g_free().
*/
gchar *
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_to_string (GtkTreePath *path)
*
* The string representation of this path is “0”.
*
- * Return value: A new #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * Returns: A new #GtkTreePath-struct
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_path_new_first (void)
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_prepend_index (GtkTreePath *path,
*
* Returns the current depth of @path.
*
- * Return value: The depth of @path
+ * Returns: The depth of @path
*/
gint
gtk_tree_path_get_depth (GtkTreePath *path)
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_get_depth (GtkTreePath *path)
*
* The length of the array can be obtained with gtk_tree_path_get_depth().
*
- * Return value: The current indices, or %NULL
+ * Returns: The current indices, or %NULL
*/
gint *
gtk_tree_path_get_indices (GtkTreePath *path)
@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_get_indices (GtkTreePath *path)
* It also returns the number of elements in the array.
* The array should not be freed.
*
- * Return value: (array length=depth) (transfer none): The current
+ * Returns: (array length=depth) (transfer none): The current
* indices, or %NULL
*
* Since: 3.0
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_free (GtkTreePath *path)
*
* Creates a new #GtkTreePath-struct as a copy of @path.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * Returns: a new #GtkTreePath-struct
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_path_copy (const GtkTreePath *path)
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkTreePath, gtk_tree_path,
* If @b appears before @a, then 1 is returned.
* If the two nodes are equal, then 0 is returned.
*
- * Return value: the relative positions of @a and @b
+ * Returns: the relative positions of @a and @b
*/
gint
gtk_tree_path_compare (const GtkTreePath *a,
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_compare (const GtkTreePath *a,
*
* Returns %TRUE if @descendant is a descendant of @path.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @descendant is contained inside @path
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @descendant is contained inside @path
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_path_is_ancestor (GtkTreePath *path,
@@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_is_ancestor (GtkTreePath *path,
*
* Returns %TRUE if @path is a descendant of @ancestor.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @path somewhere below it
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @path somewhere below it
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_path_is_descendant (GtkTreePath *path,
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_next (GtkTreePath *path)
* Moves the @path to point to the previous node at the
* current depth, if it exists.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @path has a previous node, and
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @path has a previous node, and
* the move was made
*/
gboolean
@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_prev (GtkTreePath *path)
*
* Moves the @path to point to its parent node, if it has a parent.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @path has a parent, and the move was made
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @path has a parent, and the move was made
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_path_up (GtkTreePath *path)
@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ gtk_tree_path_down (GtkTreePath *path)
* (`GtkTreeIter new_iter = iter;`).
* You must free this iter with gtk_tree_iter_free().
*
- * Return value: a newly-allocated copy of @iter
+ * Returns: a newly-allocated copy of @iter
*/
GtkTreeIter *
gtk_tree_iter_copy (GtkTreeIter *iter)
@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkTreeIter, gtk_tree_iter,
* The flags supported should not change during the lifetime
* of the @tree_model.
*
- * Return value: the flags supported by this interface
+ * Returns: the flags supported by this interface
*/
GtkTreeModelFlags
gtk_tree_model_get_flags (GtkTreeModel *tree_model)
@@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_flags (GtkTreeModel *tree_model)
*
* Returns the number of columns supported by @tree_model.
*
- * Return value: the number of columns
+ * Returns: the number of columns
*/
gint
gtk_tree_model_get_n_columns (GtkTreeModel *tree_model)
@@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_n_columns (GtkTreeModel *tree_model)
*
* Returns the type of the column.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the type of the column
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the type of the column
*/
GType
gtk_tree_model_get_column_type (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_column_type (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
* Sets @iter to a valid iterator pointing to @path. If @path does
* not exist, @iter is set to an invalid iterator and %FALSE is returned.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if @iter was set
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if @iter was set
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_model_get_iter (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_iter (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
* Sets @iter to a valid iterator pointing to @path_string, if it
* exists. Otherwise, @iter is left invalid and %FALSE is returned.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if @iter was set
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if @iter was set
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_model_get_iter_from_string (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_iter_from_string (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
* For example, “4:10:0:3” would be an acceptable
* return value for this string.
*
- * Return value: a newly-allocated string.
+ * Returns: a newly-allocated string.
* Must be freed with g_free().
*
* Since: 2.2
@@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_string_from_iter (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
* (the one at the path "0") and returns %TRUE. Returns
* %FALSE if the tree is empty.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if @iter was set
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if @iter was set
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
*
* This path should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free().
*
- * Return value: a newly-created #GtkTreePath-struct
+ * Returns: a newly-created #GtkTreePath-struct
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_model_get_path (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_value (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
* If there is no next @iter, %FALSE is returned and @iter is set
* to be invalid.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the next node
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the next node
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_model_iter_next (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_iter_previous_default (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
* If there is no previous @iter, %FALSE is returned and @iter is
* set to be invalid.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the previous node
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the previous node
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_iter_previous (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
* If @parent is %NULL returns the first node, equivalent to
* `gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first (tree_model, iter);`
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if @child has been set to the first child
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if @child has been set to the first child
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_model_iter_children (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_iter_children (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
*
* Returns %TRUE if @iter has children, %FALSE otherwise.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter has children
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter has children
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_model_iter_has_child (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_iter_has_child (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
* As a special case, if @iter is %NULL, then the number
* of toplevel nodes is returned.
*
- * Return value: the number of children of @iter
+ * Returns: the number of children of @iter
*/
gint
gtk_tree_model_iter_n_children (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_iter_n_children (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
* special case, if @parent is %NULL, then the @n-th root node
* is set.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if @parent has an @n-th child
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if @parent has an @n-th child
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
* @child will remain a valid node after this function has been
* called.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if @iter is set to the parent of @child
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if @iter is set to the parent of @child
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_model_iter_parent (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -2277,7 +2277,7 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_unref_path (GtkTreePath *path,
* propagated, and the path is updated appropriately. If
* @path isn’t a valid path in @model, then %NULL is returned.
*
- * Return value: a newly allocated #GtkTreeRowReference, or %NULL
+ * Returns: a newly allocated #GtkTreeRowReference, or %NULL
*/
GtkTreeRowReference *
gtk_tree_row_reference_new (GtkTreeModel *model,
@@ -2324,7 +2324,7 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_new (GtkTreeModel *model,
* need to carefully monitor exactly when a row reference updates
* itself, and is not generally needed by most applications.
*
- * Return value: a newly allocated #GtkTreeRowReference, or %NULL
+ * Returns: a newly allocated #GtkTreeRowReference, or %NULL
*/
GtkTreeRowReference *
gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy (GObject *proxy,
@@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_new_proxy (GObject *proxy,
* Returns a path that the row reference currently points to,
* or %NULL if the path pointed to is no longer valid.
*
- * Return value: a current path, or %NULL
+ * Returns: a current path, or %NULL
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_row_reference_get_path (GtkTreeRowReference *reference)
@@ -2412,7 +2412,7 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_get_path (GtkTreeRowReference *reference)
*
* Returns the model that the row reference is monitoring.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the model
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the model
*
* Since: 2.8
*/
@@ -2431,7 +2431,7 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_get_model (GtkTreeRowReference *reference)
* Returns %TRUE if the @reference is non-%NULL and refers to
* a current valid path.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @reference points to a valid path
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @reference points to a valid path
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_row_reference_valid (GtkTreeRowReference *reference)
@@ -2449,7 +2449,7 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_valid (GtkTreeRowReference *reference)
*
* Copies a #GtkTreeRowReference.
*
- * Return value: a copy of @reference
+ * Returns: a copy of @reference
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodel.h b/gtk/gtktreemodel.h
index d702b3b..9eef7c6 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemodel.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemodel.h
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ typedef struct _GtkTreeModelIface GtkTreeModelIface;
* Type of the callback passed to gtk_tree_model_foreach() to
* iterate over the rows in a tree model.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE to stop iterating, %FALSE to continue
+ * Returns: %TRUE to stop iterating, %FALSE to continue
*
*/
typedef gboolean (* GtkTreeModelForeachFunc) (GtkTreeModel *model, GtkTreePath *path, GtkTreeIter *iter,
gpointer data);
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c b/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c
index 3acd21a..7e4a871 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c
@@ -3770,7 +3770,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_set_root (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
* Creates a new #GtkTreeModel, with @child_model as the child_model
* and @root as the virtual root.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): A new #GtkTreeModel.
+ * Returns: (transfer full): A new #GtkTreeModel.
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -3792,7 +3792,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_new (GtkTreeModel *child_model,
*
* Returns a pointer to the child model of @filter.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A pointer to a #GtkTreeModel.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A pointer to a #GtkTreeModel.
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -3948,7 +3948,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
* row pointed at by @child_iter. If @filter_iter was not set, %FALSE is
* returned.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if @filter_iter was set, i.e. if @child_iter is a
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if @filter_iter was set, i.e. if @child_iter is a
* valid iterator pointing to a visible row in child model.
*
* Since: 2.4
@@ -4130,7 +4130,7 @@ gtk_real_tree_model_filter_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelFilter *filte
* child model or points to a row which is not visible in @filter, then %NULL
* is returned.
*
- * Return value: A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL.
+ * Returns: A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL.
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -4173,7 +4173,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
* point to the same location in the model not being filtered. If @filter_path
* does not point to a location in the child model, %NULL is returned.
*
- * Return value: A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL.
+ * Returns: A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL.
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c b/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c
index 368cbd2..2a7de1e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_drag_source_init (GtkTreeDragSourceIface *iface)
*
* Creates a new #GtkTreeModel, with @child_model as the child model.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): A new #GtkTreeModel.
+ * Returns: (transfer full): A new #GtkTreeModel.
*/
GtkTreeModel *
gtk_tree_model_sort_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *child_model)
@@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_set_model (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sort,
*
* Returns the model the #GtkTreeModelSort is sorting.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the "child model" being sorted
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the "child model" being sorted
**/
GtkTreeModel *
gtk_tree_model_sort_get_model (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model)
@@ -2288,7 +2288,7 @@ gtk_real_tree_model_sort_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_mode
* point to the same row in the sorted model. If @child_path isn’t a valid
* path on the child model, then %NULL is returned.
*
- * Return value: A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL
+ * Returns: A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL
**/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sort,
@@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sor
* the row pointed at by @child_iter. If @sort_iter was not set, %FALSE
* is returned. Note: a boolean is only returned since 2.14.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if @sort_iter was set, i.e. if @sort_iter is a
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if @sort_iter was set, i.e. if @sort_iter is a
* valid iterator pointer to a visible row in the child model.
**/
gboolean
@@ -2361,7 +2361,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_child_iter_to_iter (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sor
* sorted. If @sorted_path does not point to a location in the child model,
* %NULL is returned.
*
- * Return value: A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL
+ * Returns: A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL
**/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_path_to_child_path (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sort,
@@ -2772,7 +2772,7 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_iter_is_valid_helper (GtkTreeIter *iter,
*
* Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeModelSort.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeselection.c b/gtk/gtktreeselection.c
index 99c9823..4096489 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreeselection.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreeselection.c
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_property (GObject *object,
* Creates a new #GtkTreeSelection object. This function should not be invoked,
* as each #GtkTreeView will create its own #GtkTreeSelection.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkTreeSelection object.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeSelection object.
**/
GtkTreeSelection*
_gtk_tree_selection_new (void)
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ _gtk_tree_selection_new (void)
* Creates a new #GtkTreeSelection object. This function should not be invoked,
* as each #GtkTreeView will create its own #GtkTreeSelection.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkTreeSelection object.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeSelection object.
**/
GtkTreeSelection*
_gtk_tree_selection_new_with_tree_view (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_set_mode (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
* Gets the selection mode for @selection. See
* gtk_tree_selection_set_mode().
*
- * Return value: the current selection mode
+ * Returns: the current selection mode
**/
GtkSelectionMode
gtk_tree_selection_get_mode (GtkTreeSelection *selection)
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_set_select_function (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
*
* Returns the current selection function.
*
- * Return value: The function.
+ * Returns: The function.
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_select_function (GtkTreeSelection *selection)
*
* Returns the user data for the selection function.
*
- * Return value: The user data.
+ * Returns: The user data.
**/
gpointer
gtk_tree_selection_get_user_data (GtkTreeSelection *selection)
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_user_data (GtkTreeSelection *selection)
*
* Returns the tree view associated with @selection.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeView
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeView
**/
GtkTreeView *
gtk_tree_selection_get_tree_view (GtkTreeSelection *selection)
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_tree_view (GtkTreeSelection *selection)
* with the current model as a convenience. This function will not work if you
* use @selection is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE.
*
- * Return value: TRUE, if there is a selected node.
+ * Returns: TRUE, if there is a selected node.
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_selection_get_selected (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_selected (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
* g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free);
* ]|
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkTreePath) (transfer full): A #GList containing a #GtkTreePath for each
selected row.
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkTreePath) (transfer full): A #GList containing a #GtkTreePath for each selected
row.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_count_selected_rows_helper (GtkRBTree *tree,
*
* Returns the number of rows that have been selected in @tree.
*
- * Return value: The number of rows selected.
+ * Returns: The number of rows selected.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_unselect_iter (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
* Returns %TRUE if the row pointed to by @path is currently selected. If @path
* does not point to a valid location, %FALSE is returned
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @path is selected.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @path is selected.
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_selection_path_is_selected (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ gtk_tree_selection_path_is_selected (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
*
* Returns %TRUE if the row at @iter is currently selected.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if @iter is selected
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if @iter is selected
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_selection_iter_is_selected (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreesortable.c b/gtk/gtktreesortable.c
index 0736bb4..1cb4274 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreesortable.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreesortable.c
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ gtk_tree_sortable_sort_column_changed (GtkTreeSortable *sortable)
* %GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID or
* %GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_UNSORTED_SORT_COLUMN_ID.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the sort column is not one of the special sort
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the sort column is not one of the special sort
* column ids.
**/
gboolean
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ gtk_tree_sortable_set_default_sort_func (GtkTreeSortable *sortable,
* primarily by GtkTreeViewColumns in order to determine if a model can
* go back to the default state, or not.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if the model has a default sort function
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if the model has a default sort function
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_sortable_has_default_sort_func (GtkTreeSortable *sortable)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreestore.c b/gtk/gtktreestore.c
index 2fbc6a6..1ef7a39 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreestore.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreestore.c
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_init (GtkTreeStore *tree_store)
* GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF);` will create a new #GtkTreeStore with three columns, of type
* #gint, #gchararray, and #GdkPixbuf respectively.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkTreeStore
+ * Returns: a new #GtkTreeStore
**/
GtkTreeStore *
gtk_tree_store_new (gint n_columns,
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_new (gint n_columns,
*
* Non vararg creation function. Used primarily by language bindings.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a new #GtkTreeStore
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkTreeStore
**/
GtkTreeStore *
gtk_tree_store_newv (gint n_columns,
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_set (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
* next valid row at that level, or invalidated if it previously pointed to the
* last one.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @iter is still valid, %FALSE if not.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @iter is still valid, %FALSE if not.
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_store_remove (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
@@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_append (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
* Returns %TRUE if @iter is an ancestor of @descendant. That is, @iter is the
* parent (or grandparent or great-grandparent) of @descendant.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if @iter is an ancestor of @descendant
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if @iter is an ancestor of @descendant
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_store_is_ancestor (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
@@ -1801,7 +1801,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_is_ancestor (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
* Returns the depth of @iter. This will be 0 for anything on the root level, 1
* for anything down a level, etc.
*
- * Return value: The depth of @iter
+ * Returns: The depth of @iter
**/
gint
gtk_tree_store_iter_depth (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
@@ -1914,7 +1914,7 @@ gtk_tree_store_iter_is_valid_helper (GtkTreeIter *iter,
*
* Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeStore.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeview.c b/gtk/gtktreeview.c
index 968a1bf..953f070 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreeview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreeview.c
@@ -8249,7 +8249,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Returns whether fixed height mode is turned on for @tree_view.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @tree_view is in fixed height mode
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @tree_view is in fixed height mode
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -11215,7 +11215,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_adjustment_changed (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
*
* Creates a new #GtkTreeView widget.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkTreeView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeView widget.
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_tree_view_new (void)
@@ -11229,7 +11229,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_new (void)
*
* Creates a new #GtkTreeView widget with the model initialized to @model.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkTreeView widget.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeView widget.
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_tree_view_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model)
@@ -11247,7 +11247,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model)
* Returns the model the #GtkTreeView is based on. Returns %NULL if the
* model is unset.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none is currently being used.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none is currently being used.
**/
GtkTreeModel *
gtk_tree_view_get_model (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -11417,7 +11417,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_model (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Gets the #GtkTreeSelection associated with @tree_view.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeSelection object.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeSelection object.
**/
GtkTreeSelection *
gtk_tree_view_get_selection (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -11433,7 +11433,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_selection (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
*
* Gets the #GtkAdjustment currently being used for the horizontal aspect.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkAdjustment object, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkAdjustment object, or %NULL
* if none is currently being used.
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_scrollable_get_hadjustment()
@@ -11509,7 +11509,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_do_set_hadjustment (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Gets the #GtkAdjustment currently being used for the vertical aspect.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #GtkAdjustment object, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkAdjustment object, or %NULL
* if none is currently being used.
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_scrollable_get_vadjustment()
@@ -11586,7 +11586,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_do_set_vadjustment (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Returns %TRUE if the headers on the @tree_view are visible.
*
- * Return value: Whether the headers are visible or not.
+ * Returns: Whether the headers are visible or not.
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_get_headers_visible (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -11722,7 +11722,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_headers_clickable (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Returns whether all header columns are clickable.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if all header columns are clickable, otherwise %FALSE
+ * Returns: %TRUE if all header columns are clickable, otherwise %FALSE
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -11782,7 +11782,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_rules_hint (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_rules_hint().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if rules are useful for the user of this tree
+ * Returns: %TRUE if rules are useful for the user of this tree
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_get_rules_hint (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -11824,7 +11824,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if row-activated will be emitted on a single click
+ * Returns: %TRUE if row-activated will be emitted on a single click
*
* Since: 3.8
**/
@@ -11848,7 +11848,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
* mode enabled, then @column must have its “sizing” property set to be
* GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.
*
- * Return value: The number of columns in @tree_view after appending.
+ * Returns: The number of columns in @tree_view after appending.
**/
gint
gtk_tree_view_append_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -11891,7 +11891,7 @@ _gtk_tree_view_reset_header_styles (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
*
* Removes @column from @tree_view.
*
- * Return value: The number of columns in @tree_view after removing.
+ * Returns: The number of columns in @tree_view after removing.
**/
gint
gtk_tree_view_remove_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -11968,7 +11968,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_remove_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* “fixed_height” mode enabled, then @column must have its “sizing” property
* set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.
*
- * Return value: The number of columns in @tree_view after insertion.
+ * Returns: The number of columns in @tree_view after insertion.
**/
gint
gtk_tree_view_insert_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -12042,7 +12042,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_insert_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* has “fixed_height” mode enabled, then the new column will have its sizing
* property set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.
*
- * Return value: The number of columns in @tree_view after insertion.
+ * Returns: The number of columns in @tree_view after insertion.
**/
gint
gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_attributes (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -12098,7 +12098,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_attributes (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* If @tree_view has “fixed_height” mode enabled, then the new column will have its
* “sizing” property set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.
*
- * Return value: number of columns in the tree view post-insert
+ * Returns: number of columns in the tree view post-insert
**/
gint
gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_data_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -12149,7 +12149,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_n_columns (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
*
* Gets the #GtkTreeViewColumn at the given position in the #tree_view.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkTreeViewColumn, or %NULL if the
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkTreeViewColumn, or %NULL if the
* position is outside the range of columns.
**/
GtkTreeViewColumn *
@@ -12174,7 +12174,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* Returns a #GList of all the #GtkTreeViewColumn s currently in @tree_view.
* The returned list must be freed with g_list_free ().
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkTreeViewColumn) (transfer container): A list of #GtkTreeViewColumn s
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkTreeViewColumn) (transfer container): A list of #GtkTreeViewColumn s
**/
GList *
gtk_tree_view_get_columns (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -12279,7 +12279,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_expander_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* Returns the column that is the current expander column.
* This column has the expander arrow drawn next to it.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The expander column.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The expander column.
**/
GtkTreeViewColumn *
gtk_tree_view_get_expander_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -12748,7 +12748,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_real_expand_row (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Opens the row so its children are visible.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the row existed and had children
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the row existed and had children
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_expand_row (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -12933,7 +12933,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_real_collapse_row (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Collapses a row (hides its child rows, if they exist).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the row was collapsed.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the row was collapsed.
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_collapse_row (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -13020,7 +13020,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_map_expanded_rows (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Returns %TRUE if the node pointed to by @path is expanded in @tree_view.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if #path is expanded.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if #path is expanded.
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_row_expanded (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -13047,7 +13047,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_row_expanded (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* Retrieves whether the user can reorder the tree via drag-and-drop. See
* gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the tree can be reordered.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the tree can be reordered.
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_get_reorderable (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -13345,7 +13345,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_cursor_on_cell (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* This is used primarily to compare to `event->window`
* to confirm that the event on @tree_view is on the right window.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): A #GdkWindow, or %NULL when @tree_view
+ * Returns: (transfer none): A #GdkWindow, or %NULL when @tree_view
* hasn’t been realized yet
**/
GdkWindow *
@@ -13384,7 +13384,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
* GtkWidget::query-tooltip), please see
* gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if a row exists at that coordinate.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if a row exists at that coordinate.
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -14019,7 +14019,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_visible_range (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* likewise as for gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos(). Please see
* gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos() for more information.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the area at the given coordinates is blank,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the area at the given coordinates is blank,
* %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 3.0
@@ -14364,7 +14364,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_drag_dest_row (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* meaningful if @tree_view is realized. Therefore this function will always
* return %FALSE if @tree_view is not realized or does not have a model.
*
- * Return value: whether there is a row at the given position, %TRUE if this
+ * Returns: whether there is a row at the given position, %TRUE if this
* is indeed the case.
**/
gboolean
@@ -14463,7 +14463,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_dest_row_at_pos (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* Creates a #cairo_surface_t representation of the row at @path.
* This image is used for a drag icon.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a newly-allocated surface of the drag icon.
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a newly-allocated surface of the drag icon.
**/
cairo_surface_t *
gtk_tree_view_create_row_drag_icon (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -14706,7 +14706,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_enable_search (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* Returns whether or not the tree allows to start interactive searching
* by typing in text.
*
- * Return value: whether or not to let the user search interactively
+ * Returns: whether or not to let the user search interactively
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_get_enable_search (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -14723,7 +14723,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_enable_search (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
*
* Gets the column searched on by the interactive search code.
*
- * Return value: the column the interactive search code searches in.
+ * Returns: the column the interactive search code searches in.
*/
gint
gtk_tree_view_get_search_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -14768,7 +14768,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_search_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Returns the compare function currently in use.
*
- * Return value: the currently used compare function for the search code.
+ * Returns: the currently used compare function for the search code.
*/
GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc
@@ -14817,7 +14817,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_search_equal_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* entry for @tree_view. In case the built-in entry is being used, %NULL
* will be returned.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the entry currently in use as search entry.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the entry currently in use as search entry.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -14936,7 +14936,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_search_position_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view
*
* Returns the positioning function currently in use.
*
- * Return value: the currently used function for positioning the search dialog.
+ * Returns: the currently used function for positioning the search dialog.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
@@ -15658,7 +15658,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_hover_selection (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Returns whether hover selection mode is turned on for @tree_view.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @tree_view is in hover selection mode
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @tree_view is in hover selection mode
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -15699,7 +15699,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_hover_expand (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Returns whether hover expansion mode is turned on for @tree_view.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @tree_view is in hover expansion mode
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @tree_view is in hover expansion mode
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -15742,7 +15742,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_rubber_banding (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* selection mode is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the
* user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if rubber banding in @tree_view is enabled.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if rubber banding in @tree_view is enabled.
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -15759,7 +15759,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_rubber_banding (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
* Returns whether a rubber banding operation is currently being done
* in @tree_view.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if a rubber banding operation is currently being
+ * Returns: %TRUE if a rubber banding operation is currently being
* done in @tree_view.
*
* Since: 2.12
@@ -15782,7 +15782,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_is_rubber_banding_active (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
*
* Returns the current row separator function.
*
- * Return value: the current row separator function.
+ * Returns: the current row separator function.
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
@@ -15861,7 +15861,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Returns which grid lines are enabled in @tree_view.
*
- * Return value: a #GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines
+ * Returns: a #GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines
* are enabled.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -15948,7 +15948,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_grid_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Returns whether or not tree lines are drawn in @tree_view.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if tree lines are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE
+ * Returns: %TRUE if tree lines are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE
* otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -16068,7 +16068,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_show_expanders (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Returns whether or not expanders are drawn in @tree_view.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if expanders are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE
+ * Returns: %TRUE if expanders are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE
* otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.12
@@ -16110,7 +16110,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_level_indentation (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* Returns the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation for child levels
* in @tree_view.
*
- * Return value: the amount of extra indentation for child levels in
+ * Returns: the amount of extra indentation for child levels in
* @tree_view. A return value of 0 means that this feature is disabled.
*
* Since: 2.12
@@ -16264,7 +16264,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_cell (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* that row and the corresponding model. @x and @y will always be converted
* to be relative to @tree_view’s bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE.
*
- * Return value: whether or not the given tooltip context points to a row.
+ * Returns: whether or not the given tooltip context points to a row.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -16423,7 +16423,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* Returns the column of @tree_view’s model which is being used for
* displaying tooltips on @tree_view’s rows.
*
- * Return value: the index of the tooltip column that is currently being
+ * Returns: the index of the tooltip column that is currently being
* used, or -1 if this is disabled.
*
* Since: 2.12
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c b/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c
index 58424a2..0e8a94c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c
@@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ _gtk_tree_view_column_is_blank_at_pos (GtkTreeViewColumn *column,
*
* Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn.
**/
GtkTreeViewColumn *
gtk_tree_view_column_new (void)
@@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_new (void)
*
* Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn using @area to render its cells.
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -1668,7 +1668,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
* }
* ]|
*
- * Return value: A newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn.
+ * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn.
**/
GtkTreeViewColumn *
gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes (const gchar *title,
@@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_spacing (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
*
* Returns the spacing of @tree_column.
*
- * Return value: the spacing of @tree_column.
+ * Returns: the spacing of @tree_column.
**/
gint
gtk_tree_view_column_get_spacing (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_visible (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
*
* Returns %TRUE if @tree_column is visible.
*
- * Return value: whether the column is visible or not. If it is visible, then
+ * Returns: whether the column is visible or not. If it is visible, then
* the tree will show the column.
**/
gboolean
@@ -1997,7 +1997,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_resizable (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
*
* Returns %TRUE if the @tree_column can be resized by the end user.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if the @tree_column can be resized.
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if the @tree_column can be resized.
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_column_get_resizable (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -2044,7 +2044,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_sizing (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
*
* Returns the current type of @tree_column.
*
- * Return value: The type of @tree_column.
+ * Returns: The type of @tree_column.
**/
GtkTreeViewColumnSizing
gtk_tree_view_column_get_sizing (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_sizing (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
*
* Returns the current size of @tree_column in pixels.
*
- * Return value: The current width of @tree_column.
+ * Returns: The current width of @tree_column.
**/
gint
gtk_tree_view_column_get_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
*
* Returns the current X offset of @tree_column in pixels.
*
- * Return value: The current X offset of @tree_column.
+ * Returns: The current X offset of @tree_column.
*
* Since: 3.2
*/
@@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_fixed_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
* Gets the fixed width of the column. This may not be the actual displayed
* width of the column; for that, use gtk_tree_view_column_get_width().
*
- * Return value: The fixed width of the column.
+ * Returns: The fixed width of the column.
**/
gint
gtk_tree_view_column_get_fixed_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -2285,7 +2285,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_min_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
* Returns the minimum width in pixels of the @tree_column, or -1 if no minimum
* width is set.
*
- * Return value: The minimum width of the @tree_column.
+ * Returns: The minimum width of the @tree_column.
**/
gint
gtk_tree_view_column_get_min_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -2349,7 +2349,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_max_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
* Returns the maximum width in pixels of the @tree_column, or -1 if no maximum
* width is set.
*
- * Return value: The maximum width of the @tree_column.
+ * Returns: The maximum width of the @tree_column.
**/
gint
gtk_tree_view_column_get_max_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -2414,7 +2414,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_title (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
*
* Returns the title of the widget.
*
- * Return value: the title of the column. This string should not be
+ * Returns: the title of the column. This string should not be
* modified or freed.
**/
const gchar *
@@ -2471,7 +2471,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_expand (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
*
* Returns %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -2516,7 +2516,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_clickable (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
*
* Returns %TRUE if the user can click on the header for the column.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if user can click the column header.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if user can click the column header.
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_column_get_clickable (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -2563,7 +2563,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_widget (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
* Returns the #GtkWidget in the button on the column header.
* If a custom widget has not been set then %NULL is returned.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkWidget in the column
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWidget in the column
* header, or %NULL
**/
GtkWidget *
@@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_alignment (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
* Returns the current x alignment of @tree_column. This value can range
* between 0.0 and 1.0.
*
- * Return value: The current alignent of @tree_column.
+ * Returns: The current alignent of @tree_column.
**/
gfloat
gtk_tree_view_column_get_alignment (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -2655,7 +2655,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_reorderable (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
*
* Returns %TRUE if the @tree_column can be reordered by the user.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the @tree_column can be reordered by the user.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the @tree_column can be reordered by the user.
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_column_get_reorderable (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -2734,7 +2734,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
* column is selected for sorting.
* See gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id().
*
- * Return value: the current @sort_column_id for this column, or -1 if
+ * Returns: the current @sort_column_id for this column, or -1 if
* this column can’t be used for sorting.
**/
gint
@@ -2778,7 +2778,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator().
*
- * Return value: whether the sort indicator arrow is displayed
+ * Returns: whether the sort indicator arrow is displayed
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_indicator (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -2825,7 +2825,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order().
*
- * Return value: the sort order the sort indicator is indicating
+ * Returns: the sort order the sort indicator is indicating
**/
GtkSortType
gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_order (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -2985,7 +2985,7 @@ _gtk_tree_view_column_cell_event (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
* For this to be meaningful, you must first initialize the cells with
* gtk_tree_view_column_cell_set_cell_data()
*
- * Return value: %TRUE, if any of the cells packed into the @tree_column are currently visible
+ * Returns: %TRUE, if any of the cells packed into the @tree_column are currently visible
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_column_cell_is_visible (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -3079,7 +3079,7 @@ _gtk_tree_view_column_cell_get_dirty (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
* cell is not found in the column, @start_pos and @width are not changed and
* %FALSE is returned.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @cell belongs to @tree_column.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @cell belongs to @tree_column.
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_column_cell_get_position (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
@@ -3144,7 +3144,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_queue_resize (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
* If @column is currently not inserted in any tree view, %NULL is
* returned.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The tree view wherein @column has
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The tree view wherein @column has
* been inserted if any, %NULL otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.12
@@ -3163,7 +3163,7 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_tree_view (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
*
* Returns the button used in the treeview column header
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The button for the column header.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The button for the column header.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkversion.h.in b/gtk/gtkversion.h.in
index cfebc2b..b6b5337 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkversion.h.in
+++ b/gtk/gtkversion.h.in
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
* Returns %TRUE if the version of the GTK+ header files
* is the same as or newer than the passed-in version.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if GTK+ headers are new enough
+ * Returns: %TRUE if GTK+ headers are new enough
*/
#define GTK_CHECK_VERSION(major,minor,micro) \
(GTK_MAJOR_VERSION > (major) || \
diff --git a/gtk/gtkviewport.c b/gtk/gtkviewport.c
index 51b6e3a..e129610 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkviewport.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkviewport.c
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ viewport_get_view_allocation (GtkViewport *viewport,
*
* Returns the horizontal adjustment of the viewport.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the horizontal adjustment of @viewport.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the horizontal adjustment of @viewport.
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_scrollable_get_hadjustment()
**/
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ gtk_viewport_get_hadjustment (GtkViewport *viewport)
*
* Returns the vertical adjustment of the viewport.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the vertical adjustment of @viewport.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the vertical adjustment of @viewport.
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_scrollable_get_vadjustment()
**/
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ gtk_viewport_set_shadow_type (GtkViewport *viewport,
* Gets the shadow type of the #GtkViewport. See
* gtk_viewport_set_shadow_type().
*
- * Return value: the shadow type
+ * Returns: the shadow type
**/
GtkShadowType
gtk_viewport_get_shadow_type (GtkViewport *viewport)
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ gtk_viewport_get_shadow_type (GtkViewport *viewport)
*
* Gets the bin window of the #GtkViewport.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ gtk_viewport_get_bin_window (GtkViewport *viewport)
*
* Gets the view window of the #GtkViewport.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
*
* Since: 2.22
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c b/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c
index 4f2d613..ada64ae 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ gtk_volume_button_init (GtkVolumeButton *button)
* a stepping of 0.02. Volume values can be obtained and modified using
* the functions from #GtkScaleButton.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkVolumeButton
+ * Returns: a new #GtkVolumeButton
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkwidget.c b/gtk/gtkwidget.c
index b3b0a3b..52cf13f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkwidget.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkwidget.c
@@ -2898,7 +2898,7 @@ G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
* been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
* animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -4145,7 +4145,7 @@ gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
* g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don’t have to
* cast the object yourself.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
+ * Returns: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_new (GType type,
@@ -4520,7 +4520,7 @@ gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
* the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
* is received.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE
+ * Returns: %TRUE
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -5304,7 +5304,7 @@ gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Unrealized widgets do not have a frame clock.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkFrameClock (or #NULL if widget is unrealized)
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkFrameClock (or #NULL if widget is unrealized)
*
* Since: 3.8
*/
@@ -5689,7 +5689,7 @@ gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
* Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
* is closest to the two widgets.
*
- * Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
+ * Returns: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
* @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
* share a common ancestor.
**/
@@ -5754,7 +5754,7 @@ gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
* operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
* toplevel.
*
- * Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
+ * Returns: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
* was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
* * dest_x and * dest_y Otherwise %TRUE.
**/
@@ -6010,7 +6010,7 @@ gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
* that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
* its ancestors mapped.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -6219,7 +6219,7 @@ gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
* #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
* gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
*
- * Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GClosure):
+ * Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GClosure):
* a newly allocated #GList of closures
*/
GList*
@@ -6863,7 +6863,7 @@ gtk_widget_real_touch_event (GtkWidget *widget,
* use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
* window.
*
- * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
+ * Returns: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
* the event was handled)
**/
gboolean
@@ -7027,7 +7027,7 @@ gtk_cairo_transform_to_window (cairo_t *cr,
* To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
* with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
*
- * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
+ * Returns: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
* the event was handled)
**/
gint
@@ -7240,7 +7240,7 @@ gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
* press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
* activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -7393,7 +7393,7 @@ gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
* an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you’re only
* interested in whether there was an intersection.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
+ * Returns: %TRUE if there was an intersection
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -7768,7 +7768,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
* Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -7788,7 +7788,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
* gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
* input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -7814,7 +7814,7 @@ gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
* To find out if the widget has the global input focus, use
* gtk_widget_has_focus().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the widget should display a “focus rectangle”
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the widget should display a “focus rectangle”
*
* Since: 3.2
*/
@@ -7851,7 +7851,7 @@ gtk_widget_has_visible_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
* necessarily set; #GtkWidget:has-focus will only be set if the
* toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -7901,7 +7901,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
* Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
* gtk_widget_set_can_default().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -7920,7 +7920,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
* Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
* toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
* its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
@@ -8017,7 +8017,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @widget acts as the default widget when focussed,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @widget acts as the default widget when focussed,
* %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
@@ -8039,7 +8039,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* See also gtk_grab_add().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -8152,7 +8152,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
* Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
* significance of widget names.
*
- * Return value: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
+ * Returns: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
* should not be modified or freed
**/
const gchar*
@@ -8440,7 +8440,7 @@ _gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* See gtk_widget_set_visible().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is visible
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is visible
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -8463,7 +8463,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible()
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible
*
* Since: 3.8
**/
@@ -8519,7 +8519,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
* Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
* gtk_widget_set_has_window().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -8541,7 +8541,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
* #GtkPlugs) are toplevel widgets. Toplevel widgets have no parent
* widget.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -8567,7 +8567,7 @@ _gtk_widget_set_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget,
* Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
* to if it is mapped and visible.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -8586,7 +8586,7 @@ gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Determines whether @widget is realized.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
@@ -8625,7 +8625,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Whether the widget is mapped.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
@@ -8703,7 +8703,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is app paintable
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is app paintable
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -8766,7 +8766,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is double buffered
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is double buffered
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
@@ -9009,7 +9009,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Returns the parent container of @widget.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -9373,7 +9373,7 @@ gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
* in the future if used on a widget that has a composited
* window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
* channel being drawn correctly.
*
* Since: 2.10
@@ -9669,7 +9669,7 @@ gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
* match any changes to the widget’s attributes. This can be tracked
* by using the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal on the widget.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
**/
PangoContext *
gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -9742,7 +9742,7 @@ gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
* font description, and base direction for drawing text for
* this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoContext
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the new #PangoContext
**/
PangoContext *
gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -9783,7 +9783,7 @@ gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
* This can be tracked by using the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal
* on the widget.
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoLayout
+ * Returns: (transfer full): the new #PangoLayout
**/
PangoLayout *
gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -9821,7 +9821,7 @@ gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
* the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
* after use with g_object_unref().
*
- * Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
+ * Returns: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
* stock ID wasn’t known
*
* Since: 3.0
@@ -10001,7 +10001,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
* This function is only useful for container implementations and
* never should be called by an application.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -10042,7 +10042,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
* resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -10079,7 +10079,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
* screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
* window at the top.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
+ * Returns: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
* with the widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
@@ -10165,7 +10165,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (GtkWidget *widget)
* resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -10190,7 +10190,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
* create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
* and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
*
@@ -10229,7 +10229,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_root_window (GtkWidget *widget)
* call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
* if returning %FALSE, they don’t modify the current focus location.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
+ * Returns: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -10291,7 +10291,7 @@ gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
* entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
* that require entering license keys.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
+ * Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
* navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
*
@@ -10634,7 +10634,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
* Returns whether @device can interact with @widget and its
* children. See gtk_widget_set_device_enabled().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE is @device is enabled for @widget
+ * Returns: %TRUE is @device is enabled for @widget
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
@@ -10800,7 +10800,7 @@ gtk_widget_add_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
* }
* ]|
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
* if there’s no ancestor.
**/
GtkWidget*
@@ -10829,7 +10829,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
* Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
* considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -10882,7 +10882,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_visual (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the visual for @widget
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the visual for @widget
**/
GdkVisual*
gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -10925,7 +10925,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
* is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
* to a particular #GdkScreen.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
*/
GtkSettings*
gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -10943,7 +10943,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
* from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
* will receive.
*
- * Return value: event mask for @widget
+ * Returns: event mask for @widget
**/
gint
gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -11038,7 +11038,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
* Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
* intermediate containers.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
* grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
**/
gboolean
@@ -11226,7 +11226,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
* Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
* gtk_widget_set_direction().
*
- * Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
+ * Returns: the reading direction for the widget.
**/
GtkTextDirection
gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -11298,7 +11298,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
* Obtains the current default reading direction. See
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
*
- * Return value: the current default direction.
+ * Returns: the current default direction.
**/
GtkTextDirection
gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
@@ -11766,7 +11766,7 @@ gtk_widget_real_adjust_baseline_request (GtkWidget *widget,
* Returns the address of the widget’s request cache (strictly for
* internal use in gtksizerequest.c)
*
- * Return value: the address of @widget’s size request cache.
+ * Returns: the address of @widget’s size request cache.
**/
gpointer
_gtk_widget_peek_request_cache (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -11825,7 +11825,7 @@ _gtk_widget_set_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
*
- * Return value: the device window set on @widget, or %NULL
+ * Returns: the device window set on @widget, or %NULL
*/
GdkWindow *
_gtk_widget_get_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -12223,7 +12223,7 @@ static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo default_aux_info = {
*
* Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo-struct for the widget.
*
- * Return value: the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo-struct for the widget, or
+ * Returns: the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo-struct for the widget, or
* %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn’t already exist.
*/
static GtkWidgetAuxInfo *
@@ -12976,7 +12976,7 @@ gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
* set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set,
* the widget may expand if some of its children do.
*
- * Return value: whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded
+ * Returns: whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -13106,7 +13106,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_expand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
* than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget
* wants to expand.
*
- * Return value: whether hexpand flag is set
+ * Returns: whether hexpand flag is set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -13171,7 +13171,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
* There are few reasons to use this function, but it’s here
* for completeness and consistency.
*
- * Return value: whether hexpand has been explicitly set
+ * Returns: whether hexpand has been explicitly set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -13221,7 +13221,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.
*
- * Return value: whether vexpand flag is set
+ * Returns: whether vexpand flag is set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -13259,7 +13259,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.
*
- * Return value: whether vexpand has been explicitly set
+ * Returns: whether vexpand has been explicitly set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -14417,7 +14417,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
* associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
* window.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
* clipboard already exists, a new one will
* be created. Once a clipboard object has
* been created, it is persistent for all time.
@@ -14449,7 +14449,7 @@ gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
* (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)` first, and then unref all the
* widgets afterwards.
- * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
* mnemonic labels; free this list
* with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
*
@@ -14537,7 +14537,7 @@ gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
* which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all()
* will affect this widget.
*
- * Return value: the current value of the “no-show-all” property.
+ * Returns: the current value of the “no-show-all” property.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -14664,7 +14664,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
* GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
* using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -14750,7 +14750,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
*
- * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
+ * Returns: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
*
* Since: 2.12
@@ -14798,7 +14798,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
*
- * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
+ * Returns: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
*
* Since: 2.12
@@ -14841,7 +14841,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
* Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
* #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
*
- * Return value: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
+ * Returns: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
@@ -15122,7 +15122,7 @@ gtk_widget_unregister_window (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Returns the widget’s window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): @widget’s window.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): @widget’s window.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
@@ -15273,7 +15273,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_opacity (GtkWidget *widget,
* Fetches the requested opacity for this widget. See
* gtk_widget_set_opacity().
*
- * Return value: the requested opacity for this widget.
+ * Returns: the requested opacity for this widget.
*
* Since: 3.8
**/
@@ -15326,7 +15326,7 @@ _gtk_widget_set_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
* gdk_event_free (event);
* ]|
*
- * Return value: the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
+ * Returns: the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
* if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.20
diff --git a/gtk/gtkwindow.c b/gtk/gtkwindow.c
index a12e8d0..64ab2b7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkwindow.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkwindow.c
@@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@ gtk_window_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
*
* To delete a #GtkWindow, call gtk_window_destroy().
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkWindow.
+ * Returns: a new #GtkWindow.
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_window_new (GtkWindowType type)
@@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ gtk_window_set_title (GtkWindow *window,
*
* Retrieves the title of the window. See gtk_window_set_title().
*
- * Return value: the title of the window, or %NULL if none has
+ * Returns: the title of the window, or %NULL if none has
* been set explicitly. The returned string is owned by the widget
* and must not be modified or freed.
**/
@@ -2086,7 +2086,7 @@ gtk_window_set_startup_id (GtkWindow *window,
* Returns the role of the window. See gtk_window_set_role() for
* further explanation.
*
- * Return value: the role of the window if set, or %NULL. The
+ * Returns: the role of the window if set, or %NULL. The
* returned is owned by the widget and must not be modified
* or freed.
**/
@@ -2434,7 +2434,7 @@ gtk_window_set_mnemonic_modifier (GtkWindow *window,
* Returns the mnemonic modifier for this window. See
* gtk_window_set_mnemonic_modifier().
*
- * Return value: the modifier mask used to activate
+ * Returns: the modifier mask used to activate
* mnemonics on this window.
**/
GdkModifierType
@@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@ gtk_window_set_position (GtkWindow *window,
*
* Activates the current focused widget within the window.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if a widget got activated.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if a widget got activated.
**/
gboolean
gtk_window_activate_focus (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -2518,7 +2518,7 @@ gtk_window_activate_focus (GtkWindow *window)
* is not focused then `gtk_widget_has_focus (widget)` will
* not be %TRUE for the widget.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the currently focused widget, or %NULL if there is none.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the currently focused widget, or %NULL if there is none.
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_window_get_focus (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -2537,7 +2537,7 @@ gtk_window_get_focus (GtkWindow *window)
* (see gtk_widget_set_receives_default()), in which case the
* focused widget is activated.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if a widget got activated.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if a widget got activated.
**/
gboolean
gtk_window_activate_default (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -2615,7 +2615,7 @@ gtk_window_set_modal (GtkWindow *window,
*
* Returns whether the window is modal. See gtk_window_set_modal().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the window is set to be modal and
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the window is set to be modal and
* establishes a grab when shown
**/
gboolean
@@ -2636,7 +2636,7 @@ gtk_window_get_modal (GtkWindow *window)
* `g_list_foreach (result, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)` first, and
* then unref all the widgets afterwards.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): list of toplevel widgets
+ * Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): list of toplevel widgets
**/
GList*
gtk_window_list_toplevels (void)
@@ -2862,7 +2862,7 @@ gtk_window_set_transient_for (GtkWindow *window,
* Fetches the transient parent for this window. See
* gtk_window_set_transient_for().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the transient parent for this window, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the transient parent for this window, or %NULL
* if no transient parent has been set.
**/
GtkWindow *
@@ -2936,7 +2936,7 @@ gtk_window_set_attached_to (GtkWindow *window,
* Fetches the attach widget for this window. See
* gtk_window_set_attached_to().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): the widget where the window is attached,
+ * Returns: (transfer none): the widget where the window is attached,
* or %NULL if the window is not attached to any widget.
*
* Since: 3.4
@@ -2981,7 +2981,7 @@ gtk_window_set_opacity (GtkWindow *window,
* Fetches the requested opacity for this window. See
* gtk_window_set_opacity().
*
- * Return value: the requested opacity for this window.
+ * Returns: the requested opacity for this window.
*
* Since: 2.12
* Deprecated: 3.8: Use gtk_widget_get_opacity instead.
@@ -3000,7 +3000,7 @@ gtk_window_get_opacity (GtkWindow *window)
*
* Gets the #GtkApplication associated with the window (if any).
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GtkApplication, or %NULL
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkApplication, or %NULL
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
@@ -3113,7 +3113,7 @@ gtk_window_set_type_hint (GtkWindow *window,
*
* Gets the type hint for this window. See gtk_window_set_type_hint().
*
- * Return value: the type hint for @window.
+ * Returns: the type hint for @window.
**/
GdkWindowTypeHint
gtk_window_get_type_hint (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -3161,7 +3161,7 @@ gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint (GtkWindow *window,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint()
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if window shouldn’t be in taskbar
+ * Returns: %TRUE if window shouldn’t be in taskbar
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -3214,7 +3214,7 @@ gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint (GtkWindow *window,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if window shouldn’t be in pager
+ * Returns: %TRUE if window shouldn’t be in pager
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
@@ -3264,7 +3264,7 @@ gtk_window_set_urgency_hint (GtkWindow *window,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_urgency_hint()
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if window is urgent
+ * Returns: %TRUE if window is urgent
*
* Since: 2.8
**/
@@ -3314,7 +3314,7 @@ gtk_window_set_accept_focus (GtkWindow *window,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_accept_focus().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if window should receive the input focus
+ * Returns: %TRUE if window should receive the input focus
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -3365,7 +3365,7 @@ gtk_window_set_focus_on_map (GtkWindow *window,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_focus_on_map().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if window should receive the input focus when
+ * Returns: %TRUE if window should receive the input focus when
* mapped.
*
* Since: 2.6
@@ -3422,7 +3422,7 @@ gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GtkWindow *window,
* Returns whether the window will be destroyed with its transient parent. See
* gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent ().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the window will be destroyed with its transient parent.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the window will be destroyed with its transient parent.
**/
gboolean
gtk_window_get_destroy_with_parent (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -3478,7 +3478,7 @@ gtk_window_set_hide_titlebar_when_maximized (GtkWindow *window,
* Returns whether the window has requested to have its titlebar hidden
* when maximized. See gtk_window_set_hide_titlebar_when_maximized ().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the window has requested to have its titlebar
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the window has requested to have its titlebar
* hidden when maximized
*
* Since: 3.4
@@ -3811,7 +3811,7 @@ gtk_window_set_decorated (GtkWindow *window,
* Returns whether the window has been set to have decorations
* such as a title bar via gtk_window_set_decorated().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the window has been set to have decorations
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the window has been set to have decorations
**/
gboolean
gtk_window_get_decorated (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -3880,7 +3880,7 @@ gtk_window_set_deletable (GtkWindow *window,
* Returns whether the window has been set to have a close button
* via gtk_window_set_deletable().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the window has been set to have a close button
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the window has been set to have a close button
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
@@ -4209,7 +4209,7 @@ gtk_window_set_icon_list (GtkWindow *window,
* The list is copied, but the reference count on each
* member won’t be incremented.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GdkPixbuf) (transfer container): copy of window’s icon list
+ * Returns: (element-type GdkPixbuf) (transfer container): copy of window’s icon list
**/
GList*
gtk_window_get_icon_list (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -4352,7 +4352,7 @@ gtk_window_get_icon_name (GtkWindow *window)
* called gtk_window_set_icon_list(), gets the first icon in
* the icon list).
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): icon for window
+ * Returns: (transfer none): icon for window
**/
GdkPixbuf*
gtk_window_get_icon (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -4605,7 +4605,7 @@ gtk_window_set_default_icon_from_file (const gchar *filename,
* but the pixbufs in the list have not had their reference count
* incremented.
*
- * Return value: (element-type GdkPixbuf) (transfer container): copy of default icon list
+ * Returns: (element-type GdkPixbuf) (transfer container): copy of default icon list
**/
GList*
gtk_window_get_default_icon_list (void)
@@ -7549,7 +7549,7 @@ _gtk_window_query_nonaccels (GtkWindow *window,
* however in some cases it may be useful to call this directly when
* overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if a widget in the focus chain handled the event.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if a widget in the focus chain handled the event.
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -10464,7 +10464,7 @@ gtk_window_set_resizable (GtkWindow *window,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_resizable().
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the user can resize the window
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the user can resize the window
**/
gboolean
gtk_window_get_resizable (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -10515,7 +10515,7 @@ gtk_window_set_gravity (GtkWindow *window,
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_gravity().
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): window gravity
+ * Returns: (transfer none): window gravity
**/
GdkGravity
gtk_window_get_gravity (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -10736,7 +10736,7 @@ gtk_window_check_screen (GtkWindow *window)
*
* Returns the #GdkScreen associated with @window.
*
- * Return value: (transfer none): a #GdkScreen.
+ * Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkScreen.
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
@@ -10760,7 +10760,7 @@ gtk_window_get_screen (GtkWindow *window)
* differently in an active window from a widget in an inactive window.
* See gtk_window_has_toplevel_focus()
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the window part of the current active window.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the window part of the current active window.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -10780,7 +10780,7 @@ gtk_window_is_active (GtkWindow *window)
* For real toplevel windows, this is identical to gtk_window_is_active(),
* but for embedded windows, like #GtkPlug, the results will differ.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the input focus is within this GtkWindow
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the input focus is within this GtkWindow
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
@@ -10826,7 +10826,7 @@ gtk_window_group_class_init (GtkWindowGroupClass *klass)
* Creates a new #GtkWindowGroup object. Grabs added with
* gtk_grab_add() only affect windows within the same #GtkWindowGroup.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkWindowGroup.
+ * Returns: a new #GtkWindowGroup.
**/
GtkWindowGroup *
gtk_window_group_new (void)
@@ -11010,7 +11010,7 @@ gtk_window_get_group (GtkWindow *window)
*
* Returns whether @window has an explicit window group.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if @window has an explicit window group.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if @window has an explicit window group.
*
* Since 2.22
**/
@@ -11454,7 +11454,7 @@ gtk_XParseGeometry (const char *string,
* }
* ]|
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if string was parsed successfully
+ * Returns: %TRUE if string was parsed successfully
**/
gboolean
gtk_window_parse_geometry (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -11695,7 +11695,7 @@ gtk_window_free_key_hash (GtkWindow *window)
* however in some cases it may be useful to call this directly when
* overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if a mnemonic or accelerator was found and activated.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if a mnemonic or accelerator was found and activated.
*
* Since: 2.4
*/
@@ -11961,7 +11961,7 @@ gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification (gboolean setting)
*
* Gets the type of the window. See #GtkWindowType.
*
- * Return value: the type of the window
+ * Returns: the type of the window
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkxembed.c b/gtk/gtkxembed.c
index 88a9304..97d3606 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkxembed.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkxembed.c
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ _gtk_xembed_set_focus_wrapped (void)
* Gets whether the current focus sequence has wrapped around
* to the beginning of the ultimate toplevel.
*
- * Return value: %TRUE if the focus sequence has wrapped around.
+ * Returns: %TRUE if the focus sequence has wrapped around.
**/
gboolean
_gtk_xembed_get_focus_wrapped (void)
diff --git a/modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c
b/modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c
index f9ab5d0..36e7f0f 100644
--- a/modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c
+++ b/modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ gtk_print_backend_cups_get_type (void)
* implements the #GtkPrintBackend interface with direct access to
* the filesystem using Unix/Linux API calls
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkPrintBackendCups object
+ * Returns: the new #GtkPrintBackendCups object
*/
GtkPrintBackend *
gtk_print_backend_cups_new (void)
diff --git a/modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c b/modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c
index 383bf90..880c88b 100644
--- a/modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c
+++ b/modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ colord_printer_details_aquired_cb (GtkPrinterCups *printer,
*
* Creates a new #GtkPrinterCups.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkPrinterCups
+ * Returns: a new #GtkPrinterCups
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
diff --git a/modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c
b/modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c
index b687242..44c3ffb 100644
--- a/modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c
+++ b/modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ gtk_print_backend_file_get_type (void)
* implements the #GtkPrintBackend interface with direct access to
* the filesystem using Unix/Linux API calls
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkPrintBackendFile object
+ * Returns: the new #GtkPrintBackendFile object
**/
GtkPrintBackend *
gtk_print_backend_file_new (void)
diff --git a/modules/printbackends/lpr/gtkprintbackendlpr.c b/modules/printbackends/lpr/gtkprintbackendlpr.c
index 29e4152..4257771 100644
--- a/modules/printbackends/lpr/gtkprintbackendlpr.c
+++ b/modules/printbackends/lpr/gtkprintbackendlpr.c
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ gtk_print_backend_lpr_get_type (void)
* implements the #GtkPrintBackend interface with direct access to
* the filesystem using Unix/Linux API calls
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkPrintBackendLpr object
+ * Returns: the new #GtkPrintBackendLpr object
**/
GtkPrintBackend *
gtk_print_backend_lpr_new (void)
diff --git a/modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprintbackendpapi.c
b/modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprintbackendpapi.c
index 001c57e..d3aa729 100644
--- a/modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprintbackendpapi.c
+++ b/modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprintbackendpapi.c
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ gtk_print_backend_papi_get_type (void)
* implements the #GtkPrintBackend interface with direct access to
* the filesystem using Unix/Linux API calls
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkPrintBackendPapi object
+ * Returns: the new #GtkPrintBackendPapi object
**/
GtkPrintBackend *
gtk_print_backend_papi_new (void)
diff --git a/modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprinterpapi.c b/modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprinterpapi.c
index 816bce0..72e0719 100644
--- a/modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprinterpapi.c
+++ b/modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprinterpapi.c
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ gtk_printer_papi_finalize (GObject *object)
*
* Creates a new #GtkPrinterPapi.
*
- * Return value: a new #GtkPrinterPapi
+ * Returns: a new #GtkPrinterPapi
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
diff --git a/modules/printbackends/test/gtkprintbackendtest.c
b/modules/printbackends/test/gtkprintbackendtest.c
index b51fedf..f379d1a 100644
--- a/modules/printbackends/test/gtkprintbackendtest.c
+++ b/modules/printbackends/test/gtkprintbackendtest.c
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ gtk_print_backend_test_get_type (void)
* implements the #GtkPrintBackend interface with direct access to
* the testsystem using Unix/Linux API calls
*
- * Return value: the new #GtkPrintBackendTest object
+ * Returns: the new #GtkPrintBackendTest object
**/
GtkPrintBackend *
gtk_print_backend_test_new (void)
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
